Leet aie # Mek ae
Bonet Phe Pa vtieatad fot ft
rane
eae een erat at dal fel + a cei
eater er eresth Perey

ee wae
Pe ae Ae Elta enare

i See 2 eae 2
one Tig tn man etbee
ge Oe ee OE

ae
eerrirn res

")
Saree ee man
Needs na ant

ara ed
pee ayanete & .
’ ey

ryeeeet ae ey

2 at
et ob s
* a ee
Tay es scat Se8
peenerenes
ter
ereaw ab)

cee ees
A

ren

Ncby had oe BEBs Is WBA Re MMS Fs!
Panera oe aw sie Se any
ee aronerte tearne HOG 2 Soe o
tas ae ad Pa

Sanaa wk
eee wen

PEC PT helices
SOSA a aes tre

ore
ete itvincl tsa
note

vues

ree rarer tr ena

Se AA AN
aa

oon Sal ae et oe
pep rii RiP as ee

ee fon

Ja 5 Few
Senet He
ort

ak

eat aN awe te

geet eee

bane ae

Ca aD a ke

epee Wt
(hers Ne Moke tae

nase
VN HR A,
sae

Sprsesrory: wr tat)
eee ee

Sa ek

ees
&

if

1 ie,

qV’

ni
OP, wna :
%, “ah il
os

Sn A ESEEP BB”
So bea

Petia
Y
%

ij

a

ii
MWe

eae 100

i yt

GB”
Ik aM Sc f\

Y

an a! i’: ; : AA p = rr * r
1 it 4. f / , : %; oh j |
/ MC fe “ar iN, <p

wi

i >
| SHITSS5ONIAN OCEAN CHATSTS }

9
SORTING CEUTEP : -
; _ nl
7
-
Ue
>
“ :
>
.
7 .
_ —_
. ~ - » i
o>
a
i] :
|‘ Af
i : :

*

‘

X.—On the Deep and Shallow-water Marine Fauna of the Kerguelen Region of
the Great Southern Ocean. By Joun Murray, D.Se., LL.D., Ph.D., of the
. Challenger Expedition. (With a Map.)

CONTENTS.
PAGE PAGE
INTRODUCTION, : : . 343 | Lists of identical and closely-allied species found
List of Merazoa Aerarsn by the ( nallencee in the in the extra-tropical regions of the
d&ep-water area of the KmrGuELEN REGION, NortHERN and SovuTHERN HEMISPHERES,
in depths exceeding 1260 fathoms, : 353 and unknown hitherto within the tropics, . 451
List of Mrerazoa procured by the Challenger in the | List of the Foramrntrera observed in the deposits
other deep-water areas of the SouTHERN from the KrrGurLen ReGIoN at various
HEMISPHERE south of the Tropics, in depths depths, ; 458
exceeding 1000 fathoms, excluding those from - List of the Rapronaria Gbearvedis in ihe ioe and
the deep-water areaof the KERGUELEN REGION, 378 on the surface at the Challenger Station 157
Total number of Mrerazoa procured by the Chal- in the SourHERN INDIAN OCEAN, : - 468
lenger in the SourHERN HEMISPHERE south of List of the Draroms observed in the deposits
the Tropics, in depths exceeding 1000 fathoms, 401 and on the surface in the KERGUELEN
List of Mrrazoa procured by the Challenger in | Recon, é . 472
intermediate depths between 150 and 1000 | List of surface organisms rec Aiited chine er cruise
fathoms, in the KERGUELEN REGION, . 403 of the Challenger in the KERGUELEN
List of Mrrazoa procured by the Challenger in REGION, : : ¢ : : : . 477
shallow water, in depths of less than 150 RECAPITULATION, . : : : : ; . 482
fathoms, in the KERGUELEN REGION, . 412 | ConcLuDING REMARKS, . < AS7
List of Merazoa recorded from the Kukeur LEN Expranation of the Map, showing the remen
Reeron, from sources other than the of the Ocean at 1000 fathoms, and at the
Challenger Expedition, < : F - 443 bottom in depths greater than 1000 fathoms, 498
INTRODUCTION.

During her famous circumnavigation of the world, H.M.S8. Challenger left the
Cape of Good Hope on the 17th December 1873, and, proceeding in a south-easterly
direction, visited in succession Prince Edward and Marion Islands, the Crozet Islands,
Kerguelen Island, and Heard Island. From Heard Island the Expedition sailed south-
ward, and on the 16th February 1874 passed ten miles beyond the Antarctic Circle in
longitude 78° 22’ E., the ship being at this time surrounded by a large number of huge
tabular icebergs, some of them four miles in length, and all with perpendicular sides
rising about 200 feet above the sea-level. From this most southerly pomt the Challenger
took a north-easterly course towards Melbourne in Australia, where she arrived on the
17th March 1874.

Throughout this cruise to the Antarctic Regions the Expedition made a very large
number of observations on the meteorological, physical, chemical, and biological conditions
of the Great Southern Ocean. In this communication it is proposed to deal chiefly
with the biological results, and more especially with the biological results obtained in
the deep water and shallow water trawlings and dredgings of this region of the

VOL. XXXVII. PART II. (NO. 10). 3A

“<

344 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Southern Ocean to the south of the Indian Ocean, which may for shortness be called the
Kerguelen Region. The animals captured in the eight deep trawlings between 1260
fathoms (2304 m.) and 2600 fathoms (4755 m.) are peculiarly interesting, because they
represent the most southerly positions at which organisms have been procured from the
deep sea; and further, because this group of deep trawlings and dredgings has turned
out to be more productive than any similar group of Stations during the whole voyage
with regard to the number of genera and species obtained from deep water.

Complete lists of the genera and species of Metazoa captured at these deep-water
Stations, as well as of the genera and species obtained in the other trawlings and dredgings
in deep water over 1000 fathoms south of the southern tropic, are given in this paper,
and an examination of what is known of their distribution in other regions of the deep
sea brings out some interesting results. Lists of the Metazoa captured in the dredgings
and trawlings in intermediate depths between 1000 fathoms (1829 m.) and 150 fathoms
(274 m.), and in shallow water in depths less than 150 fathoms around the oceanic
islands of the Kerguelen Region, are likewise presented in the paper, and the distribution
of the species is analysed with some detail. Our knowledge of the marine fauna of the
Kerguelen Region is almost entirely derived from the trawlings and dredgings of the
Challenger Expedition; the few additions to our knowledge from other sources are
collected in a supplementary list.

In addition to these lists of the Metazoa, lists of the Foraminifera in the deposits,
and of the Radiolaria and Diatoms in the deposits and at the surface of the sea,
together with notes on the general results obtained by means of the surface nets while
the Challenger was engaged in the investigation of the region, are brought together in the
concluding portion of the paper. In the map accompanying this paper the temperature
of the ocean at a level of 1000 fathoms, and on the bottom in greater depths, is shown,
as well as the position of the eight dredging and trawling Stations in the deep-water
area of the Kerguelen Region, and the other twenty-nine Stations south of the southern
tropic. :

Sir Wyvitte THomson and the other naturalists of the Challenger were very much
struck by the general resemblance of the animals captured in the trawlings and
dredgings at moderate depths, in the temperate and colder regions of the Southern
Hemisphere. to those they had been accustomed to procure under similar conditions
off the coasts of Great Britain and Norway. In the reports of the specialists who
have examined the collections from Kerguelen and the other islands of the Southern
Ocean, very frequent reference is made to the identical or closely allied species which
occur in the colder waters of the Northern and Southern Hemispheres, but have not
as yet been recorded from the intervening tropical regions, either in shallow or in
deep water. If there be, as indeed seems to be proved by the following investiga-
tions, very few widely distributed, or rather universally distributed, species in the
deep sea, and if there be a large number of identical and closely allied species in
the colder waters of the two hemispheres, wholly separated from each other by

L 7
12.619
An 7]
ME / OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 345

the tropics; if, in short, the marine faunas towards either pole are genetically more
closely related to each other than to any intervening fauna, then we are face to
face with one of the most remarkable facts in the distribution of organisms on the
surface ofythe globe. A study and comparison of Arctic and Antarctic marine faunas
and floras seem indeed to lead directly to very important suggestions as to the past
history of the earth and the gradual evolution to the physical and biological conditions
which now prevail over its surface.

But apart altogether from the interesting questions here mooted, it is important at
the present time, when there is a prospect of a renewal of Antarctic exploration, to
summarise our knowledge of the marine fauna of the far south, and to point out the
intereséing scientific results that would likely flow from a thorough exploration of these
regions with modern appliances. However, before proceeding to deal with the biological
observations of the Challenger Expedition durig the cruise to the Antarctic Regions,
it is desirable to recapitulate briefly the present state of our knowledge concerning the
geographical, bathymetrical, and physical conditions of the Great Southern Ocean.

The Great Southern Ocean.

Position and Extent.—The name Great Southern Ocean is usually given by geo-
eraphers to that great belt of water surrounding the world in the Southern Hemisphere
between the parallels of 40° S. and the Antarctic Circle (66° 30’ 8.). The most important
land mass interrupting this continuous band of water is the southern end of South
America, which extends as far south as 56° 8S. The South Island of New Zealand,
Tasmania, Kerguelen, and numerous smaller oceanic islands, are also situated within
the limits of this great cireumpolar ocean.

The boundaries are wholly imaginary and artificial, and are not marked off by any
natural features on the surface of the planet ; still for convenience of description artificial
boundaries are most useful. ‘The Great Southern Ocean is then broadly divided into
three regions, merging on their northern limits into the South Atlantic, the South Pacitic,
and the Indian Ocean. On its southern limit the Great Southern Ocean merges into the
ice-bound Antarctic Ocean, situated to the south of the Antarctic Circle.

The area of the Southern Ocean is estimated at about 26,158,850 square miles
(67,749,800 square kilometres), or about 18 per cent. of the total water-covered surface
of the earth.

Depth.—On either side of the parallel of 40° S. we have a large number of trust-
worthy soundings extending right around the world, and an examination of these shows
that at its northern limit the Southern Ocean has an average depth of about 2300 fathoms
(4206 metres) or 2} English miles. Southward of this line of soundings our knowledge
of the depth of the Southern Ocean is very scanty. During her Antarctic trip the
Challenger obtained 11 soundings in depths exceeding 1000 fathoms (1829 metres), the
depths ranging from 1260 to 2600 fathoms (2304 to 4755 metres). Five of these

d46 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

soundings were situated towards the Antarctic Circle. Three other soundings greater than
1000 fathoms are recorded to the south of the 60th parallel of south latitude. Ross cbtained
many soundings in depths ranging from 190 to over 600 fathoms (347 to 1097 metres)
to the east of Victoria Land and off the Ice Barrier within the Antarctic Circle. Again,
in long. 15° W., within the Antarctic Circle, Ross paid out 4000 fathoms (7315 metres)
of line without reaching bottom, so that there is probably a great depth in this position.
WILKES obtained depths of 800 and 500 fathoms (1463 and 914 metres) off Adelie Land.

With the exception of several deep soundings where no bottom was found, this is all
we know about the depths in the Southern and Antarctic Oceans. The indications, on
the whole, point toa gradual shoaling of the sea-bed from the 40th parallel southwards
towards the shores of the Antarctic Continent, situated at some points close fo the
Antarctic Circle, for instance at Wilkes Land. In some places, however, the sea-bed
rises into somewhat shallow plateaus, as around Kerguelen and other oceanic islands, and
in other places sinks to great depths, as in the Ross Deep and Barker Basin.!

Marine Deposits on the Sea-floor.—Nearly all the information we have as to the
deposits on the sea-bed near to or within the Antarctic Circle is derived from the
observations of the Challenger Expedition, together with a few additions from the Ross
and WILKES Expeditions. At her most southerly soundings and dredgings the Challenger
procured a Blue Mud made up chiefly of detrital matter from the Antarctic Continent.
Imbedded in these muds were large and small fragments of granites, quartziferous
diorites, schistoid diorites, amphibolites, mica schists, erained quartzites, sandstones,
compact limestones, and partially decomposed earthy shales. These rock fragments
were evidently transported from the Antarctic Continent by the icebergs, and their
lithological character leaves no doubt that true continental land, and not a group of
voleanic islands, is situated within the Antarctic Circle. These rocks were most
abundant in the Challenger’s dredgings on the Blue Mud at the most southerly
stations, but they were met with in diminished numbers in all the dredgings within
the area of the ocean affected at times by floating ice from the Antarctic Seas.”
Although we have very few observations as to its geographical extension, still, judging
from what occurs off other continental shores, we may feel sure that the Blue Mud
extends all round the Antarctic Continent to a distance of about 200 miles (322 kilo-
metres) seawards.

To the north of the Blue Mud the sea-floor is occupied by a white or cream-coloured
deposit chiefly made up of the silicious frustules of Diatoms, with a large admixture of
Radiolarians and Sponge spicules. In some places this Diatom Ooze extends north nearly
to the 40th parallel. But about the 50th parallel it appears to be usually replaced by a

* See Charts ina Summary of the Scientific Results obtained at the sounding, dredging, and trawling Stations of
H.M.S. Challenger, 1895.

* This view as to the origin of these continental rocks is supported by the facts that D’Urvittx found a rocky islet
off Adelie Land, to be composed of gneiss and granite, that WiLKEs found, on an iceberg in the same locality, boulders
of red sandstone, and that Mr BorRcHGREVINK, who landed at Cape Adair from the whaler “Antarctic” in 1895,
brought away fragments of mica-schists and microcline-granite, with quartz, felspar, tourmaline, and garnets.

OF. THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. DAT
deposit for the most part composed of the dead shells of pelagic Foraminifera—the
well-known Globigerina Ooze. This calcareous deposit appears to form a continuous
band right around the world to the north of the Diatom Ooze.

In great depths, however, as for instance to the west of Tasmania in 2600 fathoms
(4755 m.), a Red Clay oceupies the sea-bed. The peroxides of iron and manganese make
up a large part of this Red Clay, and in it are embedded manganese nodules, zeolitic
erystals, magnetic spherules with metallic nuclei of extra-terrestrial origin, thousands of
sharks’ teeth, ear-bones and other bones of whales or other Cetaceans. The Red Clay
deposit with all these special characteristics is especially well developed on the northern
limits of the Great Southern Ocean in the Pacific. In the composition of all these
deposits the physical conditions of the surface waters are reflected. The Blue Muds
with abundant boulders indicate a sea very frequently covered with floating icebergs.
The Diatom Ooze indicates cold surface water of a low specific gravity, and with clayey
matter in suspension. The Globigerina Ooze indicates the warmer water of the temperate
regions with numerous pelagic organisms having calcareous shells and skeletons, such
as Coccospheres, Foraminifera and shelled Molluses.

Meteorology.—There is a wide range of temperature of both the air and sea-water
within the limits of the Great Southern Ocean. In the neighbourhood of the Antarctic
Circle the temperature of the air and sea-surface is, even in summer, at or below the
freezing-point of fresh water. Direct observations have, in these latitudes, only been
made during the summer, so that we have no certain knowledge of the air temperature
during the winter months, nor of the annual range of temperature. In all probability
the range of the water temperature at the Antarctic Circle throughout the year is not
greater than three or four degrees Fah. (about two degrees Cent.), and the sea in these
latitudes must always be burdened with floating ice. Indeed, with the exception of an
area to the south of Australia and New Zealand, the whole area of the Southern Ocean
may be occasionally affected with floating ice from the Antarctic Continent ; the extreme
limit within which drift ice has been observed extends to the north of the 40th parallel
of south latitude in the Atlantic, and nearly to this parallel at some points of the Pacific
and Indian Oceans.

At the northern limits of the Southern Ocean on the 40th parallel south there is a
wide annual range of temperature, both of the air and of the sea-surface. At some points
the range is over 50° F. (about 28° C.) in the case of the air, and over 31° F. (about
17° C.) in the ease of the water, for instance, off the Agulhas Bank. These great varia-
tions in the temperature of the sea-surface are brought about chiefly by a mixture of
oceanic currents from a tropical source on the one hand and from a south polar source on
the other. One result of this mixture of currents from different sources is the destruc-
tion of large numbers of pelagic organisms in the surface waters of the Southern Ocean,
and these, falling to the bottom, provide abundant food for the rich deep-sea fauna, which,
we shall see, lives on the sea-bed in this region of the ocean.

One of the most remarkable features of the meteorology of the globe is the low

348 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

atmospheric pressure at all seasons in the southern hemisphere between the latitudes of
40° and 60° S. Over certain parts of these latitudes—for example to the south-east
of the Falkland Islands and to the south-east of New Zealand—the observations hitherto
made point to a mean pressure of 29°000 inches (736°6 mm.) and under. To the north
of this broad belt of low atmospheric pressure there is, about lat. 30° S., an area of very
high atmospheric pressure, and we have many reasons for believing that an area of high
pressure rests on the Antarctic Continent in the far south."

The inevitable result of this arrangement of isobars is that strong westerly winds with
large rain-fall and snow-fall prevail over nearly the whole area of the Southern Ocean.
These “ Anti-Trades” blow with great persistency nearly due west, and having an
uninterrupted sea space over which to blow they frequently rise to the force of a violent
gale, and blow as such for several days in succession. Thus out of sixty-eight days
during which Sir James C. Ross lay at Kerguelen, a gale from the north-west is reported
on forty-five days. Among sailors the latitudes of these winds are known as the
“roaring forties.”

Waves and Currents.—The depth of the Southern Ocean and the great extent of
open sea over which they blow, enable the strong westerly winds to produce the longest
and highest waves anywhere encountered. Thus the ‘“ Novara” in 1857 records waves
36°1 feet (11 m.) in height about lat. 40° 8, long. 31° E. Lieut. Paris in 1867
measured six successive waves 37°7 feet (11°5 m.) in height between the Cape of Good
Hope and the island of St. Paul’s, and the Challenger in 1874 met the highest waves
of the voyage, viz., 23 feet (7 m.), between the Crozet Islands and Kerguelen.

A much more profound and far-reaching influence of the westerly winds of the
Southern Ocean is the creation of enormous westerly drift currents. These currents are
fed by warm and saline water from the tropics, and by cold and less saline water from
the south polar area; water must likewise sometimes be drawn towards the surface from
the deep layers, and a thorough mixing of the waters appears to take place in these
latitudes. So persistent is the action of the westerly winds in the Southern Ocean
throughout the year, that their influence appears to be felt right down to the bottom,
the density produced by varying degrees of salinity and temperature greatly facilitating
this downward movement.

Temperature of the deeper layers of water.—The object of the Challenger’s excursion
into the Antarctic Regions in 1874 was not to reach a high latitude, but chiefly to make
observations on the depth, temperature, and salinity of the ocean in the vicinity of the
Antarctic ice. The observations were of the greatest value, although not satisfactory
in all respects; they give some hints as to the kind of circulation that takes place, and
very clearly demonstrate the urgent necessity for further observations in these regions.
In this region of the Antarctic and Southern Oceans there appears to be a cold layer of
water sandwiched between a warmer one on the surface and a warmer and thicker one

‘See Murray, “The Renewal of Antarctic Exploration,” Geogr. Journ., vol. iii. p. 17, 1894, with map of isobars
and winds.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. B49

at the bottom. The temperature of the lower warm stratum could not be accurately
determined, for the thermometers, being maximum and minimum ones, were unable to
record, having passed through a warm layer of 37°°2 F. (2°89 C.) and a cold layer of
32°°5 F. (0°28 C.).'. The general result may be thus stated:—A cold intermediate
stratum of water was traced from the Antarctic Circle as far north as 54° 8., where its
temperature was 32°°5 F. (0°28 C.) at 80 fathoms (146 m.). Towards the south the

MERIDIONAL TEMPERATURE SECTION
Between the Parallels of 50° and 65° South Lat

1800-45°0
1950-37°2
1260: 545
1975-33°5

°
+

sassaaassscncscees: case

jJeneRSUEASUSOGSCRORSESSUEDSSEUG:SSRDOLOSSUSEDOGIION:
ea,
LOTT

400 3s°

1300

VERTICAL SCALE OF FATHOMS
s =
°°
°

1500

Diatom Ooze

22.47% Ca Cos

350% Ca Co3

Globigerina Ooze
85°3/% Ca Cos

19 29% Ca Co#
2:06% Ca Co*

50° S52 60° 65°
HORIZONTAL SCALE OF DEGREES OF LATITUDE

temperature of this cold stratum decreased till at the Antarctic Circle it was 29° F,
(—1°°67 C.) from immediately below the surface to a depth of 200 fathoms (366 m.).

1 Thus we find that at Station 156, 1975 fathoms, the surface temperature was 33°°5, the temperature at 100:
fathoms was 31°-9, and at 150 fathoms 34°, and below the depth of 150 fathoms the thermometer came up, showing on
the maximum side 34°, and on the minimum side 31°9 ; hence it is impossible to say what the precise temperature of
the sea was below 150 fathoms : all that can be asserted is that it ranged between 34° and 31°°9.

350 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

A wedge of cold water thus stretches northwards from the Antarctic Cirele for more
than twelve degrees of latitude, being overlaid and underlaid by strata of a higher
temperature (see diagram). In the Antarctic Ocean the temperature
probably 28° or 29° F, (—2°:22 or—1°°67 C.) from the surface to the bottom, for the
temperature of the lower stratum decreases as colder latitudes are reached. One
remarkable fact brought out by these observations is that in latitude 50° 8. the bottom
water has a temperature of 33°°5 F. (0°83 C.), which is very little different from the
temperature found all over the bottom in the Indian and other Oceans.

of the water is

The tendency
in a polar ocean, isolated from general oceanic circulation, is to produce a uniform
temperature of about 28° or 29° F., and this is the temperature actually observed in the
Norwegian Sea, north of the Wyville-Thomson Ridge, on which the depth is 250
fathoms (457 m.). There is no evidence at the present time of a similar condition of
things in the Antarctic or Great Southern Ocean.

Salinity and Density of the Sea.—My Bucuanay’s observations on the density of
sea-water, and his experiments on the formation of sea-water ice, throw much leht on the
causes of the remarkable distribution of temperature noted above. All the observations
made on water from the bottom or intermediate depths in the Southern Ocean, with the

density of the surface-water at each Station, are brought together in the following table.’

hen Sa . + 60° BY 15°56 C.
Salinity of Water expressed as Density at S.no5 yj. (s eo )
| os ane | re | es was acs oo | pe a ro}
Wee eM cia | os | ee ie |e yet | ees ee sus
; = co +H 2 | Hoy Sag 2A 2 SF Dt 19 Io od IOs ee 19 Ts oD oad
Depth from which TS Fea a Sal eran Dice aoe mien BT ic) J oulGe teeny
Water was taken. | ¢8- | Soo | SES | Sa | Se | SSS | SBa| Sao) SSA | eye | san
Sisto] Sisto | Sis | Si: 0] Ss Set £3 | S3 b Sy3 | Seco] S45 ep
Say cs TT || aay EY | teal ey |p ea el |) fee 2p el mis Nee 26 meal nes
As ag | As 4s 4s As 4s Ae ag ie =i
= | oe a —= aa, ae eee eR See ee
i} | | |
Surface, | 1°02657 | 1:02516 | 102515 | 1°02512 | 1:02413 1°02458 1°02508 1:02509 | 1:02522 | 1:02566 | 1:02570
| | | |
50 fathoms, 629 534 | 507 522 576
516 i) 519 5 56 5Q7 5
NOOR, 616 524 51 a: | (140 faths.) 561 537 544 565
02547 oa e
200 ,, 593| 533) 535 A] eee 565 548 , 573
: o4 | ee - (|(315 faths.)| ) ?
( 2) 532| 5 BE 5 : I
300 =, 7 2 3 84 958 565 || 102546 | J 560
400 ,, 579 537 36 | 562 555 557
| | |
3ottom, . | 607 | 525 950 | 1:02561 | 1:02567 529 515 561 554 | 1°02564 570
Depth of bottom | |
fathoms), : 1900 | 1570 | 1600 | 1260 1675 1800 1975 1950 | 1800 2150 2600

It will be observed that the

salinities in the first column in lat. 36°48’ 8. are higher

than in any other column; the water from surface to bottom bears evidence of having +

been warmed and concentrated in tropical or sub-tropical regions, the position being
where the warm water of the Indian Ocean is carried southwards of the Cape of Good
Hope. ‘The salinities of all the other columns are from stations within the zone of

* See Challenger Report, Summary of Results, First Part, passim.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 301

southern icebergs, and it will be observed that the salinity of the surface water
decreases as a colder latitude is approached, and that, generally speaking, there is a rise
of salinity with increase of depth. It is therefore probable that the bottom water in the
deeper regions of the Southern Ocean is a mixture of water cooled to a low temperature
in these regions with water of a higher temperature drawn in, or driven in, from a
warmer latitude.

The effect produced on a sea when its surface is frozen over is an important
consideration in discussing these relations of temperature and density. Sea-water ice 1s
composed of a mixture of ice, salt crystals, and mechanically inclosed brine, so that
ocean water is divided by freezing into two saliniferous parts—one liquid, one solid—
whicheare of different chemical compositions, a striking feature of the freezing process
being that the mixture of ice and salt crystals is richer in sulphates than the brine,
while the brine is richer in chlorides. In the act of freezing, then, the sea-water
separates into ice which contains less salt and into brine which contains more salt than
the parent sea-water, and it may be assumed that both the ice and brine have the
same temperature (29° F.). The brine being denser than the surrounding water, sinks
into it, and by mixing with it renders it more salt and slightly different in composition
from the original water, and, at the same time, lowers its temperature.

Circulation of Ocean Water.—In the portion of the Southern Ocean traversed by
the Challenger, the soundings show that there is only a very slight and gradual shoaling
from the Indian Ocean towards the Antarctic Circle. Hence there is no impediment to
the free circulation of the water between cold and warm latitudes. The effect of the
winter cold in the far south is in one respect the same as that of heat in tropical regions
—it removes water from the sea and thus produces concentration. In the tropics the
water is removed as vapour; in the polar regions it is removed as ice, leaving a salter
water, at the freezing temperature of the sea-water, which sinks and cools the deeper
water by convection. In summer, when the ice breaks up, some of it melts and forms a
layer of less saltness but low temperature at the surface. This layer, along with the
melting pack-ice and icebergs floating in it, is generally driven in part far to the
northward of the place where it was formed. Its place must be supplied from below by
water coming from more northerly latitudes, unless the supply of land ice from the
Antarctic Continent were sufficient to supply the deficiency.

In the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific Oceans the return currents of dense warm tropical
water which run southward along the eastern shores of South America, Africa, and
Australia, penetrate southwards into the region of the Great Southern Ocean, and the
effect of these currents can evidently he traced in the distribution of the southern ice at
its northern limits. The water of these currents has such a high salinity that it can bear
much dilution and still sink through the water of cold latitudes at the same temperature.
It is very probable, therefore, that the cold water of the bottom of the ocean within the
tropics mostly comes from the Southern Hemisphere, and leaves the surface between the
parallels of 42° and 56° of south latitude. From this zone the water is drawn northward

VOL. XXXVIII. PART II, (NO. 10). 3B

3o2 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

over the ocean’s floor to make good the deficiencies caused in the tropics by surface
currents and evaporation, and there can be little doubt that it also flows southward to
supply the place of the ice and cold surface water drifted northward. The compara-
tively warm water which reaches the Antarctic Circle at depths greater than 200 fathoms
probably comes also from this zone between 42° and 56° S. lat., its temperature being,
of course, lowered by being drawn into polar areas.

If there were in the Antarctic Ocean basins like that of the Norwegian Sea, cut off
by submarine ridges from general ocean circulation, the water in these basins would have
the same low temperature of 29° F. from surface to bottom. The brisk superficial
circulation which is kept up in the Arctic Ocean by the extension of the Gulf Stream
waters along the coast of Norway, and the return of the cold polar currents removing
ice by the eastern coast of Greenland and Baffin’s Bay, results in that ocean being
comparatively open to a very high latitude, and produces at the same time a great
depth of relatively warm and saline water along the northern coasts of Norway. A
similar circulation appears to be entirely wanting in the Antarctic Seas; hence their
ice-bound character.

The mean of the eighteen surface salinities observed by the Challenger to the south
of lat. 60° S. is 102475 (8,".), and of the six furthest south of these the mean is 1°0245.
This is the same as Moun’s line of lowest salinity between Greenland and Spitzbergen.
Nothing was observed, however, so low as 10240 found by Admiral Maxarorr in the
southern part of the Sea of Okhotsk.

We have already pointed out that, owing to the mixture of cold and warm waters in

the upper layers of the Southern Ocean, large numbers of pelagic marine organisms are
killed, and their bodies, falling to the bottom, afford abundant food for the deep-sea
animals of this region, and thus have a determining influence on the richness of the
Benthos fauna. The abundance of food, however, is not the only condition favourable
to animal existence, for the physical condition of the water renders it peculiarly fit for
the support of animal life. Owing to the low temperature of the surface, the dissociation
tension of the atmospheric gases in solution is very low. In order, therefore, to come
into equilibrium with the atmuspheric pressure, the water takes up a correspondingly
Jarge quantity of atmospheric gases, particularly oxygen.’ This cold, and therefore
heavy, water sinks down, carrying with it to the lower strata its store of oxygen. This
unusually copious supply of oxygen cannot but have an important influence on the life
at great depths in these regions.

Colour of the Water.—Yhe colour of the sea varies considerably throughout the
Southern Ocean, sometimes being a deep blue, but in the neighbourhood of the ice it is
often green or brown-coloured, due to the presence of Diatoms or other marine Alge.
The lower forms of Crustacea are occasionally so numerous as to give the water a
reddish tinge.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN, Bod

List,

ME?TAZOA PROCURED BY THE CHALLENGER IN THE DEEP-WATER AREA OF THE
KERGUELEN REGION, IN DEPTHS EXCEEDING 1260 FatrHoms.

This list contains all the species and varieties of marine Metazoa described and
recorded in the Challenger Report from eight deep-water Stations in the Great Southern
Ocean, south of the Indian Ocean, traversed by the Challenger during the cruise from
the Cape of Good Hope to the Antaretie Circle and Australia, viz., Stations Nos. 146,
147, 152, 153, 156, 157, 158, and 160, lying between latitude 42° 42’ to 65° 42’ S. and
longitude 45° 31’ to 134° 10’ E., the depths varying from 1260 fathoms at Station 152 to
2600 fathoms at Station 160. For the sake of brevity this region has been called the
deep-water area of the Kerguelen Region, At the most southerly Station (No. 153) the
dredge was used, the trawl being sent down at the other seven Stations. The species
not known to occur outside the region represented by these eight Stations, nor therefore
in depths less than 1000 fathoms, are indicated in this list by an asterisk *,

MONANONIDA }
Awinella erecta * (Carter).
*Cladorhiza? morulifornis,* Ridley and Dendy.
* (2) tridentata,’ Ridley and Dendy.

2?
*Esperella mammiformis,? Ridley and Dendy.
* speriopsis ° profunda,’ Ridley and Dendy.

1 Avinella erect is a very variable species.—(RiDLEY and Denpy, Zool, Chall, Exp, part 59, p, 182,

* Although the different species of Cladorhiz« vary very much in external form, yet the different modifica tions of
the main skeleton, upon which the external form of the sponge depends, are easily derivable from one common primary
type, and afford interesting instances of adaptation, —(Ripiey and Denvy, Zool, Chall. Exp, part 59, p. 86.)

8 Cladorhiza moruliformis is a form of the very greatest interest, and affords a good example of radial symmetry in
a Monaxonid Sponge. It was a question with us whether or not this species should form the type of a new genus, but
we finally decided not, as no essential changes are necessary to derive it from the more typical species... . It is,
of course, by no means impossible that perfect specimens of Cladorhtze moruliformés may have a branching stem with
a head at the end of each branch.--(Ripiey and Denpy, Zool, Chall, Kep., part 59, pp, 91, 92.)

4 In the arrangement of its skeleton Cladorhize tvdentate stands quite alone in the genus, and as this is generally
such a good guide, it seems very doubtful whether it ought to be admitted as a Cladorhiza, but for the sake of con-
venience we shall retain it here for the present, placing it at the end as a doubtful species.—(Ripney and Denpy, Zool,
Chall. Exp., part 59, p. 96.)

® Esperelle mammiformis is a very beautiful little species, and affords another good example of a deep-sea sponge
with a definite external form.—(RipLey and Denny, Zool, Chall. Exp., part 59, p. 63.)

® Several of the species of the genus Espervopsis are remarkable for their well-detined external forms, which serve
as excellent guides by which to separate them from one another and from others of the genus, . . . The distribution
of the genus Espertopsis is very wide, both vertically and horizontally, but it appears to prefer deep water in temperate
or boreal seas,—(Rrpiey and Denpy, Zool. Chall, Exp. part 59, p, 77.)

1 Espertopsis profunda is interesting on account of the great depth (1600 fathoms) from which it was obtained, and
with this must again be associated the presence of a definite external form,—(Ripiey and Denby, Zool. Chall Exp.
part 59, p. 84.)

354 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

* Meliiderma stipitata,' Ridley and Dendy.
Stylocordyla® stipitata (Carter).

TETRACTINELLIDA :

*Thenea® delicata, Sollas.

HEXACTINELLIDA *:
Aulocalyx irregularis, Schulze.
*Balanella pipetta, Schulze.
* Bathydorus spinosus, Schulze.
*Caulophacus latus,’ Schulze. .
Farrea sp. (2).
* Holascus fibulatus, Schulze.

us 3 poleyeviz, Schulze.

* Hyalonema conus, Schulze.

ms “ (Stylocalyx) clavigerum, Schulze.
* Malacosaccus vastus, Schulze.

*Pleorhabdus oviformis, Schulze.

1 The genus Meliiderma stands in much the same relation to Chondrocladia as does Axoniderma to Cladorhiza, having,
like Axoniderma, developed a special spicule for external defensive purposes. The form of the extra spicule is, however,
totally different in the two cases ; and in Meliiderma it appears to be confined to the stalk, while in Axoniderma it is
most abundant in the body of the sponge. In both these cases it is very diflicult to say whether the extra spicule ought
to be classed amongst megasclera or microsclera ; for the sake of convenience both will here be regarded as microsclera,
though standing on quite a different footing from other microsclera. The form of the extra microsclera in Meliiderma
stipitata is as yet unparalleled. From their resemblance to spears or darts we have derived the generic name. . . .
Only one perfect specimen of this sponge and one damaged one are in the collection ; in both of these the stalk is
encrusted by a thin, yellow, velvet-like layer of the densely packed, spear-like spicules. At first we thought that these
spicules belonged to some foreign encrusting sponge, and hence no mention of them was made in our Preliminary
Report, but subsequent examination has convinced us that they are proper to the species; the fact of their occurring
in both specimens being strong evidence in favour of this view. An interesting point about the sponge is the position
in which the embryos deyelop. In the specimen which we cut open anumber of round yellow bodies were found, each
enclosed in a membranous capsule around which the chelate spicules were lying in very great numbers. These embryos
were placed in a zone of tissue occupying about the centre of the spherical head, and lying immediately above the
expanded termination of the stalk, between the bands of spiculo-fibre which radiate from it ; this being obviously the
position of greatest security.—(RipLry and DEnpy, Zool. Chall. Hxp., part 59, pp. 102, 103.)

2 The genus Stylocordyla still stands aloof from all other Suberitide in its remarkable spiculation, though, as regards
external form, the old distinction embodied in the term Stylocordyla no longer holds good, for similar stipitate forms
are found to occur in the genus Suberites. . . . The external form of this sponge is very variable. ScHULZE, as well
as Carrer, has already noticed that the head in young forms is more or less round ; we have to notice below a variety in
which the head is globular even in the adult.—(RipieEy and Denny, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59, pp. 222, 223.)

° The genus Thenew is the characteristically deep-water genus of the Tetractinellida, the shallowest water from
which it has yet been recorded being 78 fathoms, the deepest 1913 fathoms.—(Souuas, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 63, p. 404.)

* Tt isa striking fact that [among the Hexactinellida] the Asconematidee, which occur somewhat abundantly in
the south temperate zone, and likewise in the north, are represented in the tropics only by a single species.—(ScHULZE,
Zool. Chall. Exp., part 53, p. 449.)

® Aulocalyx irregularis appears to be widely distributed, since it was found both in the north and south temperate
zones.—(Scuuuzn, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 53, p. 450.)

5 Cawlophacus latus was found in the south temperate zone, the other species, Cawlophacus elegans, far removed in
the northern region.—(Scuuuze, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 53, p. 450.)

Or

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 5D)

ALCYONARIA :

*Callozostron mirabilis,’ Wright.

PENNATULIDA?:
*Umbellila carpenteri,’ Kolliker.
* magniflora, Kolliker.

9

ANTIPATHARIA :
* Bathypathes tenuis, Brook.

ACTINIARIA * :
* Bunodes minuta, Hertwie.
Cereus spinosus, Hertwie.

1 The axis in the imperfect specimen dredged of this deep-sea form [Cullozostron mirabilis] is about 280 mm. in
length, it is extremely flexible, and nearly 20 mm. in widest diameter. The colony strongly reminds one at first sight
of some gigantic Annelid.... It seems probable that this species lived prostrate in the mud, and possibly there
may have been some power of expansion and contraction in the colony. It was dredged in the most southern station
reached by the Challenger.—(Wricur and SrupEr, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 64, pp. 48, 49.)

® Tt follows from all these facts that the simpler forms of the Pennatulida, especially those with sessile polyps,
inhabit great depths. The presence of their less complex representatives in deep water has also been shown in other
invertebrate groups. These simpler forms are probably also the oldest, and may be regarded as the last remnants of an
extinct primary creation. The Protoptilidee and the Umbellulide are the principal representatives of these old forms,
and of these two families especially the Challenger Expedition has discovered a large number of species with a wide
distribution, This addition to our knowledge makes it possible to gain a better insight than formerly into the
development of the whole group.—(K6tuKer, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 3, p. 39.)

3 The five specimens of Umbellula carpenteri showed a very interesting gradation from a bilateral to an apparently
irregular arrangement of the polyps. One specimen had one terminal and two lateral polyps; another specimen
had four polyps, all lateral; a third specimen had one terminal polyp, two lateral on the right and one only on the
left side ; in a fourth there were eight polyps, of different sizes, so disposed that they formed a rosette surrounding a
small dorsal area of the rachis of a stellate form, but amongst these polyps the terminal one was easily recognisable, as
the axis ended in its base, and the other seven could be interpreted as lateral polyps arising from a shortened rachis ;
the fifth specimen finally showed eight polyps, arranged in the form of a rosette, and surrounding like a cup a ninth
middle polyp, but this was not the terminal one in which the axis ended, one of the eight had this signification —
(K6LiIkER, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 3, pp. 23-4.)

4 The varying character of the deep-sea fauna leads us to the question, has life in the great depths a visible
influence on the organisation of the Actiniz ? This influence can be distinctly recognised in many forms, and is shown
by the nature of the tentacles which have undergone retrograde formation, and are transformed first into tubes, and
afterwards into simple openings in the oral disk. In Paractis tubulifera (1875 fathoms) the tentacles have the same
constitution as in the majority of Actinic, except in one point, that the terminal opening, which is usually small or
entirely wanting, gapes widely. In Polysiphonia tuberosa (565 fathoms) the tentacles have become short, slightly mov-
able, wide-mouthed tubes ; in Stcyonis crassa (1600 fathoms) they are small wart-like rings, and in Polystomidiwm
patens (1825 fathoms) and Polyopis striata (2160 fathoms) the walls have almost entirely disappeared, so that the
terminal opening forms a fissure in the oral disk, the last remains of the tentacle being represented by a cireular margin
surrounding the fissure, and so we come finally to the genus Liponema (1875 fathoms), in which the points at which the
tentacles were actually placed are merely indicated by openings in the oral disk. Of the twenty-one forms from 500 to 3000
fathoms here described, no less than six species have therefore undergone modifications of the tentacles in the same
sense, whilst it has never been observed in a single one of.the forms of the coast fauna, which greatly exceed the deep-
sea fauna'in number.... There is another point in the mode of life of the deep-sea Actinize which seems to me to
favour the transformation of the tentacles into tubes and openings. The nutriment of the deep-sea animals probably
consists chiefly of material which is already disintegrated, and of a soft nature when obtained. The animals often
ingest sand, impregnated with nutriment, from which they extract what is digestible ; at least I have repeatedly found
the interior of the deep-sea Actinie full of mud. In such a mode of nutrition the long prehensile tentacles would not
be of the same use as they are in the littoral Actiniz, which lie in wait for booty, whilst on the other hand it would

356 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

*Corallimorphus obtectus, Hertwig.
rigidus, Moseley.

39
Liponema multiporum,' Hertwig.
*Porponia elongata, Hertwig.
*Sicyonis crassa,’ Hertwig. °
*Tealidium cingulatum,* Hertwig.
Another Actinian undetermined.

CoRALs :
Bathyactis symmetrica * (Pourtalés).

be a decided advantage to the animals to be furnished with numerous inhalent tubes and openings through which they
can absorb semi-liquid nourishment. This then is the advantage of the stomidia and tubular tentacles. The retrograde
formation of the tentacles is by no means the only point to be taken into consideration in the varying character of the
deep-sea Actiniz, the position of the septa being equally important. The arrangement of the septa typical of the
Hexactiniz is only present in thirteen genera, among which I reckon Ophiodiscus and Polystomidiwm, in which we
meet with the differentiation of muscular and genital septa which is otherwise unknown, and the genera Stephanactis
and Amplhianthus, in which we find some approach to the Antipatharia. The other four genera differ from one
another as well as from the Hexactiniz in the arrangement of the septa. They swell the number of the varying forms
represented in shallow water by the Zoanthez, Cerianthex, and Edwardsiz, and therefore seem to indicate that the
diversity in the structure of the Anthozoa was formerly much greater than it is at present, and that the remains of this
diversity have been more extensively preserved in the depths of the sea than in the shallow waters. In this way we
can recognise peculiarities in deep-sea Actinize which are common to the whole deep-sea fauna.—(HeErtwic, Zool. Chall.
Exp., part 15, pp. 132-134.)

1 The tentacles in Liponema multiporum have undergone retrograde formation to a greater extent than in any
other Actinia, as there are not the smallest remains of their walls, while in Polyopis these can still be recognised as
thickened ridges surrounding the openings.—(Hrrtwie, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 15, p. 129.)

? Whilst the majority of Actini, especially those from great depths, form a short column, and are frequently
flattened into a disk, the body form of Porponia elongata, from 2600 fathoms, approximates that of the elongated
Cerianthidz. In both specimens examined the body, though contracted, was twice as long as high. It is broadest in
the region of the oral disk, below which it becomes a little narrower, and then becomes broader again at the pedal
disk, by which it is firmly attached to the bottom.—(Hertwie, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 15, p. 125.)

3 Sicyonis crassa is one of the most interesting Actinie dredged from great depths, both on account of the consti-
tution of the tentacles and of the arrangement of the septa.—(Hertwie, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 15, p. 98.)

+ The single specimen of Tealidiwm cingulatum, which was taken attached toa stone from a depth of 1800 fathoms,
belongs to the smallest forms among the Challenger material. It is so strongly contracted that the wall closes over the
entrance to the oral disk till only a small opening is left —(Herrwic, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 15, p. 51.)

5 Bathyactis symmetrica was dredged by the Challenger in all parts of the world. It varies very much in size
and appearance, the smallest specimens obtained measuring 3 mm. and the largest 40 mm. in diameter ; the increase in
size being evidently not a matter of age and growth as of different development under different conditions. . . . The
inspection of a long series of specimens leaves no doubt as to the identity of the large specimens with the small ones.
The very large specimens are excessively thin and fragile, and only a small percentage of them were obtained in an.
unbroken condition. . . . The larger specimens vary in very much the same manner as the smaller ; some have the
margins of their septa fused for long distances at their points of junction; others show little fusion of the septal
margins. In some specimens the fusion of the septal margins is very irregular, in one a spongy outgrowth is developed
from the coverings of one of the deltas. In some of the largest specimens there is scarcely any trace of a columella;
in others there is a large oval one, composed of a membranous expansion, through which the spines project. . . . After
tabulating all the occasions on which this coral was dredged, I cannot succeed in establishing any relation between
the size of the specimens dredged, and the conditions of depth, bottom, or temperature. No large specimen was dredged
in less than from 200 to 360 fathoms, but from one of these depths a broken specimen, which must have measured
more than 30 mm. in diameter, was obtained. Small, apparently adult, specimens of the stouter variety, measuring
only 9 mm. in diameter, were dredged from such depths as 2440 fathoms on several occasions. The greater number
of very large specimens were obtained from deep water, many being brought up at one haul of the dredge, as at Station
147, in the South Indian Ocean, where twenty or thirty specimens were obtained from 1600 fathoms, curiously enough,
all of them large, no young ones being found amongst them. Bathyactis symmetrica was found to have a wider range

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. DOL
Leptopenus * discus, Moseley.

Hyprora :
*Cryptolaria abyssicola, Allman.
* Halisiphonia megalotheca,’ Allman.
Stephanoscyphus simplex, Allman, MS.

MEDUSz :
Atolla wyville:, Haeckel.
*Pectis antarctica, Haeckel.
*Periphema regina, Haeckel.
. *Thamnostylus dinema, Haeckel.

SIPHONOPHORE :
*Disconalia pectyllis, Haeckel.

CRINOIDEA :
Antedon * abyssicola,’ Carpenter.

than any other deep-sea coral, being, in fact, apparently universally distributed in deep water. It has also a wider
range in depth than any other animal, occurring in 30 fathoms off Bermuda, and in the East Pacific Ocean at a depth of
3 miles. It was dredged abundantly at Station 244, 2900 fathoms, the specimens being large and in full vigour, full
of ripe ova. Some specimens appear as if they had been broken and had reunited, or possibly they were when obtained
in the act of splitting up into fragments, or have a tendency to do so.—(MosELEY, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 7, pp. 186-188.)

1 T have founded this genus [Leptopenus] to contain two very remarkable corals, dredged in deep water, which are
so fragile that it is astonishing that they arrived at the surface in such good preservation as that in which they were
obtained. The two species differ markedly from one another, but have so many fundamental agreements that they
must evidently be placed in the same genus. They are evidently closely related to the Stephanophyllias, but their
corallum is so perforate as to be reduced to a mere lace-work. No corals immediately like them appear to have been
procured before, or since, either in the recent or fossil condition. Specimens belonging to the genus were dredged on
four occasions, all from deep water (over 1500 fathoms), and all in the Southern Hemisphere.—(MosExey, Zool. Chall.
Exp., part 7, p. 205.)

2 The vast depth from which Cryptolaria abyssicola has been dredged (2600 fathoms) gives it a special interest,
which is greatly enhanced by the fact that it affords one of the very few instances as yet known in which the gonosome
of Cryptolaria has been detected. The scattered instead of distichous disposition of the hydrothece is a peculiar and
exceptional character.—(ALLMAN, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 70, p. 40.)

* The genus Halisiphonia is represented in the Challenger collection by a single species, which presents many
points of special interest. . . . The very long tubular hydrothecz gradually passing into their long peduncles confer
on this remarkable species [Halisiphonia megalotheca] an aspect as striking as it is distinctive. .. . The enormous
depth of 2600 fathoms from which both Halisiphonia megalotheca and Cryptolaria abyssicola were obtained has much
significance, in connection with the fact that in both species the gonangia are present, Halisiphonia megalotheca affording
the only known instance, and Cryptolaria abyssicola one of the very few, in which any part of the gonosome has been
observed in these genera.—(ALLMAN, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 70, p. 31.)

4 In discussing the distribution of Antedon and Actinometra, the two principal genera of Comatule, it must
be remembered that each of them, but especially Antedon, contains a very large number of species, and they should be
considered for this purpose to represent subfamilies rather than genera. Thus, for example, the name Antedon is now
given to all endocyclic Comatule with the basals metamorphosed into a rosette, and five rays bearing ten or more
arms, just in the same way as the name Echinus was originally used for a variety of regular Urchins, which have now
received different generic names. The difference between the tiny ten-armed Antedon abyssicola inhabiting depths of
3 miles and upwards, and the littoral Antedon elegans, Antedon multiradiata, or Antedon regalis, is no doubt very
considerable at first sight ; but there are so many intermediate links between the simple and the complex forms, that
no hard and fast generic lines can be drawn._(P. H. Carpenter, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 60, p. 31.)

5 This little species [Antedon abyssicola] is one of very considerable interest, apart altogether from the peculiarities

358 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

*Antedon abyssorum, Carpenter.
* re bispinosa,' Carpenter.

* remota, Carpenter.

9

Bathycrinus” aldrichianus, Wyville Thomson.

Hyocrinus bethellianus, Wyville Thomson.
*Promachocrinus abyssorum, Carpenter.
*Thaumatocrinus renovatus, Carpenter.

ASTEROIDEA :
*Brisinga discincta, Sladen.
ee ee membranacea, Sladen.
*Chitonaster cataphractus, Sladen.
“Freyella® fragilissima, Sladen.
* Hymenaster * celatus, Sladen.
s coccinatus, Sladen

99
of its calyx, for it is the only Comatula yet found at a greater depth than 2000 fathoms. Bathycrinus, and perhaps
also Hyocrinus, extend down to 2400 fathoms; Promachocrinus and Thawmatocrinus occur at 1800 fathoms, but with
the exception of Antedon abyssicola, no other Comatule have been found below 1600 fathoms, at which depth (Station
147) Antedon abyssorum, Antedon bispinosa, and Antedon remota were obtained. Antedon abyssicola has been dredged,
however, at two Stations, one (Station 160) shortly before the Challenger reached Melbourne, where the depth was
2600 fathoms, and the other in the deepest part of the North Pacific at 2900 fathoms (Station 244). Antedon abyssicola
thus resembles Antedon alternata in occurring at widely separated localities in the abyssal region, and it has some points
of resemblance with the younger individuals of this type.—(CarrrntER, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 60, pp. 191-2.)

1 Antedon bispinosa has such very definite characters that it is not likely to be confounded with any other, The
spiny calyx and the double row of long hook-like spines along the arms distinguish it very clearly, ... It is
rather a robust species for such a considerable depth (1600 fathoms). But the sacculi are poorly developed, as is so
often the case in the abyssal Comatule.—(CarpenteEr, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 60, p. 116.)

2 Bathycrinus ranges through a greater number of degrees of latitude than any other stalked Crinoid, even Rhizo-
crinus ; and it is only surpassed in this respect by the ubiquitous Antedon. Bathycrinus carpentert was found by the
Norwegian North Sea Expedition as far north as 65° 55’ N. lat.; while Bathycrinus aldrichianus was twice met with
by the Challenger in the Southern Ocean beyond the parallel of 46° S. lat. In the intervening Atlantic Ocean have
been found Bathycrinus gracilis (Bay of Biscay) and Bathyerinus campbellianus (just north of the equator) ; while other
examples of the genus were dredged by the “Talisman” in the Atlantic at a depth of from 2000 to 2380 metres (1200
fathoms). It is distinctly an abyssal type, ranging from 1050 to 2435 fathoms. The only Crinoids which have
been found at greater depths than the latter are two species of Antedon.—(CARPENTER, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 32,
p. 237.)

® As now classified the species [of the genus Freyella] present a remarkable similarity of general facies, and the
comparatively small amount of morphological plasticity exhibited by the genus is extraordinary, considering the wide
geographical area over which it is distributed. The bathymetrical range is also remarkable, extending from the
commencement of the continental zone to the greatest depth at which starfishes have been found.—(Stapen, Zool,
Chall. Exp., part 51, p. 615.)

4 The dredgings of the Challenger Expedition have now shown that Hymenaster possesses a world-wide distri-
bution in deep waters, and that the genus exhibits a remarkable amount of morphological plasticity, no less than
twenty-four species being now known. The bathymetrical range of the genus is also remarkable, as, with the
exception of the type form (Hymenaster pellucidus), which ranges from 70 to 1539 fathoms, all the species are confined
to the abyssal zone. One, Hymenaster infernalis, extends to 2900 fathoms, the greatest depth at which starfishes have
hitherto been found ; and four other species occur in depths greater than 2000 fathoms. . . . The general facies of
the type appears to be one of great antiquity. This, however, is not the place to discuss, as I should desire, the archaic
relationships of existing Asterids ; and I would therefore now only briefly direct attention to the remarkable resem-
blance and, in many respects, apparent similarity of general character, which exist between Hymenaster and the recently
described Loriolaster of Svtérrz from the Lower Devonian slates of Bundenbach.—(SuapeEN, Zool, Chall. Exp. part 51,
p. 492.)

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN.

* Hymenaster crucifer, Sladen.

* ., JSormosus, Sladen.
s fe graniferus, Sladen.
i latebrosus, Sladen.
nA nobilis, Wyville Thomson.
ms 7 precoquis, Sladen.
us s sacculatus, Sladen.

* Hyphalaster planus, Sladen.
* Lonchotaster forcipifer, Sladen,
* Pararchaster antarcticus, Sladen.
: ms pedicifer, Sladen.
Pontaster forcipatus, Sladen, var. echinata, Sladen.
Porana antarctica,’ Smith.

OPHIUROIDEA :

*Amphiura patula, Lyman.
Ophiacantha cosmica, Lyman,
Ophiernus vallincola, Lyman.
Ophiocten anutinum, Lyman.

. hastatum, Lyman.

‘s pallidum, Lyman.

*Ophiocymbium cavernosum, Lyman.

*Ophioglypha fraterna, Lyman.

Pe lacazei, Lyman.
& * lienosa, Lyman.
a 7 loveni, Lyman.
oF ‘a minuta, Lyman.

Ophiolebes scorteus, Lyman.
ay

*Ophiomitra sarsi, Lyman.

*Ophioplinthus grisea, Lyman.

~ medusa, Lyman.

ECHINOIDEA :
Cystechinus vesica, Agassiz.
i wyvillii, Agassiz.
*Hchinocrepis cuneata, Agassiz.
Echinus magellanicus, Philippi.
*Genicopatagus affinis, Agassiz.
Goniocidaris canaliculata, Agassiz.

359

1 This species [Porania antarctica] may be distinguished from the rather closely related northern P. pulvillus,
Miller, by differences in the ambulacral spines, and in the number and character of the marginal spines.—(E. A.

Surry, Phil. Trans., vol. 168, p. 276.)

VOL. XXXVIII. PART II. (NO. 10). 3}

360 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Pourtalesia’ carinata, Agassiz.

* ceratopyga, Agassiz.
* os hispida, Agassiz.
33 phiale, Wyville Thomson.

Schizaster” moseleyi, Agassiz.
*Spatagocystis challenger, Agassiz.
Urechinus naresianus, Agassiz.

HoLorHuRIoIDEa :
* Achlyonice lactea, Théel.
Benthodytes sanguinolenta, Théel, var. marginata, Théel.
es sordida, Théel.
Cucumaria abyssorum, Théel.
* re var. hyalina, Théel.
*Eipidia ambiqua, Théel.
» glacialis, Théel.
» encerta, Théel.
» purpurea, Théel.
» willemoesi, Théel.
Holothuria thomsoni,® Théel, var. hyalina, Théel.
Kolga nana, Théel.
Letmogone wyville-thomsoni, Théel.
Oneirophanta nutabilis, Théel.
*Peniagone affinis, Théel.
a : atrox, Théel.
ie challengert, Théel.

Ke

' In the genus Powrtalesia proper, as I have retained it here, there are two groups of species readily distinguished
from the character of the test ; these I was at first inclined to separate into distinct sub-generaon comparing such extreme
forms as Pourtalesia miranda, laguncula, and phiale with such forms as Pourtalesia ceratopyga and rosea. The former
group is distinguished by the extreme tenuity, almost transparency, of the test and its more or less bottle-shaped out-
line, while the latter group contains species with a flattened test, a triangular outline from above, and a comparatively
thickened test.—(Agassiz, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 9, pp. 132-3.)

* The limits which have been assigned to the genera closely allied to Schizaster are very unsatisfactory, and the
generic characters by which different species are assigned to these genera or sub-genera pass so gradually one into the
other, not merely among the recent species, but especially when we come to include the fossil species, that the task of
properly limiting them appears hopeless, although these characters are convenient as sub-divisions according to which
we may associate groups of species.—(AGAssiZ, Zool. Chall. Hxp., part 9, p. 200.)

’ The three species above mentioned, viz., Holothwria lactea, Holothwria thomsoni, and Holothwria murrayi, form a
group by themselves among the numerous representatives of the genus Holothuria, and it is very probable that they
may be properly placed in a new genus, or, at least, in a sub-genus. Indeed, Holothuria thomsoni differs so strikingly
from all forms hitherto known that I should not hesitate to refer it toa new genus if I had not had the opportunity
of examining the two other forms, which evidently form a transition to the true Holothuwriw. Holothwria thomson is
distinguished by twelve tentacles, and its variety by fifteen, numbers of tentacles hitherto unknown in any species of
Holothuria. That which seems to be common to the three species above mentioned and their varieties is, firstly, the
conformation of the calcareous deposits, and secondly, the peculiarity that the pedicels of the two lateral ventral
ambulacra either form a simple distinct row, or that, if they are more numerous and crowded, some of them arg larger
and more or less distinctly arranged in a row along each side of the body.—(TH&EL, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 38, p. 187.)

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN.

*Peniagone horrifer, Théel.
bs os naresi; Théel.
Pseudostichopus villosus, Théel.
La Al ,
*p » var. violaceus, Théel.

Psychropotes longicauda, Théel.

cs Ps var. fusco-purpurea, Théel.
2 Fe ai var. monstrosa, Théel.
a i loveni, Théel.

*Scotoanassa diaphana, Théel.
Scotoplanes globosa, Théel.

zs Ss insignis, Théel.

= a mollis, Théel.

* 2 murray, Théel.

** 53 robusta, Théel.
EntT0z0a :

*Ascaris macruroider, Linstow.
*Prothelmins profundissima, Linstow.

NEMERTEA:

Pelagonemertes rollestoni, Moseley.

GEPHYREA :

*Phascolion lutense, Selenka.

ANNELIDA :
*Amphicters wyville:, M‘Intosh.
* Ephesia antarctica, M‘Intosh.
*Eunoa abyssorum, M‘Intosh.
*Grubianella antarctica, M‘Intosh.
Hyalinecia benthaliana, M‘Intosh.
Letmonice producta, Grube, var. benthaliana, M‘Intosh.
var. willemoesi, M‘Intosh.
var. wyvillec, M‘Intosh.

* Lagisca crosetensis, M‘Intosh.
* Leena antarctica, M‘Intosh.
*Maldanella antarctica, M‘Intosh.
Nothria abranchiata (= abyssicola), M‘Intosh.
ae armandi, M‘Intosh.
*Petta assimilis, M‘Intosh.
*Pista abyssicola, M‘Intosh.
* Polynoé ascidioides, M‘Intosh.

361

362 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

* Polynoé (Admetella) longipedata, M‘Intosh.
*Praxilla abyssorum, M‘Intosh.
*Trophonia wyville:, M‘Intosh.

MyzostomMIpa :

* Myzostoma compressum, Graft.
* - coronatum, Graft.

*Stelechopus hyocrini, Graff.

OsTRACODA :
Bairdia* bosquetiana, Brady.
Cythere* acanthoderma, Brady.

a dasyderma, Brady.
> dictyon, Brady.
ey. viminea, Brady.
*Cytheropteron abyssorum, Brady.
- mucronalatum, Brady.

Krithe producta,’ Brady.
Macrocypris similis, Brady.

CIRRIPEDIA :

*Scalpellum* antarcticum, Hoek.

* ro brevicarinatum, Hoek.
2 flavum, Hoek.

25 es improvisum, Hoek, MS.
“a a planum, Hoek.

z oe tenue, Hoek.

' Baird is a widely dispersed genus, attaining, apparently, its greatest development in the tropical and southern
seas, in dredgings from which regions the number of specimens of Bairdi@ not unfrequently exceeds that of all other
Ostracoda together ; the individuals, however, though numerous, are usually found to belong in each gathering to one,
or at most two, predominant species.—(G. S. Brapy, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 4, p. 48.)

* The genus Cythere includes probably nearly as many species, recent and fossil, as all the remaining genera [of
Ostracoda] put together, the number assigned to it in this monograph being 83 out of a total of 221. But though in
its present form excessively unwieldy, it seems impossible, without a more perfect knowledge than we yet possess of
the variations of anatomical structure in the several species, either to form useful sub-genera, or to separate from the
main group any true generic types.—(Brapy, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 4, p. 62.)

* This species [Krithe producta] is either a cosmopolitan one, and very variable as to shape, or the figures given
under its name, which are fairly representative of many different examples, must belong to other undescribed species.
I prefer, however, to consider them as forms of Krithe producta, the variations observable in a large series of specimens
being almost countless, and, as I think, in many cases fairly referable to differences of age, sex, or race.—(Brapy,
Zool. Chall. Exp., part 4, p. 114.)

* Scalpellum seems to be the only genus of Cirripedia which is often met with in the great depths of the ocean.
This strikingly coincides with the common occurrence of this genus in the fossil deposits, especially in secondary strata
(Cretaceous period). . . . The great number of species in this genus suggested the idea of dividing it into smaller
genera. After careful examination this idea, however, has been given up, as all the species in essential characters
correspond as closely, even more closely, with one another than in any other genus of Cirripedia. Nor has it been an
easy matter to arrange the species in a natural way.—(HoEK, Zool. Chall. Ezp., part 25, p. 60.)

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 363

AMPHIPODA :
*Andania gigantea, Stebbing.
*Lanceola’ australis, Stebbing.
Phronima® nove-zealandie, Powell.
* Pleustes abyssorum, Stebbing.
*Valettia coheres, Stebbing.

Isopopa :
*Acanthocope spinicauda, Beddard.
*Arcturus brunneus, Beddard.

; - Jureatus, Studer.
ee oe glacialis, Beddard.
a es spmmosus, Beddard.
Eurycope fragilis, Beddard.
* sarsvi, Beddard.
* Pe spinosa, Beddard.

* sp. (2).
*Tolanthe acanthonotus, Beddard.
*Tschnosoma bacillus, Beddard.
* Munnopsis australis, Beddard.
Serolis antarctica, Beddard.
» bromleyana, Suhm.

PHYLLOCARIDA :

Nebaliopsis typica, Sars.

ScHizopopa :
*Amblyops crozetii, Suhm (MS.), Sars.
Ss

Bentheuphausia amblyops, Sars.

>

Boreomysis scyphops, Sars.

1 From west to east the genus Lanceolw may be considered as ranging round the world, while from north to south
a range is shown of more than ninety degrees, to which may be added about thirty degrees northward, since Lanceola
elaustt was taken in Davis Strait, lat. 72° N. It is remarkable that each of the Challenger specimens was labelled,
not, like most of the Hyperina with the word “surface,” but with the number of fathoms of the particular station,
indicating that the specimen was supposed to have come from the great depth mentioned. It may be conjectured that
the smallness of the eyes and the soft membranaceous character of the integument are connected with residence in the
abysses of the ocean, and the latter character perhaps also with a capacity for passing without injury from the bottom
to the surface. The pleopods are well developed, so that the animal may be itself a good swimmer, but, to account for
the wide distribution of the genus, it may be supposed that the creature often avails itself of extraneous assistance, the
retractile claws of the last three pairs of perseopods being well adapted for giving it a firm hold upon animals of much
greater size and speed.—(STEBBING, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 67, p. 1317.)

° The range of the genus Phonic as illustrated by the Challenger specimens is between lat. 36° 23’ N. and 50°1’S.,
and over a space of 223 degrees between long. 13° 5’ W. and 123° 4’ E. Specimens from the Shetland Isles carry
the range in latitude up to 60° N.in the Atlantic ; Dr Streers extends it to 40° N. in the Pacific ; and since Dr Gres
has added the Bay of Bengal to so many other localities from which the genus is known, its range from east to west
may fairly be considered as extending all round the world.—(Srepprxe, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 67, p. 1361.)

364 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

*Chalaraspis alata, Suhm.
Eucopia australis,’ Dana.
Gnathophausia* gigas,’ Suhm.
Pseudomma * sarsit, Sahm.

MAcRURA :

*Glyphocrangon’ podager, Bate.
* Hymenodora * duplex, Bate.
s mollicutis, Bate.
* Nematocarcinus’ lanceopes, Bate.
A procimatus, Bate.
*Petalidium foliaceum, Bate.

1 This Schizopod [Hucopia australis] would appear, on the whole, to be a true deep-sea form, ranging, as it, does,
from a depth of 1000 to 1975 fathoms. It is worthy of remark, however, that the specimen described by Dana was
taken from the stomach of a penguin; and, as it cannot be reasonably assumed that any air-breathing animal can
descend to the enormous depths stated above, the said form may also be considered as occasionally occurring at a less
considerable depth. It would seem, too, that this view is in part corroborated by the statement of the late Dr v.
WILLEMOES-SunM, who says that in the Atlantic this species is met with at depths ranging from 350 to 2500 fathoms.
The late Dr v. WiLLEMoES-SUHM observes concerning this form that “it is the commonest Schizopod of the deep-sea
fauna, and seems to enjoy a very wide bathymetrical and geographical distribution.” Indeed its geographical range
is quite astounding, for it is met with not only throughout the great depths of the Atlantic, but also in the Antarctic
Ocean, the Australian seas, and even in the Pacific, as far north as Japan.—(Sars, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 37, p. 62.)

* All the species belonging to the genus Gnathophausia seem to be well-marked deep-sea forms. The least depth
from which specimens have been obtained is 250 fathoms, and the greatest 2200 fathoms. Gnathophausia has never
been taken at the surface of the sea ; it may therefore certainly be assumed that these Crustacea, notwithstanding their
strongly developed natatory organs, never leave the deeper strata of the sea, and that in all probability they have their
habitat on the sea-bottom itself... . The genus seems to exhibit a very extensive geographical distribution, being
most probably represented throughout the greater part of the ocean, excepting perhaps the Arctic and Antarctic regions.
Thus, species of this genus have been recorded both from the North and South Atlantic, from the Pacific, and from the
seas of the Indian Archipelago. 'The genus may even be reckoned among the European fauna, one of its species having
been found by the French expedition in the Bay of Biscay.—(Sars, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 37, p. 29.)

° Exclusive of the specimen of Gnathophausia gigas taken in the North Atlantic, west of the Azores, I also
found among the material placed in my hands for examination the recently moulted skin of the outer part of the tail
of another specimen, apparently belonging to the same species, brought up in the Southern Ocean, between Kerguelen
and Australia. Hence the species seems to exhibit a rather extensive geographical distribution, its occurrence in both
hemispheres having been ascertained.—(Sars, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 37, p. 35.)

+ Of this genus [Psewdomma] three northern species have been recorded ; two additional species were met with on
the Challenger Expedition, both in the southern hemisphere.—(Sars, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 37, pp. 188-9.)

5 The various forms of this genus [Glyphocrangon] can scarcely be considered as being more than varieties of one
great type ; the specific differences being little else than a greater or less exaggeration of features common to them all.
—(SPENcE Bare, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 52, p. 507.)

° The species of this genus [Hymenodora], like most of the family, are from deep water ; only two specimens of
one species being taken at a less depth than 2 miles. They are mostly found in mid ocean, on a bottom of mud or
ooze: in the Atlantic beneath the equator and as far south as Tristan, and in the Indian Ocean as far south as
Kerguelen, BucHuonz’s specimen was taken at the surface near the pack ice in lat. 78° N. . . . In the most typical
forms the eyes have almost entirely lost their pigment ; in some species it is reduced to a brown colour, and in a few it
is black, as if the degree of pigmentation was dependent upon variation in depth and degree of light—(Spence Barr,
Zool. Chall. Exp. part 52, p. 841.)

* Tam inclined to believe that the animals [of the genus Nematocarcinus] live at an average depth of between 300
and 500 fathoms in mid-water.—(Spence Barr, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 52, p. 801.)

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 365

ANOMURA:
Munidopsis' antonii (M.-Edwards, MS.).
subsquamosa, Henderson, var. aculeata, Henderson.
Pagurodes inarmatus, Henderson.

PYCNOGONIDA :
* Ascorhynchus glaber, Hoek.
Colossendeis gigas, Hoek.

es ‘5 _ gigas-leptorhynchus, Hoek.
a gracilis,” Hoek.
p 5 leptorhynchus, Hoek.
*Nymphon hamatum, Hoek.
x . meridionale, Hoek.

*Phoxichilidium pilosum, Hoek.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA :
Amussium meridionale, Smith.
Kellia (?) sp.
Leda sp. (?).
Lima (Limatula) sp. (2).
en (ia) SDs
*Lyonsiella papyracea, Smith.
*Neera | = Cuspidaria| meridionalis, Smith.
*Pecten pudicus, Smith.
Silenia sarsvi, Smith.

ScaPHOPODA AND GASTEROPODA :
* Dentalium leptoskeles, Watson.
* Fusus (Neptunea) calathiscus, Watson.
eS om | ~ ) setosus, Watson.
*Guivillea alabastrina, Watson.
Lamellaria sp. (*).
Pleurobranchus sp. (°).
*Pleurotoma (Pleurotomella) papyracea, Watson.

1 The members of this genus [Munidopsis] have been taken in almost all seas the deep water of which has been
explored by the dredge, and they are found at depths varying from about 100 to upwards of 2000 fathoms. The
species differ widely among themselves in the form of those parts which in other Crustacea afford generic characters ;
and yet it is impossible to effect a natural sub-division, or one which is not founded on a single character to the
exclusion of others. It is probable that the loss of sight is compensated by a greater development of the tactile sense,
and in some species this is evidenced by the great length of the antennal flagella, which in all probability enable the
animal to grope its way about on the bottom.—(HENDERSON, Zool. Chall. Hxp., part 69, p. 148.)

2 Whether I am right or not in considering the specimens collected at Stations 146 and 147 (Colossendeis gracilis),
Station 298 (Colossendeis media), and Station 325 (Colossendeis brevipes), as three different species can only be ascertained
by examining a larger number of specimens than are at my disposal. I can only point out here the great affinity of
these different specimens.—(Hork, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 10, p. 73.)

366 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

*Peurotoma (Surcula) lepta, Watson.

» ( 5 ) Stamimea, Watson.
*Trochus (Margarita) brychius, Watson.
< ( “f ) infundibulum, Watson.
CEPHALOPODA :

* Bathyteuthis abyssicola,' Hoyle.
Cirroteuthis magna, Hoyle.
Eledone rotunda, Hoyle.

POLyzoa :
* Bicellaria infundibulata, Busk.
* Bugula® bicornis, Busk.
te reticulata, Busk.

*Cellepora® solida, Busk.
Farciminaria* magna, Busk.

* Foveolaria orbicularis, Busk.
Idmonea marionensis, Busk.
Onchopora sinclairi, Busk.
Salicornaria magnifica, Busk.

BRACHIOPODA :
Terebratula wyvillu,’ Davidson.

1 Notwithstanding the great distance between the localities where this species [Bathyteuthes abyssicola] and
VERRILL’S Bentheoteuthis megalops [North Atlantic] were captured, it seems quite possible that they may ultimately
prove to be the sume species (HoyLE, Zool. Chall. Hxp., part 44, p. 169).

2 Tn order to include several of the species in the present collection, and to avoid the creation of one or more new
genera, I have thought it better in this catalogue so to modify the definition of Bugula as to admit of these, for the
most part, new forms being placed in it... . The group, however, as thus made up, includes several apparently
distinct types, which will probably at some time be thought of at least sub-generic value. ... It may also be
observed that the first and second of these groups consist almost exclusively of very deep-water forms, the shallowest
being 150 fathoms, whilst the depths from which the other species, included in those groups, were brought up was on
the average not less than 2000 fathoms. They would appear therefore to constitute a distinctively abyssal type. .
The group affords a striking instance of the comparatively large size and free growth, and at the same time of the
extremely delicate structure, characteristic it may almost be said of the Polyzoa that live in the tranquil depths of the
ocean.—(Busk, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 30, pp. 37, 38.)

3 The species of this multiform and perplexing genus [Cellepora] may be conveniently arranged in two principal
more or less artificial sections or groups, characterised primarily by the form of the operculum and secondarily by the
general zoarial habit. .. . On the whole the genus would appear to belong to comparatively shallow water.—(Busk,
Zool. Chall. Exp., part 30, pp. 191-2.)

4 The genus Farciminaria may be regarded emphatically as abyssal ; the mean depth at which the species here
enumerated occurred being not less than 1500 to 1600 fathoms, or from 450 to 2750 fathoms.—(Busk, Zool. Chall. Exp.,
part 30, p. 49.)

° Terebratula wyvillit is one of the most interesting species of deep-sea Brachiopoda dredged during the Challenger
Expedition. It appears to abound over a wide geographical range, and at depths varying from 1035 to 2900 fathoms.
The shell is of such extreme thinness that it is almost transparent ; indeed, the valves when separated are really so,
and the muscuiar impressions may be seen through its transparency. It is also exceedingly brittle. It bears much
resemblance to several species occurring in the Jurassic and Cretaceous formations and especially so to Terebratula
boneti, Zeuschner, from the Kimmeridge of Switzerland, and from which some of the Challenger specimens are
scarcely distinguishable, either by size or shape-—(Davinson, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 1, pp. 27, 28.)

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 367

TUNICATA :

* Abyssascidia vasculosa, Herdman.
* ne wyvilli, Herdman.
*Bathyoncus mirabilis, Herdman.

Corynascidia suhmi, Herdman.
*Culeolus' perlucidus, Herdman.

s recumbens, Herdman.

* Fungulus cinereus, Herdman.
* Pharyngodictyon mirabile, Herdman.

*Stycla bythia, Herdman.
* ., sericata, Herdman.

.. squamosa, Herdman.

*

FISHES :

Antimora rostrata, Giinther.

* Bathydraco antarcticus, Ginther.

*Bathylagus ° antarcticus, Giinther.
Cyema atrum,* Giinther.
Gonostoma microdon, Ginther.
FHalosaurus’ macrochir, Giinther.
Macrurus® armatus,’ Hector.

1 The genus Culeolus has a very considerable horizontal range, two of the species being found in the northern
hemisphere, while the remaining four are from the southern. Those in the northern seas are from the temperate zone,
while of the southern forms, one is from near the equator, one from between 20° to 30° S. lat., and the remaining two
species are from much further south. . . . Culeolus is a peculiarly deep-water genus, but has a considerable range, viz.,
from 630 to 2425 fathoms. Five of the species are from upwards of 1000 fathoms, four from over 1500 fathoms, and
two from upwards of 2000 fathoms. Thus they all belong to the abyssal fauna.—(HerpDman, Zool. Chall. Eap.,
part 17, pp. 265, 270.)

2 Bathydraco antarcticus is clearly allied to Chenichthys ; its habitat at a great depth is evidenced by the diminished
proportion of earthy matter in the bones of the skull, by its large eyes, wide muciferous channels, and coloration.—
(GUNTHER, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 57, p. 48.)

3 In Bathylagus the thinness of the bones, the fragility of the fin-rays, the delicacy of the skin and scales, and the
enormously large eyes, seem to be sufficient evidence that these fishes are actually inhabitants of very great depths.
These fishes must therefore be entirely dependent for vision on the phosphorescent light which is produced by other
abyssal creatures. Not being fish of prey themselves, or only to a slight degree, they would be attracted by the light
issuing from the Pediculates and Stomiatids of the deep, and thus fall an easy prey to these fishes.—(GUnTHER, Zool.
Chall. Exp., part 57, p. 219.)

4 Cyema atrum is extremely interesting, inasmuch as it is still nearer to the Leptocephalid condition than
Nemichthys infans. In fact, I had to consider the possibility of its being a less advanced stage of development of that
species ; however, the minute size of the eye disposes of the idea of genetic affinity (GUNTHER, Zool. Chall. Exp.,
part 57, p. 266.) ;

5 Of the genus Haloswwrus which hitherto was known from a single example only, four species were discovered by
the Challenger, showing that it is widely and abundantly represented in the deep sea.—(GUNTHER, Zool. Chall. Exp.,
part 57, p. 232.) :

® Before the Challenger Expedition the known species of Macrwrus were few in number . . . The dredge of the
Challenger secured more than 140 examples referable to thirty species, and proved that this type of fishes is not only
one of the most widely spread in the depths of all oceans, but also extremely abundant with regard to species and
individuals.—(GUntuER, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 57, p. 122.)

7 Macrurus armatus has a wide range in the southern hemisphere, and is subject to some variation, the variation

VOL. XXXVIII. PART II. (NO. 10). 3D

368 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Macrurus filicauda,' Giinther.
Melamphaés” crassiceps, Giinther.

- microps, Giinther.
* Melanonus gracilis, Giinther.

*

*Scopelus® antarcticus, Giinther.
Stomias boa (Risso).
Synaphobranchus bathybius, Giinther.

The 272 species enumerated in the above list include one or two species of Medusz,
Siphonophore, Amphipoda, and Fishes undoubtedly belonging to the surface and inter-
mediate water fauna; these might have been eliminated, but it has been considered best
to allow them to remain as they occur in the Challenger lists. With these exceptions,
however, all the above species live on or near the bottom beyond 1000 fathoms.

The great majority of the species were each taken only at one of the eight Stations,
but a few occurred at more than one of these Stations.

LIST Ia.

It may be of interest to give here a list of such species, indicating in brackets
the number of Stations at which each species was found. It will be noticed that out of
the 57 species occurring at more than one Station, not a single one occurred at all the
Stations, nor even at seven out of the eight Stations, while only 1 species occurred at
six Stations, 1 at five Stations, 2 species each at four Stations, 13 species each at three
Stations, and the remaining 40 species each at two Stations. This does not seem to

occurring in individuals from the same locality, and affecting the form of the head, length of dorsal spine, &e. The
most striking deviation from the typical form is a kind of albino, not quite white, but of a much lighter colour than
the ordinary specimens. In these albinos the scales are much thinner, the ridges sometimes scarcely visible, and if
developed, they are merely keels without spines.—(GUntuHER, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 57, p. 150.)

1 This species [Macrurus filicauda] is clearly one of those in this family which extend to the greatest depths.
The decrease in the size of the eye, the very soft bones, the concomitant want of firmness in the structure of the scales,
and the tail, which tapers into a very fine filament, indicate its abyssal abode. The scales are nearly all gone in all the
specimens obtained. This species appears to be abundant in individuals, and has, like a true deep-sea fish, a wide
distribution.—(GUnTHER, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 57, p. 142.)

» The formation of the head, the black colour of the body, together with the circumstances attending the capture
of the three specimens first known, clearly indicate that the fishes of this genus [Melamphaés] are inhabitants of the
depths of the ocean. Lower’s two specimens were picked up at the surface, near Madeira, evidently in an exhausted
condition ; whilst the specimen described by LUrkEN was found in the stomach of a dolphin. The discoveries by the
Challenger, and by the U.S.S. “ Albatross,” have proved the surmise of the bathybial nature of these fishes to be
correct.—(GUntuHER, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 57, p. 26.)

* The numerous species which I refer to this genus [Scopelus] are, as far as we know of their habits, nocturnal
pelagic surface fishes, which are frequently caught at night in the surface net, but disappear during the daytime, when
they evidently descend to a depth to which only a moderate amount of light penetrates. A few undoubtedly belong
to the bathybial fauna, but with regard to the other species, I consider it equally probable that they accidentally
entered the dredge during its ascent. Only a few specimens were captured in this manner, much fewer than of
Argyropelecus, a fact which is no doubt due to their greater activity, by which they are enabled to make their escape on
perceiving the approach of the net.—(GinrueEr, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 57, pp. 195-6.)

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 369

indicate that many of the deep-sea species have a wide distribution. The probability
is that further trawlings and dredgings will yield a very large number of new species

and genera.

Holascus fibulatus (3).
Umbellula carpentert (2).

‘ magniflura (2).
Bathyactis symmetrica (2).
Leptopenus discus (2).
Bathycrinus aldrichianus ' (2).
Promachocrinus abyssorum (2).
Brisinga membranacea (2).
Freyella fragilissima (2).
Hymenaster preecoquis (2).
Lonchotaster forcipifer (2).
Ophiacantha cosmica (6).
Ophiernus vallincola (2).
Ophiocten amitinum (3).

¥5 pallidum (2).
Ophioglypha lovent (5).

* minuta (2).
Cystechinus wyvillit (3).
Goniocidaris canaliculata (3).
Pourtalesia carinata (2).

- hispida (2).
Spatagocystis challenger? (2).
Urechinus naresianus (3).
Benthodytes sanguinolenta (2).

F sordida (3).
Cucumaria abyssorum (2).
Elpidia purpurea (2).
Leetmogone wyville-thomsoni (2).
Onetrophanta mutabilis (3).

o

Pseudostichopus villosus (4).
Psychropotes longicauda (2).
Phascolion lutense (2).
Grubianella antarctica (3).
Latmonice producta (3).
Maldanella antaretica (3).
Scalpellum brevicarinatum (2).
Andania gigantea (2).
Eurycope fragilis (3).

3 SAT Sut (2).
Serolis antarctica (2).
Boreomysis scyphops (3).
Lucopia australis (2).
Hymenodora mollicutis (2).
Petalidium foliaceum (2).
Colossendeis gigas (2).
gracilis (2).
leptorhynchus (2).

”

”
Nymphon hanatum (2).

Phowxichilidium pilosum (2).
Amussium meridionale (2).
Dentalium leptoskeles (2).
Fusus (Neptunea) setosus (2).
Bicellaria infundibulata (2).
Gonostoma microdon (2).
Macrurus armatus (4).

- Jilicauda (3).
Scopelus antarcticus (2).

The preceding list of species from the deep-water area of the Kerguelen Region
(List I.) shows that in the region of the Southern Indian Ocean represented by the eight
Stations referred to, the Challenger procured in depths exceeding 1260 fathoms representa-
tives of 272 species and varieties of Metazoa, belonging to 186 genera. The large propor-
tion of genera relatively to the number of species is striking, being as 1 to 1°46.

An examination of the list shows that 9 of the species have received no specific
names, owing to the specimens being in an unsatisfactory condition or to other causes, and
they cannot therefore be taken into account in any discussion of distribution. There are
besides 6 varieties enumerated, as well as the species to which they belong, but in what
follows the distribution of each species is considered as a whole, including varieties. Of
2 species (Stephanoscyphus simplex and Bairdia bosquetiana) we have no trustworthy
information as to distribution, so that we must deduct from the total number of species

' WyviLLE THomson says this species was taken at, at least, six or seven Stations in the Atlantic and Southern Sea,
but it is recorded in the Challenger Report only from two of these Stations.

370 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

(272), 9 unnamed species, 6 varieties, and 2 species of which we have no information,
leaving 255 distinct fully-described species, the distribution of which may be discussed
in detail.

These 255 species naturally fall into two divisions, viz., those that are known only
from the region represented by these eight Stations, and those that are known from other
regions of the ocean.

a. Species limited to the area under consideration.

In the first place, we find that there are 164 species (or 60 per cent. of the total
number of species and varieties found at these eight Stations) which, as far as we know
up to the present time, are limited to the region represented by these eight Stations.
These 164 species are distinguished by an asterisk in the list, and very little can be said
about them beyond the fact that they are known only from this area and from depths
over 1260 fathoms.

LIST I/?.

We may here, however, enumerate those species found at more than one of these
Stations, indicating in brackets the number of Stations at which each species was found.
It will be observed that here again the species limited to this area do not show a wide
distribution within the area itself, for out of the 28 species occurring at more than one
Station, 24 species were each taken at two Stations, 3 species were each taken at three
Stations, and 1 species was taken at five Stations.

Holascus fibulatus (3). Phascolion lutense (2).
Umbellula carpentert (2). Grulianella antarctica (3).

3 magniflora (2). Maldanella antarctica (3).
Promachocrinus abyssorum (2). Scalpellum brevicarinatum (2).
Brisinga membranacea (2). | Andania gigantea (2).
Freyella fragilissima (2). Eurycope sarsvi (2),
Hymenaster preecoquis (2). Petalidium foliaceum (2).
Lonchotaster forcipifer (2). Colossendeis gracilis (2).
Ophiocten pallidum (2). Nymphon hamatum (2).
Ophioglypha loveni (5). Phoxichilidium pilosumn (2).

3 minuta (2). Dentalium leptoskeles (2).
Pourtalesia hispida (2). Fusus (Neptunea) setosus (2).
Spatagocystis challengeri (2). Bicellaria infundibulata (2).
Elpidia purpurea (2). Scopelus antarcticus (2).

b. Species extending outside the area under consideration.

We come now to consider those species which have a wider distribution and extend
into other regions of the ocean outside the area represented by these eight Stations. The
number of such species is 91 (or 33 per cent. of the total number of species and varieties

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. o71

found at these eight Stations), and for the purpose of considering their geographical
distribution they may most conveniently be divided into groups according as they have
been recorded from the tropical and extra-tropical regions of the ocean. Thus we find
that of these 91 species,

38 species (or 42 per cent.) are known, up to the present time, to occur in regions
south of the southern tropic outside the area under
consideration (List Ic.) ;

24 species (or 26 per cent.) are known to occur in regions both south and north of the
tropics, but not in the intervening tropical zone (List Id.) ;

12 species (or 13 per cent.) are known to occur in regions both south of and between the
tropics, but not north of the tropical zone (List Ie.) ; and

17 species (or 19 per cent.) are known to occur in regions both south of, between, and
north of the tropics, and some of them may for the present
be regarded as almost cosmopolitan or very widely distri-
buted in the deep sea (List If).

We may now proceed to consider in detail the distribution of these 91 species,
according to the groups given above, indicating briefly the geographical and bathy-
metrical distribution of each species outside the region represented by these eight
Stations.

LIST Te.

In the first place, we give a list of the 38 species which are known to occur outside
the region under cousideration in somewhat similar latitudes, z.e. in regions south of the
tropic of Capricorn, but not in other regions of the deep sea. From the distributional
notes accompanying each species it will be observed that 26 of the species are eminently
deep-sea species, being unknown from depths less than 1000 fathoms; the other 12
species, though found in depths greater than 1000 fathoms in the region represented by
these eight Stations, occur outside this region in depths less than 1000 fathoms, and 8
of these species are recorded from shallow water under 150 fathoms.

Leptopenus discus—W estern South Atlantic, 1900 fathoms.
Pararchaster pedicifer—South Atlantic, 1900 fathoms (doubtfully referred to the young of this species).
Porania antarctica—Near Marion Island, 50 to 150 fathoms ; Kerguelen and South Georgia.
Ophiocten amitinum—Near Marion and Kerguelen Islands, 85 to 150 fathoms.
Ophioglypha lacazei—Eastern South Pacific, 2160 fathoms.
Ophiolebes scorteus—Near Marion Island, 310 fathoms.
Cystechinus vesica—Eastern South Pacific, 2160 and 2225 fathoms.
s wyvillii—Eastern South Pacific, 1375 to 2160 fathoms.
Echinus magellanicus—Near Marion Island, Falklands, and Magellan Strait, 9 to 310 fathoms: Chili, Cape,
Australia, New Zealand.
Pourtalesia carinata—Eastern South Pacific, 2225 fathoms.
: ceratopyga—Eastern South Pacific, 2160 and 2225 fathoms.
Schizaster moseleyi—Near Kerguelen and Magellan Strait, 40 to 400 fathoms.

312 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Urechinus naresianus—Eastern South Pacific, 1450 fathoms.

Benthodytes sanguinolenta—Eastern South Pacific, 2225 fathoms.
‘ sordida—Eastern South Pacific, 2225 fathoms.

Cucumaria abyssorum—Eastern South Pacific, 1375 to 2225 fathoms.

Psychropotes longicauda—Eastern South Pacific, 2225 fathoms.

Scotoplanes globosa—Eastern South Pacific, 2160 fathoms.

Hyalinecia benthaliana—South Pacific near New Zealand, 1100 fathoms.

Nothria abranchiata—Mid South- Atlantic, 1425 fathoms.

Arcturus furcatus—Near Kerguelen and Heard Islands, 7 to 127 fathoms.

Serolis bromleyana—South Pacifie near Sydney and New Zealand, 400 to 1100 fathoms.

Nebaliopsis typica—Mid South Pacific, 2550 fathoms.

Pseudomma sarsii—Neay Kerguelen, 120 fathoms.

Pagurodes inarmatus—South Pacific near New Zealand, 1100 fathoms.

Colossendeis gigas—Kastern South Pacific, 1375 fathoms. Z
i leptorhynchus—Eastern South Pacific, 1375 fathoms, and Magellan Strait, 400 fathoms.

Amussium meridionale—Eastern South Pacific,1450 fathoms.

Silenia sarsii—W estern South Atlantic, 2650 fathoms.

Pleurotoma (Surcula) staminea—Near Kerguelen, 105-fathoms.

Cirroteuthis magna—Eastern South Pacific, 2225 fathoms.

Eledone rotunda—Eastern South Pacific, 2225 fathoms.

Farciminaria magna—W estern South Atlantic, 1900 and 2650 fathoms.

Onchopora sinclairii—Near Kerguelen and Heard Islands, 28 to 150 fathoms; Australia.

Corynascidia suhmi—Fastern South Pacific, 2160 fathoms.

Antimora rostrata—W estern South Atlantic, 600 fathoms.

Cyema atrum—FEastern South Pacific, 1500 fathoms.

Macrurus filicauda—Eastern South Pacific and Western South Atlantic, 1900 to 2650 fathoms.

LIST Id.

In the second place we give a list of the 24 species which are known to occur
in regions both south and north of the tropics, but which have not hitherto been
recorded from the intervening tropical zone. From the distributional notes accompanying
each species it will be observed that 15 of the species are true deep-sea forms, being
unknown from depths less than 1000 fathoms ; other 7 species, though found in depths
over 1000 fathoms in the region represented by these eight Stations, occur outside this
region in depths less than 1000 fathoms, and 4 of these species are recorded from shallow
water under 150 fathoms; the depths for 2 of the species outside the area under
consideration are unrecorded.

Axinella erecta—Near Crozet, Marion, and Tristan Islands, 90 to 550 fathoms; North Atlantic.

Aulocalys irregularis—Near Marion Island, 310 fathoms, and North Atlantic, 1075 fathoms.

Cereus spinosus—Western North Pacific near Japan, 1875 fathoms.

Liponema multiporum—Magellan Strait, 125 to 160 fathoms, and Western North Pacific, 1875 fathoms.
Antedon abyssicola—Western North Pacific, 2900 fathoms,

Pontaster forcipatus—W estern North Atlantic, 1240 to 1700 fathoms.

Ophiernus vallincola—Mid North Atlantic near Azores, 1000 fathoms.

Ophiocten hastatum—South Pacific near New Zealand and Mid North Atlantic, 1100 and 1000 fathoms.
Pourtalesia phiale—North Atlantic (“ Porcupine” and “ Valorous”), 1215 fathoms.

Elpidia ylacialis—North Atlantic (Norw. N. Atl. Exp.) and Kara Sea, 50 to 150 fathoms (Swed. Avets Exp.).

ee ee =

one

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. oo

Folothuria thomsoni—Western North Pacific, 1875 and 2900 fathoms.
Kolga nana—Western North Atlantic, 1250 fathoms.
Letmogone wyville-thomsoni—Eastern South Pacific, 1375 fathoms, and off Japan, 345 fathoms.
Pelagonemertes rollestoni—Near Japan, 420 to 775 fathoms.
Eurycope fragilis—Western North Pacific, 1875 fathoms.
Boreomysis scyphops—North Atlantic and Arctic, depth (2).
Gnathophausia gigas—Mid North Atlantic, 2200 fathoms.
Munidopsis antonii—Eastern South Pacific, 1375 fathoms ; North-West Africa, 2187 fathoms.
a; subsquamosa—Eastern South Pacific and Western North Pacific, 1450 and 1875 fathoms.
Trochus (Margarita) infundibulwm—Western North Atlantic (Bermuda), 1075 fathoms.
Tdmonea marionensis—Near Marion and Heard Is., and off R. Plate, 50 to 600 fathoms ; Mediterranean and
Australia.
Halosawrus macrochir—Eastern North Atlantic (Portugal), 1090 fathoms.
Stomias 6o0a—Mediterranean and South Pacific, depth (?).
Synaphobranchus bathybius—W estern North Pacific, 1875 and 2050 fathoms.

LIST Te.

In the third place we give a list of the 12 species which are known to occur
in regions both south of and within the tropics, but which have not hitherto been
recorded from regions north of the tropic of Cancer. From the distributional notes
accompanying each species it will be observed that 5 of the species are true deep-sea

fod

forms, being unknown from depths less than 1000 fathoms; the other 7 species, though
found in depths over 1000 fathoms in the region represented by these eight Stations,
occur outside this region in depths less than 1000 fathoms, and 1 of these species is
recorded from shallow water under 150 fathoms.

Corallimorphus rigidus—Eastern South Pacific and Western tropical Pacific, 2160 and 1425 fathoms.

Atolla wyvillei—Western South Atlantic, 2040 fathoms ; Indian Ocean, 240 to 405 fathoms.

Hyocrinus bethellianus—Mid tropical Atlantic and Western tropical Pacific, 1850 and 2325 fathoms.

Hymenaster nobilis—Indian Ocean, 1748 fathoms.

Ophiacantha cosmica—Mid South Atlantic and Eastern South Pacific, 1000 to 2225 fathoms ; Western tropical
Atlantic, 350 fathoms ; Western tropical Pacific, 800 and 1070 fathoms.

Goniocidarts canaliculata—Near Heard, Kerguelen, and Falkland Islands ; Natal, Zanzibar, Australia, shore to
1975 fathoms.

Macrocypris similis—Magellan Strait, 165 fathoms; tropical Atlantic near Brazil and Ascension, 675 and
420 fathoms.

Serolis antarctica—Western tropical Atlantic near Brazilian coast, 400 fathoms.

Bentheuphausia amblyops—Mid South Atlantic and mid tropical Atlantic, 1000 and 1500 fathoms.

Salicornaria magniyica—Western South Atlantic and mid tropical Atlantic, 1900 fathoms, and Western
tropical Atlantic, 350 fathoms.

Culeolus recumbens—Indian Ocean, 1997 fathoms.

Melamphaés crassiceps—Mid tropical Atlantic and Western tropical Pacific, 1500 and !100 fathoms, and
Western tropical Atlantic, 675 fathoms.

LIST If.

In the fourth place we give a list of the 17 widely-distributed species which
are known to occur both in tropical and each of the extra-tropical regions. From

374 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

the distributional notes accompanying each species, it will be observed that 5 of the
species are true deep-sea forms, being unknown from depths less than 1000 fathoms ;
the other 12 species, though found in depths over 1000 fathoms in the region represented
by these eight Stations, occur outside this region in depths less than 1000 fathoms, and
6 of these species are recorded from shallow water under 150 fathoms.

Four of the species (viz., Bathyactis symmetrica, Cythere dasyderma, Cythere
dictyon, and Gonostoma microdon) appear to be almost cosmopolitan, occurring in all
regions of the ocean, and in all depths from relatively shallow to very deep water.

Stylocordyla stipitata—Off Kerguelen, Marion Island, Bahia and Nova Scotia, 7 to 140 fathoms ; also Eastern
North Atlantic and Grenada.

Bathyactis symmetrica—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 32 to 200 fms.

Oneirophanta mutabilis—Eastern South Pacific, Western South Atlantic, mid tropical Pacific, and Western
North Pacific, 2160 to 2900 fathoms.

Pseudostichopus villosus—Eastern South Pacific, Western South Atlantic, Western tropical Pacific, Western
North Pacific, and Western North Atlantic, 1450 to 2900 fathoms.

Letmonice producta—Off Marion, Kerguelen, and Heard Is., New Zealand, and Nova Scotia, 20 to 700 fathoms ;
mid South Atlantic, mid North Atlantic, Western tropical Pacific, and Western
North Pacific, 1400 to 2900 fathoms.

Cythere acanthoderma—W estern tropical Pacific, 580 fathoms ; Eastern South Pacific, Western North Pacific,
and mid North Atlantic, 1000 to 2750 fathoms.

,, dasyderma—Magellan Strait, South, tropical and North Atlantic, South, tropical and North Pacific,
150 to 2740 fathoms.
,, dietyon—Off Heard Island, Magellan Strait, South, tropical and North Atlantic, South, tropical and

North Pacific, 37 to 2750 fathoms.

Cytheropteron mucronalatum—FEastern South Pacific, Western tropical Pacific, Western North Pacific, and
mid North Atlantic, 1375 to 2050 fathoms.

Krithe produeta—Off Marion Island, Magellan Strait, South, tropical and North Atlantic, South and tropical
Pacific, 50 to 1825 fathoms.

Eucopia australis—Eastern and mid tropical Atlantic, Western and mid North Atlantic, and Western North
Pacific, 1000 to 1975 fathoms; original specimen from stomach of penguin in
Antarctic regions.

Hymenodora mollicutis—W estern and mid South Atlantic, mid tropical Atlantic, and Eastern North Atlantic,
1675 to 2500 fathoms.

Nematocarcinus proximatus—Eastern South Pacific and Western North Pacific, 1375 to 1875 fathoms, and
Arafura Sea, 28 fathoms.

Bugula reticulata—Magellan Strait, 175 fathoms ; Western South Atlantic, 600 fathoms ; and Eastern South
Pacific, mid tropical Atlantic, and mid North Atlantic, 1850 to 2500 fathoms.

Terebratula wyvillii—Eastern South Pacific, Western South Atlantic, Western tropical Pacific, and Western
North Pacific, 1035 to 2900 fathoms.

Gonostoma microdon—South, tropical and North Atlantic, South, tropical and North Pacific, 500 to 2900 fms.

*Macrurus armatus—Mid tropical Pacific and Western North Pacific, 2425 and 2050 fathoms ; South Pacific
near New Zealand, 400 fathoms.

We may now summarise the distribution of these 91 species which extend into
other regions of the ocean outside the area represented by these eight Stations, as
follows :—

Bathymetrical Distribution—\lt appears that of these 91 species, 51 species are
known to occur only in depths greater than 1000 fathoms, while 38 species are recorded

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 375

from above and below the 1000 fathoms line (of which 19 species extend into shallow water
less than 150 fathoms—see list below), the depths from which the remaining 2 species
were obtained outside the region under consideration being unrecorded.

'

LIST Iv.

We give here the names of the 19 species which extend from deep water over
1000 fathoms into shallow water under 150 fathoms, one of which is recorded from the
shore :—

Axinella erecta. | Goniocidaris canaliculata (shore). | Arcturus furcatus.

Stylocordyla stipitata. Schizaster moseley?. | Pseudomma sarsti.

Liponema multiporum. Elpidia glacialis. | Nematocarcinus proximatus.
Bathyactis symmetrica. Leetmonice producta. | Pleurotoma (Surcula) staminea.
Porania antarctica. Cythere dictyon. | Idmonea marionensis.
Ophiocten amitinum. Krithe producta. Onchopora sinclatri.

Echinus magellanicus.

Geographical Distribution.—Of the 91 species we find that :—

43 species are represented in the South Pacific area,

2 3 3 e North Atlantic .,
25 Be a s South Atlantic ,,
22 ? < $5 North Pacifie ,,
18 - 3 3 Kerguelen Region,
We a a - Tropical Pacific area,
16 33 cS . Tropical Atlantic ,,
9 - = bs Magellan Strait,
4 - ib * Tropical Indian Ocean,
2 s - . Arctic area.

These terms are used collectively, and include the various regions within the area
indicated ; for instance, the South Pacific area includes New Zealand and the south-east
of Australia, although the great majority of the species occur in the eastern portion of
that area off the coast of South America.

LIST Ih.

In the foregoing notes the distribution of each species has been considered as a
whole, including all varieties. Were the distribution of each variety to be looked upon
as distinct, certain modifications would be made, as will be seen from the following list
of species with varieties represented in the area under consideration (which is here
designated Kerguelen Region), the geographical distribution of each variety being briefly
indicated :—

VOL. XXXVIII. PART II. (NO. 10). SE

3/6 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Stylocordyla stipitata—North and tropical Atlantic and Southern Ocean (Kerguelen region).

. var. globosa—Marion and Kerguelen Islands.
Pontaster forcipatus—N orth Atlantic.

var. echinata—Southern Ocean (Kerguelen region).
Benthodytes sanguinolenta—South Pacific.

i var. marginata—Southern Ocean (Kerguelen region).

Cucumaria abyssorum—Southern Ocean (Kerguelen region).

Pe var. grandis—South Pacific.

95 var. hyalina—-South Pacific and Southern Ocean (Kerguelen region).

Holothuria thomsoni—North Pacific.

3 var. hyalina—Southern Ocean (Kerguelen region),

Pseudostichopus villosus—North and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, and Southern Ocean
(Kerguelen region).

5 var. violaceus—Southern Ocean (Kerguelen region). A
Psychropotes longicauda—South Pacific and Southern Ocean (Kerguelen region).
5 var. fusco-purpurea—Southern Ocean (Kerguelen region).
5 var. monstrosa—Southern Ocean (Kerguelen region).
Letmonice producta—Kerguelen and Heard Islands.
is var. assimilis—N ova Scotia.
3 var. benthaliana—North Pacific and Southern Ocean (Kerguelen region).
Pa var. willemoesi—North and South Atlantic, tropical and South Pacific, and Southern
Ocean (Kerguelen region).
5 var. wyvillei—Marion Island and Southern Ocean (Kerguelen region).
Munidopsis subsquamosa—N orth Pacific.
" var. aculeata—South Pacitic and Southern Ocean (Kerguelen region).
Bugula reticulata—South Atlantic, South Pacific, Magellan Strait, and Southern Ocean (Kerguelen region).
5 var. wnicornis—N orth and tropical Atlantic.
Farciminaria magna—South Atlantic and Southern Ocean (Kerguelen region).
= var. armata—South Atlantic.
LIST Ii.

Turning now our attention for a moment to the genera represented at these eight
Stations in the Southern Indian Ocean, we find that out of the total number of genera
(186) 30 genera (or 16 per cent.) are known up to the present time only from the region
under consideration. We give here a list of these 30 genera, from which it will be
observed that the great majority include only a single species, there being in fact only
2 genera (Ophioplinthus and Abyssascidia) each containing 2 species, and that the
great majority occur at a single Station; 3 of the genera, were, however, represented
each at two Stations, while 1 genus (Grubianella) was found at three Stations.

Meliidermea (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Balanella (contains 1 species taken at a single Station),
Pleorhabdus (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Callozostron (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Tealidium (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Halisiphonia (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Pectis (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Periphema (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Thamnostylus (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).

or

JF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN, Sve

Thaumatocrinus (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Chitonaster (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Ophiocymbium (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Ophioplinthus (contains 2 species taken at the sume Station).
Echinocrepis (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Genicopatagus (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Spatagocystis (contains 1 species taken at two Stations).
Scotoanassa (contains 1 species taken at a single Station),
Prothelmins (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Grubianella (contains 1 species taken at three Stations).
Stelechopus (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Valett’a (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Tolanthe (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).

e Chalaraspis (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Petalidium (contains 1 species taken at two Stations).
Gudvillea (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Abyssascidia (contains 2 species taken at two Stations).
Fungulus (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Pharyngodictyon (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Bathydraco (contains 1 species taken at a single Station).
Melanonus (contains 1 species taken at a single Station),

LIST Ih.

We may also draw attention to the following 10 genera which, though not limited
to the region represented by these eight Stations, are known to occur only in regions
south of the southern tropic. With two exceptions (Moveolaria and Onchopora) they
are all deep-sea genera unknown from depths less than 1000 fathoms. The number of
species contained in each genus, and the geographical and bathymetrical distribution
of each genus, are briefly indicated :—

Leptopenus (containing 2 species), South Pacific, South Atlantic, 1600 to 2160 fathoms,

Scotoplanes ( 7 ,, ), South Atlantic, South Pacific, Cape, 1260 to 2650 fathoms.

Maldanella ( - 3 ,,_ ), South Pacific, 1100 to 2225 fathoms,

Acanthocope ( . 2 ,,__), South Pacitic, 1450 to 1800 fathoms,

Nebaliopsis ( FA 1 ,, +), South Pacific, 1875 to 2550 fathoms,

Silenia ( + 1 » ), South Atlantic, 1950 to 2650 fathoms,

Foveolaria ( A 4 ,,__), South Pacific, South Atlantic, Simon’s Bay, shallow water to 1600 fathoms,
Onchopora — ( AE 1 ,, ), Southern Islands, South Pacific, 28 to 1950 fathoms.

Corynascidia ( rn 1 ,, ), South Pacific, 1375 to 2160 fathoms,

Bathylagus ( - 2, +), South Atlantic, 1950 to 2040 fathoms.

378 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

LIsiate

MeTAzOA PROCURED BY THE CHALLENGER IN THE OTHER DEEP-WATER AREAS OF THE
SovurTHERN HEMISPHERE SOUTH OF THE TROPIC OF CAPRICORN, IN DEPTHS EXCEED-
ING 1000 FaTHoMS, EXCLUDING THOSE FROM THE DEEP-WATER AREA OF THE
IKXERGUELEN REGION.

For the purposes of comparison we have divided the deep-water areas of the Southern
Hemisphere into two categories, viz.: (1) the deep-water area of the Kerguelen Region, and
(2) the remainder of the deep-water areas of the Southern Hemisphere. We have already
treated fully of the marine Metazoa from the deep-water area of the Kerguelen Region
(see List I.), and will now proceed to consider the marine Metazoa from the remaining
deep-water areas of the Southern Hemisphere ; to avoid repetition we have omitted forty-
eight species which occur in both these divisions,’ particulars of which will be found in
Lists Ic.; Id., le, We

This list (List I!.) contains all the species and varieties of marine Metazoa described
and recorded in the Challenger Report from twenty-nine deep-water Stations in the
Southern Hemisphere, lying between latitude 24° 38’ to 48° 37’S., the depths varying
from 1000 to 2650 fathoms, with the exception of the forty-eight species above referred
to, so that by adding together Lists I. and I. we have a complete list of all the species of
marine Metazoa known up to the present time from deep water in the Southern Hemisphere
in depths exceeding 1000 fathoms. These twenty-nine Stations are on the whole further
north than the eight Stations treated of in List I., and were not nearly so productive.
Fifteen of the Stations (viz., Nos. 138, 134, 135, 137, 148, 317, 318, 323, 325, 331, 332,
333, 334, 335, and 337) are situated in the Southern Atlantic Ocean, and the remaining
fourteen Stations (viz., Nos. 165, 168, 285, 286, 289, 291, 293, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299,
300, and 302) are situated in the Southern Pacific Ocean. The trawl was used at twenty-
two of these Stations, the dredge being sent down at the other seven Stations. The
species not known to occur to the north of the southern tropic are indicated in this list
by an asterisk *.

DEEP-SEA KERATOSA:

*Holopsamma argillaceum, Haeckel.
*Psammina plakina, Haeckel.

1 Viz., Corallimorphus rigidus, Bathyactis symmetrica, Leptopenus discus, Atolla wyvillei, Pararchaster pedicifer,
Ophiacantha cosmica, Ophiocten hastatum, Ophioglypha lacazei, Cystechinus vesica and wyvillii, Pourtalesia carinata and
ceratopyga, Urechinus naresianus, Benthodytes sordida, Letmogone wyville-thomsont, Oneirophanta mutabilis, Pseudo-
stichopus villosus, Psychropotes longicauda, Scotoplanes globosa, Hyalinecia benthaliana, Letmonice producta, Nothria
abranchiata (=abyssicola), Cythere acanthoderma and dasyderma and dictyon, Cytheropteron mucronalatum, Krithe
producta, Serolis bromleyana, Nebaliopsis typica, Bentheuphausia amblyops, Hymenodora mollicutis, Nematocarcinus proxt-
matus, Munidopsis antonii and subsquamosa, Pagurodes inarmatus, Colossendeis gigas and leptorhynchus, Amussium
meridionale, Silenia sarsii, Cirroteuthis magna, Eledone rotunda, Bugula reticulata, Salicornaria magnifica, Terebratula,
wyvillii, Corynascidia sulkmi, Cyema atrum, Gonostoma microdon, and Macrurus filicanda.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 379

MONAXONIDA :
*Axvoniderma mirabile, Ridley and Dendy.
*Cladorhiza inversa,' Ridley and Dendy.
Esperella biserialis,’ Ridley and Dendy.
Phakellia® ventilabrum* (Johnston), var, connexiva, Ridley and Dendy,
*Tedania® actiniiformis,® Ridley and Dendy.
*Trichostemma* irregularis, Ridley and Dendy.

TETRACTINELLIDA :
*Thenea wrightii, Sollas.
4» sp. Q).

HEX ACTINELLIDA :
*Bathydorus baculifer, Schulze.
*Caulocalyx tener, Schulze.
* Holascus stellatus, Schulze.

1 The most remarkable feature about Cladorhiza tiversw concerns its external form; compared with other
“ Crinorhiza” forms it appears to be upside down; nor can we be certain that the surface which we have called
“Jower” in the description is not really the upper, and vice versw.—(RIDLEY and Denpy, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59,
p- 94.)

2 Esperella biserialis forms a most interesting and important link between the two genera Lsperella and Cladorhiza,
especially as regards external form. It is also particularly interesting in that it exhibits a distinctly bilateral
symmetry.—(RipLEy and Denpy, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59, p. 76.)

3 We have thought it desirable in the case of the genus Phakellia to make use of external form as a generic
character, otherwise we know of no character which would serve to separate the genus Phakelliw from the genus
Avinella.—(Rivtery and Denby, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59, p. 170.)

4 Phakellia ventilabrum is typically an inhabitant of deep water, being common in depths over 100 fathoms,
seldom occurring in shallower water, and going down to 1035 fathoms, as shown by the Chillenger dredgings.—
(RipiEy and Denpy, Zool. Chall. Eap., part 59, p. 171.)

5 The range of external form exhibited by the genus Tedania is shown by the Challenger dredgings to be a very
remarkable one indeed ; hitherto known only by more or less massive or. digitate specimens, we have had to add to
the genus two new species, T. infundibuliformis and T. actiniiformis, characterised by very specialised, though quite
different, external forms ; the former being funnel-shaped, and the latter “actiniiform” (like an Actinia) with oscular
projections on the top and a definite zone of pores. The species of this genus are very difficult to separate satisfactorily
from one another ; future researches may, very probably, by the discovery of intermediate forms, render possible the
union of some which are at present described as distinct.—(Rrptey and Denby, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59, pp. 50-51.)

6 Tedania actiniiformis is a very important and well-characterised species ; it is distinguished from all previously
known by its external form and the arrangement of the pores in a definite zone. Its stylote spicule is the largest in
the genus. It affords a really splendid instance of the manner in which sponges, which are shapeless masses when
occurring in shallow water, assume in abyssal depths (in this case 2160 fathoms) a definite, symmetrical external form ;
this is its chief interest, for the species of the genus hitherto known, from comparatively shallow water, are, par
excellence, amorphous sponges.—(RiptEY and Drnpy, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59, p. 56.)

7 The original type of the genus Trichostemma is Trichostemma hemisphericum, which oceurs not rarely at Lofoten in
a depth of 120 to 300 fathoms on soft clay bottom, The Challenger adds two new species, both from a very great depth
and a bottom of ooze or mud. It is essentially a deep-sea genus, and affords another example of the manner in which
deep-sea sponges commonly assume a definite, symmetrical external form. In this case, however, the object of the
flattened form and the long radiating spicules is obvious, namely, as pointed out by Sars, to support the animal in the
soft mud on which it lies; in our new species, Trichostemma sarsit, this arrangement is brought to a much greater
degree of perfection than in the original type of the genus. The genus has a very wide geographical range, being
found in deep water off the north of Scotland, coast of Norway, Arctic Sea, Gulf of St Lawrence, off the Azores,
N.E. coast of Australia, and W. coast of South America.—(Ripiey and Denby, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59, p. 217.)

3980 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

*Hyalonema poculum, Schulze.

e tenue, Schulze.
2 (Stylocalyx) tenerum, Schulze.
Ry sp. (2).

* HT yalostylus dives, Schulze.
*Trachycaulus gurlittii, Schulze.
Dictyonine undetermined.

PENNATULIDA :
* Anthoptilum simplex, Kélliker.

ANTIPATHARIA :
*Schizopathes crassa, Brook.

ACTINIARIA :
* Aulorchis paradoxa,’ Hertwig.
*Corallimorphus profundus, Moseley.
Edwardsia sp. (?).
* Kpizoanthus thalamophilus, Hertwig.
*Ophiodiscus annulatus, Hertwie.
oe # sulcatus, Hertwig.
Palythou (2) sp.
Paractis excavata,’ Hertwig.
Phellia (2) sp.
* Polyopis striata,’ Hertwig.
*Polystomidium patens, Hertwie.
Actinian undetermined.

*

1 The single specimen on which the species Schizopathes crassa is based is the finest example of the Schizopathinz

contained in the Challenger collection. The stem is 57 em. long, gracefully but gently flexuose, with a peculiar

flattened sickle-like base replacing the rounded horny dise by which the Antipathinz are attached to stones and other
objects. In this case the species is probably fixed by the base being embedded in the mud constituting the bottom
deposit in the area in which it occurs, The specimen is 53 cm. high, and measures 53 em. also across the lower
branches. The stem is simple, much flattened below, but gradually becoming cylindrical and slightly tapering above
the lower branches.—(Brook, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 80, p. 147.)

2 Aulorchis paradoxa is a form of great interest as enlarging by a new genus and species the group of forms devoid
of tentacles. Unluckily, I have had but the one solitary specimen for study, and even this was badly preserved, and
had apparently suffered much from the dredge. . . . From my description it may be recognised that Aulorchis is one
of the most interesting Actinic, and that it would be very desirable that a richer material of it should be acquired by
fresh deep-sea investigations.—(HeErtwic, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 71, pp. 21, 24.)

5 Paractis excavata is one of the most characteristic forms of the Challenger material, both as to the shape of the
body, and as to its finer structure.—(Hertwia, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 15, p. 41.)

4 The small Actinia without tentacles, which I call Polyopis striata, was probably sac-shaped during life ; its
rounded posterior end probably stuck in the mud, whilst its broad anterior end formed by the oral disk projected
freely.—(Hertwic, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 15, p. 101.)

® In Polystomidium patens the tentacles have undergone retrograde formation to an extent which has hitherto been
observed only in the genus Polyopis ; the only traces of them are the terminal openings, which lead directly into the
radial chambers and are surrounded by swollen margins, the remains of the tentacle wall. In their habit of body, in

the endodermal position of the circular muscle, and in the presence of the marginal spherules, these animals are allied
to the Anthead.—(Hxrtwie, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 15, p. 67.)

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 381

CoRALS :
Deltocyathus italicus,’ M.-Edwards and Haime.
*Leptopenus hypocelus, Moseley.

2

Solenosmilia variabilis,? Dunean.

DeErEp-SEA MEpus& :
*Leonura terminalis, Haeckel.
* Nauphanta challenger, Haeckel.
*Periphylla mirabilis, Haeckel.
* Tesserantha connectens, Haeckel.

SIPHONOPHORE :
* Anthemodes articulata, Haeckel.
*Bathyphysa gigantea, Haeckel.

CRINOIDEA :

*Rhizocrinus’ lofotensis,’ Sars.

ASTEROIDEA :
Dytaster exilis, Sladen.
5 ¥ var. gracilis, Sladen.
» nobilis, Sladen.
Freyella benthophila, Sladen.
*TTymenaster anomalus, Sladen.

I have little to add to the very full accounts of the many varieties of Deltocyathus ctulicus contained in the
memoirs cited. . .. It is very remarkable that none of the specimens obtained by us were attached, and that
only one shows any trace of ever having been attached. This one specimen [from Station 285, South Pacific, 2875
fathoms], however, is large, and though somewhat imperfect, has a most distinct pedicle and scar of attachment, and
evidently remained fixed up to a period of full maturity.—(MosgExEy, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 7, pp. 145, 146.)

2 Solenosmilia variabilis is a very widely-spread and characteristic deep-sea form, and varies exceedingly. Many
specimens dredged by us were dead, old, and much broken, but always recognisable by the peculiar mode of branching
and the texture of the eenenchym.—(Mosgrtey, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 7, p. 181.)

3 Of the stalked Crinoids Rhizocrinus has the farthest northern range (68° N.), but it has not been met with more
than once (Station 122), or possibly twice (Station 323), south of the equator, and is limited to the Atlantic and Carib-
bean Ocean.—(CARPENTER, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 32, p. 136.)

‘ The form of the calyx in this species [Rhizocrinus lofotensis] varies very considerably ; for it is nearly hemi-
spherical in some specimens and much elongated in others. These last have the best developed arms; and to some
extent, therefore, the forms with a low and wide cup must be regarded as premature. But differences of development
will not entirely account for the variation, as the calyx of a young specimen found by Sars is distinctly higher (longer)
than broad.— (Carpenter, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 32, p. 261.)

5 Of Dytaster exilis and its two varieties, carinata and gracilis, SLADEN writes :—The variety carinata resembles the
type more nearly than the variety gracilis does. The wide separation of the geographical positions of the type and its
two varieties is of the greatest interest, and bears evidence to the enormous range of the Dytaster ewilis form, and of the
comparatively small amount of variation exhibited by this type in what may well be spoken of as extreme limits of
position. The type comes from the Pacific, off the western coast of South America, the nearly allied variety carinata
from the North Atlantic, off the eastern coast of the United States of America, whilst the more divergent variety—
if, indeed, it be not a distinct species—was dredged in the South Atlantic, westward of Tristan da Cunha.—(Zool. Chall.
Hxp., part 51, p. 70.)

382 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

* Hymenaster carnosus, Sladen.

echinulatus, Sladen.

as , geometricus, Sladen.

2 aa pergamentaceus, Sladen.
* - porosissimus, Sladen.

* 33 vicarius, Sladen.

*Hyphalaster diadematus, Sladen.
Marsipaster hirsutus, Sladen.

+ " spinosissimus, Sladen.

* Pontaster pristinus, Sladen.

* Porcellanaster crassus, Sladen.

us +, eremicus, Sladen.

. gracilis, Sladen.

* Pythonaster murray?,' Sladen.

OPHIUROIDEA:

* Amphilepis patens, Lyman.
*Amphiura dalea, Lyman.
*Ophiacantha sentosa, Lyman.
*Ophiactis poa, Lyman.
*Ophiocten umbraticum, Lyman.

Ophioglypha bullata, Wyville Thomson.

rs irrorata, Lyman.

3 - jeyuna, Lyman,

3 as meridionalis,’ Lyman.
-" ornata, Lyman.
a sp. (?).

Ophiomastus tequlitius, Lyman.
*Ophiomusium archaster, Wyville Thomson (MS.), Lyman.

= armigerum, Lyman.
. lymani,’ Wyville Thomson.

*Ophiomyces* grandis, Lyman.

1 This remarkable and abnormal type of Asterid [Pythonaster murrayi] is altogéther unlike any other form. Its
general morphological structure appears to me to justify its inclusion in the family Pterasteride. Its aberrant
peculiarities, however, necessitate in my opinion its separation in a distinct sub-family.—(SLaDEN, Zool. Chall. Exp., part
51, p. 531.)

2 Ophioglypha meridionalis is the southern cousin of Ophioglypha robusta, from which it differs in shorter arm spines,
more swollen disk scales, smaller mouth papille, and fewer tentacle scales.—(LyMAN, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 14, p. 41.)

3 The specimens [of Ophiomusiwin lymani] from the widely separated stations showed certain minor differences.
For example, those from Station 235 [Japan] had more arm spines and rather more numerous lower disk plates, and
the tentacle scales were entire, instead of divided. I have deemed it best to keep the varieties together for the present.
—(LyMan, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 14, p. 90.)

4 This singular genus [Ophiomyces] stands quite by itself, unless we compare its curious mouth papille with the
spatula-like tentacle scales of Ophiopsila. All the specimens I have seen had a tendency to raise the arms above the

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 383

Ophiophyllum sp. (2).
Ophiothamnus sp. (2).
*Ophiotholia supplicans, Lyman.
~ *Ophiozona stellata, Lyman.

ECHINOIDEA :

Aceste bellidifera,’ Wyville Thomson.
Aspidodiadema*® microtuberculatum, Agassiz.
Brissopsis luzonica (Gray).

Cystechinus clypeatus,® Agassiz.

. Echinus elegans (Diivben and Koren).

*Phormosoma asterias, Agassiz.

by hoplacantha,* Wyville Thomson.

»?
Pourtalesia laguneula, Agassiz.
Salenia hastigera, Agassiz.

disk, vertically ; which shows that the muscular tension must have some peculiar proportion. . . . The peculiar
twisting upward of the arms and disk of Ophiomyces is explained by the absence of radial shields, a want not yet
observed in any other genus. It seems, then, that one function of radial shields is to keep the disk in shape, somewhat
like the action of the sticks of an umbrella.—(LyMan, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 14, pp. 240, 242.)

1 At first glance Aceste bellidifera appears one of the most remarkable of Sea-urchins. . . . The enormous develop-
ment of the sucker of the odd anterior ambulacrum is an eminently embryonic feature ; it exists in the youngest stages
of all the Spatangoids of which we know the development. . . . The general outline of the test as seen both in profile
and from above is strikingly similar to that of the Schizasteride. In fact, this genus is of the greatest interest, showing
as it does striking affinities on the one side to the Schizasteride and other Spatangina, such as Brissopsis, and on the
other to the Pourtalesi, not only in the structure of its ambulacral system, but also from the position and shape of
the actinostome, and the more or less cylindrical test modified in its outline from its Schizasterid affinities. —(Acass14,
Zool. Chall. Exp., part 9, pp. 195-6.)

* Aspidodiadema is & most interesting genus, intermediate between the Cidaride proper and the Diadematide.
It has like the latter a thin test, with long hollow primary spines nearly straight, and strongly verticillate, especially
in the young. . . . The most remarkable feature of this genus is the structure of the ambulacral system.—(Acass14,
Zool. Chall. Exp., part 9, pp. 64-5.)

3 The test of this species [Cystechinus clypeatus] is quite stout, judging from the thickness of the fragments
preserved. In the specimens from the greatest depths at which this species has been found, the test is much thinner
than in the fragments which are found near the 1000 fathom line. Asa general rule among the Pourtalesi, the test
of the different species having an extended bathymetrical range varies very materially in thickness, according to the
depth at which the specimens were dredged, specimens of the same species from shallower regions having pretty
generally a comparatively stouter test.—(Acass14, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 9, pp. 149-150.)

4 Phormosoma hoplacantha is the largest Sea-urchin with which Tam acquainted. It measures no less than 312 mm.
in diameter, and when fully expanded, must have been a striking object. This species is remarkable for the large
size of the primary tubercles, arranged both on the actinal and abactinal surface of the interambulacral areas in
horizontal rows ; on the abactinal surface they are distant, separated by large secondaries and miliaries, irregularly
arranged on the coronal plates. . . . In alcohol the colour of the specimens of this species is dark violet, almost
black both for the test and spines, and this formed a marked contrast to the white tips of the spines on the actinal
surface, The existence of primary spines tipped with hoofs as in the Arbaciade is an interesting structural feature,
connecting groups which thus far seemed somewhat isolated in their relationship to other Echinids. THomson speaks
of the wear of the base of the cones as if they had been in use for “ vigorous locomotion” over the ground, as we know
to be the case in one of the species of Arbacta of the eastern North American coast. In the Echinothuride the
conical tip does not extend along the sides of the extremity of the spine, forming, as in the Arbaciadg, a kind of cap 5
it is merely attached by a nearly horizontal base to the more flattened end of the spine. In consequence of this mode
of attachment the tip is frequently lost.—(Acass1z, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 9, pp. 101-2.)

VOL, XXXVIII. PART. II, (NO. 10). 3

384 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

HoLorHuRIOIDEA

* Benthodytes abyssicola, Théel.
* Bs mamillifera, Théel.
¥ papillifera, Théel.
* ‘ sanguinolenta, Théel.
*Cucumaria abyssorum, Théel, var. grandis, Théel.
*Elpidia verrucosa, Théel.
*Enypniastes eximia, Théel.
Euphronides depressa, Théel.
Holothuria murrayi, Théel.
“Pelopatides confundens, Théel.
*Parelpidia cylindrica, Théel.
as i elongata, Théel.
*Peniagone vitrea, Théel.
Psychropotes semperiana, Théel.
*Scotoplanes albida, Théel.
* - papillosa, Théel.
*Stichopus (2) torvus, Théel.
Trochostoma sp. (2).
Two Holothurians undetermined.

NEMERTEA :

*Cerebratulus angusticeps, Hubrecht.

GEPHYREA :

* Phascolosoma catherine, Miiller.

ANNELIDA :

* Amphicteis sarsi, M‘Intosh.
Buskiella abyssorwm, M‘Intosh.

*BHumenia reticulata, M‘Intosh.

* Kunow opalinu,’ M‘Intosh.
Eupista darwini, M‘Intosh.

* 4, gruber, M‘Intosh.

* Kuthelepus chilensis, M‘Intosh.

1 Since Frirz Miuer’s specimen [of Phascolosoma catharine] was labelled “ Desterro,” one may infer that it was not
obtained in trawling, but was found on the shore during ebb tide. The specimen of the Challenger Expedition, on
the other hand, was obtained from a very considerable depth. This difference of distribution is not, however, by any
means unique, for other true Sipunculids exhibit a similar occurrence on the shore and at considerable depths.—
(SELENKA, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 36, p. 13.)

2 An eyeless variety [of Hunoa opalina, Magellan Strait, Station 311, 245 fathoms] was trawled at Station 299,
2160 fathoms [S.E. Pacific]. It is of good size. The head is devoid of any trace of eyes, so that it forms another
example of the influence of habitat on these important organs.—(M‘InvosH, Zool. Chall. Hap., part 34, pp. 71-2.)

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 385

*Leena langerhansi, M‘Intosh.
* , neo-zealania, M‘Intosh.
*Lumbriconereis abyssorum, M‘Intosh.
* Maldanella neo-zealanie, M‘Intosh.
x a valparaisiensis, M‘Intosh.
*Melinna armandi, M‘Intosh.
Myrvochele heeri, Malmgren.
*Nothria ehlersi, M‘Intosh.
* yy =~ pycnobranchiata, M‘Intosh.
*Placostegus mérchu, M‘Intosh.
° ; ornatus, Sowerby.
*Samythopsis grubei, M‘Intosh.
Vermilia (2) sp.

OsTRACODA :
* Argillecia eburnea, Brady.
* Bardia hirsuta, Brady.
victrix, Brady.
* Bythocypris elongata, Brady.
*Crossophorus imperator, Brady.
*Cythere dorsoserrata, Brady,

5 irpex, Brady.
<a normani, Brady.

scutigera, Brady.

F (2) serratula, Brady.
anne squalidentata, Brady.
a. stolonifera, Brady.

a i sulcatoperforata, Brady.
*Cyther ropteron fenestratum, Brady.
Krithe tumida, Brady.
Pseudocythere' caudata, Sars.
Xestoleberis” curta, Brady.
expansa, Brady.

»

CIRRIPEDIA :

*Scalpellum carinatum, Hoek.

1 The genus Pseudocythere is widely distributed, occurring in the European seas as well as in distant regions of the
southern hemisphere. As a fossil it has been recognised only in the Post-Tertiary deposits of the British Islands.—
(G. S. Brapy, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 4, p. 144.)

2 The genus Nestoleberis is widely distributed, containing apparently a very large number of species, and occurring
abundantly in the seas of all parts of the world. So far, however, as we know of it palewontologically, it would
seem to be a genus of comparatively recent development.—(Brapy, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 4, p. 124.)

386 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

*Scalpellum darwini,' Hoek.

* 3 eximium, Hoek.
* ~ minutum, Hoek.
y velutinum,’ Hoek.

*Verruca gibbosa,* Hoek.

f incerta, Hoek.

gquadrangularis, Hoek.
AMPHIPODA :

*Andana abyssorum,’ Stebbing.
*Camacho bathyplous, Stebbing.
*Cyphocaris micronyx, Stebbing.
*Elasmopus subcarinata (Haswell).
*Gammaropsis thomsoni, Stebbing.
Lanceola, two species undetermined.
* Leucothoé tridens, Stebbing.
*(Ediceroides cinderella, Stebbing.
*Orchomene abyssorum,’ Stebbing.
* Podocerus hoeki,’ Stebbing (= P. tuberculatus, Hoek).
Stenopleura atlantica, Stebbing.

' Scalpellum darwinit is the largest species of Scalpellum known. Only a single specimen of it was dredged
during the cruise of the Challenger attached to a manganese nodule.—(Hork, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 35, pp. 110-111.)

* Of this splendid species [Scalpellum eximium] only a single specimen was dredged, attached to a piece of pumice-
stone.—(Hork, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 25, p. 100.)

$ This beautiful species [Scalpellum velutinum] is represented by a single specimen. Provisionally there must be
referred to the same species three smaller specimens, which were dredged near the southern point of Portugal ; yet I
am not quite sure that they belong really to the same species. . . . The two Stations from which this species was
obtained are both in the Atlantic ; the one (near Cape St Vincent) has about the same northern latitude as the other
(north of Tristan da Cunha) has southern latitude.—(Horkx, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 35, pp. 96, 99.) ’

4 Verruca gibbosa is the largest and the most beautiful of the deep-sea species —(Hork, Zool. Chall. Hxp., part 35,
p. 134.)

° The specific name [of Andania abyssorum] refers to the great depth from which this little creature was obtained,
but is principally designed to call attention to its close relationship with the northern species Andania abyssi.—
(Steppine, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 67, p. 742.)

6 The specific name [of Orchomene abyssorum] has been given in allusion to the great depth from which the species
is reported to have come. The single specimen was mounted during the voyage. Had this species been taken within
any reasonable distance of Orchomene musculosus, the resemblance is so great that one might have been tempted to
disregard the points of difference as due to some other cause than difference of species. It might be an accident that
has caused one to be reported from the surface, and the other from so great a depth as 1900 fathoms, but that the
Stations at which the two species were obtained are separated by nearly half the circumference of the globe is a
circumstance not open to any such explanation.—(SrepBine, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 67, pp. 678-9.)

7 The specific name [of Podocerus hocki] is given in compliment to Dr P. P. C. Horx, who in 1882 gave a brief
description and some figures of a new species, Podocerus tuberculatus, among the Crustacea of the “ Willem Barents”
Expedition. This species was obtained in lat. 71° 23’ N., long. 49° 38’ E., and judging only from thes preliminary
description and the figures of the two gnathopods, third uropods, and telson, presents an extraordinary resemblance to
the Challenger species. . . . Considering the enormous distance between the places of capture, I have not thought it
right to identify the two forms. Had they belonged to a single species of so wide a distribution, it is highly improb-
able that it would have escaped discovery for so long, and then suddenly have been discovered almost simultaneously
at two enormously distant points._(STEBBING, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 67, pp. 1140-1.)

The single specimen [of Podocerus tuberculatus] described by Dr Hogk was taken in 1879 in lat. 71° 23’ N.,

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 387

Isopopa :

*Acanthocope acutispina, Beddard.

*Acanthomunna proteus,‘ Beddard.
: *Eurycope nove-zelandie, Beddard.

*Tschnosoma bacilloides, Beddard.

* Munnopsis gracilis, Beddard.

Neotanais americanus, Beddard.
*Serolis neera, Beddard.

» sp. (2).

s Macrura:

Acanthephyra brachytelsonis, Bate.
longidens, Bate.
sica, Bate.

»?>

»”>

Aristeus*® armatus, Bate.
Benthesicymus altus, Bate.
brasiliensis, Bate.

»

* tridescens, Bate.

»>

mollis, Bate.

”

Gennadas intermedius, Bate.
parvus, Bate.

»”

Glyphocrangon vimapes, Bate.

long. 49° 38’ E., from a depth of 67 fathoms. Other specimens were obtained on Sept. 6, 1881, in lat. 77° 7° Ny
long. 49° 37’ E., from a depth of 170 fathoms. An examination of these has shown that the fingers of the gnathopods
precisely agree in dentation with those of the specimen described in the Challenger Report under the name of Podocerus
hoeki. That specimen was taken in the neighbourhood of New Zealand, July 8, 1874, in lat. 40° 28’ S., long. 177° 43° E.,
and was supposed to come from a depth of 1100 fathoms. But though its habitat is separated by so vast a distance
from the Arctic localities, there does not seem to bea single feature which can be relied on for distinguishing it from
the species to which Dr Horx had earlier given a name.—(Sressine, “ The Amphipoda collected during the voyages of
the Willem Barents in the Arctic Seas in the years 1880-1884,” Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde, Afl. 17, 1894, p. 45.)

‘t Two specimens of a deep-sea Isopod, belonging apparently to the same species [Aeanthomunna proteus], are
referred to this genus; they were dredged in 700 and 1100 fathoms respectively off New Zealand. The genus is
remarkable for its dense spiny covering, a condition met with in other deep-sea and cold-water Isopoda. The
specimens only differ from each other in colour ; the larger specimen (from 1100 fathoms) is of a pale butt colour, the
smaller of a rich brown.—(BEDDARD, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 48, pp. 47-8.)

2 Acanthephyra sica appears to be both abundant and widely distributed ; it was taken by the Challenger at
eleven Stations, more or less distant from one another,—in the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, as far north as Japan, and
as far south as New Zealand. Its bathymetrical range is also great, since it has been taken at a distance of from less
than half a mile to about three miles from the surface of the ocean. It appears to be very prolific also, since some of
the females that were captured carry a large number of small eggs.—(SPENcE Bate, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 52, p. 743).

+ § This genus [Aristeus] consists mostly of deep-water species, which swim freely in the sea, and during the cruise
of the Challenger were never captured in less than 255 fathoms of water. . . . Aristeus armatus was captured at seven
different localities at depths ranging from 1400 to 2350 fathoms. . . . Running down the eastern coast of South
America, in the month of September 1873, the Challenger must have passed through a great multitude of young
animals of this genus, varying in size from 4 to 14 mm,, all of which bore evidence of belonging to allied species. The
specimens corresponded closely excepting in such features as may be dependent upon age.—(Spence Bare, Zool. Chall.

Exp., part 52, p. 311.)

388 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Haliporus curvirostris, Bate.

*Hemipenaus speciosus, Bate.
a spinidorsalis, Bate.

* Hepomadus inermis, Bate.
*Notostomus murray, Bate.

Pentacheles levis, Bate.

Pontophilus gracilis, Bate.
a s profundus, Bate.
*Sergestes profundus,’ Bate.

Willemesia leptodactyla (Willemoes-Suhm).

ANOMURA :
*Elasmonotus narginatus, Henderson.
*Galacantha bellis, Henderson,
Parapagurus abyssorum, M.-Edwards.
*Tylaspis anomala,’ Henderson.

PYCNOGONIDA :

*OColossendeis brevipes,’ Hoek.

ial a media, Hoek.
*Nymphon compactum,’ Hoek.
7 a longicollum, Hoek.
s i longicoxa,’ Hoek.
is - procerum, Hoek.

1 The species of this genus [Sergestes] mostly live within 100 fathoms of the surface, but there is every reason to
believe that this one [Sergestes profundus] resides near the bottom.—(SPENcE Bare, Zool. Chall. Hup., part 52, p. 429.)

2 A certain amount of variation is noticeable in specimens [of Parapagurus abyssorum] from different localities,
more especially as regards the amount of pubescence and granulation on the chelipedes and ambulatory limbs. Ina
specimen from Station 133 [South Atlantic], the ophthalmic scales are bidentate, and the external prolongation of the
second antennal peduncular joint is dentate. In spite of these apparent incongruities, an examination of the numerous
specimens taken by the Challenger has convinced me that they all belong to a single species. . . . Parapagurus
abyssorwm is of special interest on account of its very extended distribution and deep-water habitat. It was taken by
the Challenger in all the great ocean beds explored (with the exception of the Southern Ocean between the Cape
and Australia), and nowhere in less than 1060 fathoms of water. [This species is recorded from Magellan Strait,
45 fathoms, but HENDERSON maintains that this is an error; he says that a shallow-water habitat for the species is
quite out of the question.] It appears to be invariably associated with an Anemone which exerts a solvent action on
the Gastropod shell originally selected as a dwelling-place by the Hermit ; in many cases the shell has entirely
disappeared, and in others it is greatly reduced, while the Anemone forms a soft and saccular covering on the
exterior.—(HENDERSON, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 69, p. 88.)

3 The single specimen [of Tylaspis anomala] came from the greatest depth at which any Anomurous Crustacean
was taken by the Challenger. The form of the abdomen points to the species having occupied some other
dwelling-place than the Gastropod sbell usually selected by the soft-tailed Pagurids.—(HENDERSON, Zool. Chall. Exp.,
part 69, p. 81.)

4 This true deep-sea species [Colossendeis brevipes] was dredged from the greatest depth at which a Pycnogonid has
been found, viz., 2650 fathoms.—(Horx, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 10, p. 72.)

° T believe this species [Nymphon longicoxa] with its rudimentary eyes to form the transition from the shallow-
water species to the true deep-sea species. . . . Nymphon longicova and Nymphon compactwm were obtained [at the
same Station] from a depth of 1100fathoms. N. longicowa shows rudimentary eyes, those of N. compactum are quite

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 389
LAMELLIBRANCHIATS :
Arca (Barbatia) corpulenta, Smith.
*Cryptodon noseleyi, Smith.
Glomus nitens, Jeffreys
Lima (Limatula) sp. (2)
*Lyonsiella grandis, Smith.
* Malletia pallida, Smith.
*Venus (Chamelea) mesodesma, Quoy and Gaimard.

ScAPHOPODA AND GASTEROPODA :

e * Basilissa simplex, Watson.
*“Clathurella cala, Watson.
*Dentalium amphialum, Watson.

o hkeras, Watson.

Tanthina rotundata, Leach.
*Nassa dissimilis, Watson.
* Pleurotoma (Spirotropis) aganactica, Watson.

as a (Thesbia) membranacea, Watson.
- “3 ( ,,. ) wanthias, Watson.

*Stilifer brychius, Watson.
Trochus sp. (2)

CEPHALOPODA :

* Histiopsis atlantica, Hoyle.

POLYZOA :
Bicellaria navicularis, Busk.
*Bugula margaritifera,’ Busk.
*Cellularia crateriformis, Busk.
*Faremminaria eribraria, Busk.
is magna, Busk, var. armata, Busk.

5

Flustra biseriata, Busk.
Kinetoskias cyathus (Wyville Thomson).
pocillum, Busk.

be)

*Menipea pateriformis, Busk.

obsolete. N. longicoxw is one of the most slender, N. compactum one of the stoutest species dredged by the
Challenger. In the one the auxiliary claws are wanting, whereas small ones are present in N. longicoxa, and in
every other respect they are as widely different as two species of the same genus of Pyenogonids can be.—(Horx,
Zool. Chall. Exp., part 10, pp. 39, 42).

1 [Bugula margaritifera is] a very interesting form as coming from such an extreme depth. Its structure, as in
most of the abyssal forms, is very delicate and transparent, and it is rooted by an infinite number of radical fibres, each
attached to a dead Globigerina shell or similar small particle-—(Busk, Zool. Chall. Hxp., part 30, p. 42.)

390 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

BRACHIOPODA :
Discina atlantica, King.
*Magasella flexuosa (King).
* Waldhermia wyvillit, Davidson.

TUNICATA :
Octacnemus bythius, Moseley.
Pyrosoma spinosum, Herdman.

FISHES :
*Bathylagus atlanticus, Giinther.

* Bathypterois longicauda, Giinther.

* * longipes, Giinther,

* Bathysaurus ferox,' Giinther.

*Chlorophthalmus gracilis, Giinther.
Ipnops murrayi,’ Giinther.

* Macrurus affinis, Gunther.

a » fernandexianus, Giinther.

as Fe murray, Ginther.

As in the case of List I., here again the great majority of the 253 species enumer-
ated were each taken at only one of the twenty-nine Stations.

LIST Ila.

Only 25 species occurred at more than one of these Stations, and of these 18
species were each represented at two Stations, and the remaining 7 species each at three
Stations, as shown in the following list, where the number of Stations at which each
species was found is indicated in brackets after the name of the species :—

1 Bathysaurus agassizii, Goode and Bean, obtained at a depth of 647 fathoms in the Atlantic, lat. 33° 35’ N.
long. 76° 0' W., is probably not specifically distinct from the Pacific specimen [Bathysaurus ferox from Station 168, near
New Zealand, 1100 fathoms]. It seems to bea fish with a somewhat deeper body, but, then, it was ascertained to
be a “female, full of nearly mature eggs.”—(GUNTHER, Zool. Chall. Hxp., part 57, p. 183.)

2 Ever since the discovery of this fish [Jpnops murrayi] much uncertainty has prevailed with regard to the nature
and function of the extraordinary apparatus on the upper side of the head ; but from Professor MosELry’s examination
it seems to be almost beyond doubt, that it is a special form of phosphorescent organ. The power of producing light,
and thereby attracting other creatures, must be of great use toa fish, which, deprived of organs of sight and touch, would
be unable to procure its food. The question of the homology of the luminous organ and its covering lamellz is still
obscure ; and no other specimen can be sacrificed to investigate the osteology of the skull. If, as Professor MosEnxy’s
investigations seem to prove, the luminous organ is not a modification of the eye, as Mr Murray and myself supposed
at first, and if the organ of vision with the optic nerve has disappeared, the luminous organ is probably the homologue
of that which is found in some Scopelids between the eye and nostril, and the covering plates would be the homologues
of the prorbital membrane bones. With the abortion of the eyes the luminous organs with their prorbitals would
have moved from their usual lateral position to the top of the head.—(GtytTHER, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 57, pp. 190-1.)

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN.

Coralliinorphus profundus (2).

Dytaster exilis (2),

Ophiomusium armigerum (2).
Ms lymant (2).

Aspidodiadema microtuberculatum (3).

Cystechinus clypeatus (2).
Benthodytes mamillifera (2).
Cucumaria abyssorum (3).
Holothuria murrayi (2).
Peelopatides confundens (3).
Nothria ehlersi (2).

Cyphocaris micronyx (2).
Acanthephyra sica (2).
Aristeus armatus (2).
Benthesicymus brasiliensis (3).
Glyphocrangon rimapes (2).
Pontophilus gracilis (2).
Sergestes profundus (2).
Willemesia leptodactyla (3).
Parapagurus abyssorum (3).
Bugula margaritifera (2).
'ellularia crateriformis (2).

391

» pyenobranchiata (2). Chlorophthalmus gracilis (3).

Bairdia hirsuta (2).
e

The preceding list (List II.) of species from the deep-water areas of the Southern
Hemisphere south of the southern tropic and outside of the Kerguelen Region, shows
that in the regions of the Southern Hemisphere represented by the twenty-nie Stations
referred to, the Challenger procured in depths exceeding 1000 fathoms representatives of
253 species and varieties of Metazoa, belonging to 182 genera. To these numbers must be
added 48 species and 24 genera mentioned in footnote on page 36, not included in this
list, having been already enumerated in the list (List I.) of species from the deep-water
avea of the Kerguelen Region. The proportion of genera to species in these twenty-nine
Stations is exactly the same as in the eight Stations in the Kerguelen Region, viz., as 1
to 1°46. These twenty-nine Stations are situated on an average about seventeen degrees
to the north of the mean latitude of the eight deep-water Stations in the Kerguelen
Region, and it will be observed that, while 301 species were obtained at the twenty-nine
Stations in the Southern Hemisphere outside the Kerguelen Region (or 10°4 species per
haul), 272 species were taken at the eight Stations in the Kerguelen Region (or 34
species per haul).

An examination of the list shows that 19 of the species have received no specific
names, and there is besides one variety as well as the species to which it belongs, As in
the case of List I., and for reasons there stated, these must be deducted from the total
number, leaving 233 distinct fully-described species the distribution of which may be
discussed in detail.

These 233 species may be divided into (1) those that are known to occur only in the
regions represented by these twenty-nine Stations; and (2) those that are known to
occur in other regions situated northwards of the southern tropic.

a. Species limited to the Southern Henusphere south of the Tropic of Capricorn.

In the first place we find that there are 165 species (or 65 per cent. of the total
number! of species and varieties found at these twenty-nine Stations) which, as far as we
know up to the present time, are limited in their distribution to regions south of the

1 Not including the 48 species also occurring in the deep-water area of the Kerguelen Region (see footnote, p. 36).
VOL. XXXVIII. PART II. (NO. 10), 3G

392 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

southern tropic. ‘hese 165 species are indicated in the list by an asterisk, and little
ean be said about them beyond the fact that they are known only from the Southern
Hemisphere, and (with the exception of 16 species referred to later on—see List Ilg.)
from depths over 1000 fathoms.

LIST II?

We enumerate here those species found at more than one of these Stations indicating
in brackets the number of Stations at which each species was taken. It will be observed
that the species limited to this area show a very restricted distribution within the
area itself, for only 9 species were each taken at two Stations, and 3 species each at
three Stations. .

Corallimorphus profundus (2). Bairdia hirsuta (2).
Benthodytes manullifera (2). || Cyphocaris micronyx (2).
Cucumaria abyssorum (8). Sergestes profundus (2).
Pelopatides confundens (3). Bugula margaritifera (2).
Nothria ehlersi (2). Cellularia crateriformis (2).
» pycnobranchiata (2). Chlorophthalmus gracilis (3).

b. Species extending outside the area under consideration.

We come now to consider those species which have a wider distribution and extend
into the tropical and northern extra-tropical regions. The number of such species is 68
(or 27 per cent. of the total number? of species found at these twenty-nine Stations), and
for the purposes of this discussion they may be divided into groups in accordance with
their distribution. Thus we find that of these 68 species,

25 species (or 37 per cent.) are known to occur in regions within the tropics, but not
north of the tropical zone (List Ic.) ;

19 species (or 28 per cent.) are known to occur to the north of the tropics, but not within
the intervening tropical zone (List Id.); and

24 species (or 35 per cent.) are known to occur both within and to the north of the
tropics, some of which may for the present be regarded
as almost cosmopolitan (List [le.).

We may now proceed to consider in detail the distribution of these 68 species
according to the groups given above, indicating briefly the geographical and bathy-
metrical distribution of each species northward of the tropic of Capricorn.

LIST IIc.

In the first place we give a list of the 25 species which extend within the tropics, but
are unknown up to the present time to the north of the tropic of Cancer. From the

‘ Not including the 48 species occurring also in the deep-water area of the Kerguelen Region (see footnote, p. 36).

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 393

distributional notes accompanying each species it will be observed that 15 of the
species are true deep-sea forms, being unknown from depths less than 1000 fathoms ;
the other 10 species, though found in depths greater than 1000 fathoms in the
regions represented by these twenty-nine Stations, occur outside those regions in depths
less than 1000 fathoms, and only one of these species (Cythere scutigera) appears to be
an inhabitant of shallow water under 150 fathoms. It will also be noticed that 15 of
the species occur in the tropical Pacific, 7 species in the tropical Atlantic, while 1 species
is common to both the tropical Pacifie and tropical Atlantic, the remaining 2 species
being recorded from the Indian Ocean.

Esperella biserialis—Tropical Pacific, 2385 fathoms.

Solenosmilia variabilis—Tropical Atlantic, 420 fathoms ; also near Marion Island, 310 fathoms.
Freyella benthophila—Tropical Indian Ocean, 1520 to 1997 fathoms.

Marsipaster hirsutus—Tropical Indian Ocean, 1997 fathoms.

Ophioglypha ornata—Tropical Pacific, 2000 fathoms.

Ophiomastus tegulitius—Tropical Pacific, 1070 fms.; also near Australia and New Zealand, 410 and 275 fms.
Aspidodiadema microtuberculatum—Tropical Atlantic, 350 and 1600 fathoms.

Cystechinus elypeatus—Tropical Pacific, 1050 fathoms.

Benthodytes papillifera—Tropical Pacific, 1400 and 2425 fathoms.

Psychropotes semperiana—Tropical Atlantic, 2500 fathoms.

Buskiella abyssorum—Tropical Atlantic, 1850 and 2500 fathoms.

Cythere scutigera—Tropical Pacific, 15 to 37 fathoms; also near New Zealand, 150 fathoms.
Stenopleura atlantica—Tropical Atlantic, 1850 fathoms.

Acanthephyra longidens—Tropical Pacific, 2150 fathoms.

Benthesicymus brasiliensis—Tropical Pacific, 315, 1400, and 2440 fathoms.

Haliporus curvirostris—Tropical Pacific, 2385 fathoms.

Hemipenceus spinidorsalis—Tropical Pacific, 2050 fathoms.

Pentacheles levis—Tropical Pacific, 500 fathoms.

Pontophilus gracilis—Tropical Pacific, 1400 and 2150 fathoms.

Arca (Barbatia) corpulenta—Tropical Pacific, 200, 1400, 2000, and 2425 fathoms.
Bicellaria navicularis—Tropical Atlantic, 32 to 400 fathoms.

Flustra biseriata—Tropical Pacific, 825 fathoms.

Kinetoskias pocillum—tTropical Atlantic, 32 to 400 fathoms.

Octacnemus bythius—Tropical Pacific, 1070 fathoms.

Ipnops murrayi—tTropical Atlantic and tropical Pacific, 1600 and 2150 fathoms.

LIST II¢/.

In the second place we give a list of the 19 species which have been recorded
from regions north of the northern tropic as well as south of the southern tropic,
but which, up to the present time, are not known to occur within the intervening
tropical zone. From the distributional notes accompanying each species it will be
observed that 12 of the species are true deep-sea forms, being unknown from depths less
than 1000 fathoms [in the case of Pyrosoma spinosum, though the trawl descended to
a depth of 2200 fathoms, it is pretty certain the specimen entered the net near the
surface]; the other 6 species, though found in depths greater than 1000 fathoms in the
regions represented by these twenty-nine Stations, occur outside those regions in depths

394 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

less than 1000 fathoms, and only one of these species (Pseudocythere caudata) appears
to be an inhabitant of shallow water under 150 fathoms. It will also be noticed that 16
of the species are represented in the North Atlantic and 4 species in the North Pacific,
while only one of these 19 species (Dentalium keras) is common to both the North
Atlantic and North Pacific.

Dytaster exilis—North Atlantic, 1700 fathoms.
Ophioglypha bullata—North Atlantic, 1240, 2075, 2650, and 2850 fathoms.
5 trrorata—North Atlantic, 470 to 1125 fathoms.
Phovmosoma hoplacantha—North Pacific, 565 fathoms ; also near §.E. Australia, 410 fathoms.
Euphronides depressa—N orth Atlantic, 1090 fathoms.
Eupista darwini—North Atlantic, 2750 fathoms.
Placostequs ornatus—North Pacific, 2900 and 3125 fathoms.
Cythere irpec—North Atlantic, 1000 fathoms.
Krithe tumida—North Atlantic, 2700 fathoms,
Pseudocythere cawlata—North Atlantic, shallow ; also near Marion and Kerguelen Islands, 20 to 150 fms.
Xestolcberis expansa—North Atlantic, 2700 fathoms.
Scalpellum velutinum—North Atlantic, 900 fathoms.
Neotanais americanus—North Atlantic, 1240 fathoms.
Glyphocrangon rimapes—N orth Pacific, 1875 fathoms,
Glomus nitens—North Atlantic, 500 to 1750 fathoms.
Dentalium keras—North Pacific, 2050 fathoms ; Gulf of Mexico, 1568 fathoms.
Tanthina rotundata—North Atlantic, surface and 1000 fathoms,
Kinetoskias cyathus—North Atlantic, 1525 fathoms.
Pyrosoma spinosum—North Atlantic, 2200 fathoms (surface 4).

LIST II.

In the third place we give a list of the 24 widely-distributed species which are
known to occur both in the tropical and northern extra-tropical regions as well as
south of the tropics. From the distributional notes accompanying each species, it
will be observed that only 4 of the species are true deep-sea forms, being known only
from depths greater than 1000 fathoms; the other 20 species, though found in depths
over 1000 fathoms in the regions represented by these twenty-nine Stations, occur
outside those regions in depths less than 1000 fathoms, and 8 of these species appear
to be inhabitants of shallow water under 150 fathoms. Three of the species (viz.,
Gennadas parvus, Parapagurus abyssorum, and Discina atlantica) appear to be almost
cosmopolitan.

Phakellia ventilabrum—Tropical Atlantic, 400 fathoms ; North Atlantic and Arctic, over 100 fathoms.
Deltocyathus italicus—Vropical and North Atlantic and tropical Pacific, 200 to 1075 fathoms.
Rhizocrinus lofotensis—Tropical and North Atlantic, 80 to 955 fathoms,
Ophiomusium armigerum—Tropical and North Atlantic, 1650 and 1850 fathoms.
7 lymani—North Atlautic, tropical and North Pacific, 565 to 1250 fathoms; also near New
Zealand, 700 fathoms,
Aceste bellidifera—North Atlantic and tropical Pacific, 620 and 2600 fathoms.
Brissopsis luzonica—Tropical and North Pacific, shore to 800 fathoms.
Echinus clegans—North Atlantic and tropical Pacific, 80 to 1350 fathoms.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 395

Pourtalesia laguneula—tTropical and North Pacific, 345 to 2900 fathoms; also near New Zealand, 700
fathoms.

Salenta hastigera—Tropical and North Atlantic and tropical Pacific, 100 to 1850 fathoms; also near
Kermadecs, 600 and 630 fathoms.

Holothuria murrayi—North Atlantic and tropical Pacific, 150 and 1090 fathoms.

Myriochele heeri—Tropical and North Atlantic, 1340 and 2975 fathoms.

Bairdia victric—Tropical and North Atlantic, shallow water to 675 fathoms; also near Kerguelen and
South-East Australia, 38 to 410 fathoms.

Cythere serratula—Tropical and North Atlantic, 390 and 1125 fathoms.

Xestoleberis curta—Tropical and North Atlantic, and tropical Pacific, 6 to 435 fathoms; also near Kerguelen
and Port Jackson, 2 to 28 fathoms.

Acanthephyra brachytelsonis—Tropical and North Pacific, 200 to 775 fathoms ; also near Kermadecs, 520 to
630 fathoms.

7. stca —North Atlantic, tropical and North Pacific, 200 to 2675 fathoms; also near Kermadecs

and New Zealand, 520 and 700 fathoms.

Aristeus armatus—Tropical and North Pacific, 1400 to 2350 fathoms ; tropical Indian Ocean, 1748 fathoms.

Benthesicymus altus—Tropical and North Pacific, 345 to 1400 fathoms ; also near Kermadecs, 520 and 600

fathoms.
Gennadas tntermedius—Tropical and North Atlantic, surface and 1850 fathoms.
i )
x parvus—Tropical and North Atlantic, tropical and North Pacitic, surface (?) to 2500 fathoms ;

tropical Indian Ocean, 738 to 1644 fathoms,
Willemesia leptodactyla—North Atlantic, 1900 fathoms ; Mediterranean, 5000 m, (= 1600 fathoms).
Parapagurus abyssorum—Tropical and North Atlantic, tropical and North Pacific, 1050 to 2175 fathoms ;
also Magellan Strait, 45 fathoms (¢).
Diseina atlantica—Trepical and North Atlantic, tropical and North Pacific, and Arctic, 200 to 2425 fathoms.
We may now summarise the distribution of these 68 species which extend into the
tropical and northern extra-tropical regions, as follows :—

Bathymetrical Distribution.—lt appears that of these 68 species, 31 species are
known to occur only in depths greater than 1000 fathoms, while 37 species are
recorded from both above and below the 1000 fathoms line (of which 12. species
extend into shallow water under 150 fathoms; to these 12 species we must add 8 of
the species confined to the Southern Hemisphere which have been recorded from
shallow water under 150 fathoms).

LIST II/.

We give here the names of the 20 species which extend from deep water over 1000
fathoms into shallow water under 150 fathoms, of which 3 species (viz., Brissopsis
luzonica, Phascolosoma catharine, and Venus (Chamelea) mesodesma) have been

recorded from the shore :

(?) Phakellia ventilabrum. Argillecia eburnea. EHlasmopus subcarinata,
Rhizocrinus lofotensis. | Batrdia victrix, (2) Parapagurus abyssorum.
Brissopsts luzonica. | Oythere scutigera. Venus (Chamelcea) mesodesma,
Echinus elegans. » stolonifera. (2) Bicellayia navicularis,

(?) Sulenta hastigera. (2) Cytheropteron fenestratum, (?) Kinetoskias pocillum.
Cerebratulus angusticeps. | z »seucocythere caudata. Magasella flecuosa.

Phascolosoma catharine. ' Nestoleberts curta,

396 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Six of the above species are preceded by a mark of interrogation :—Phakellia
ventilabrum, Salenia hastigera, and Cytheropteron fenestratum have been recorded
only from depths over 100 fathoms, and might, therefore, not merit the title of shallow-
water species ; Parapagurus abyssorum is said to have been dredged from a depth of 45
fathoms in Magellan Strait, but the author of the Challenger Report on the Anomura
regards this as an error, as he thinks a shallow-water habitat for the species is quite
out of the question; the two species of Polyzoa (Bicellaria navieularis and Kine-
toskias pocillun) are recorded from the coast of Brazil, “32 to 400 fathoms,” so that
it is doubtful whether they actually came from less than 150 fathoms.

Geographical Distribution.—Of the 68 species we find that :—

35 species are represented in the North Atlantic area,

32 5 * . Tropical Pacific area,
Al a i ,. Tropical Atlantic area,
14 ses i » North Pacific area,

4 . i , Tropical Indian Ocean,

»)

, Aretic Ocean.

LIST IIg.

In List I. those species apparently limited to the Southern Hemisphere south of the
tropic of Capricorn are distinguished by an asterisk. A few of these species were,
however, obtained in depths less than 1000 fathoms in the Southern Hemisphere, as well
as in depths over 1000 fathoms among the twenty-nine Stations under consideration.
We give here a list of 16 such species, with an indication of the localities in which
each species occurred in depths less than 1000 fathoms.

Ophiactis poa—Near Tristan da Cunha, 500 fathoms.
Ophioglypha jejuna—Near Tristan and Sydney, 500 and 410 fathoms.

o meridionalis—Near River Plate, 600 fathoms.
Ophiozona stellata—Near New Zealand, 700 fathoms.
Cerebratulus angusticeps—Near New Zealand, 10 fathoms.
Phascolosoma catharine—Brazil, shore.
Eunoa opalina—Magellan Strait, 245 fathoms [specimen from deep water is an eyeless variety].
Argillecia eburnea—Kerguelen, 20 to 120 fathoms.
Cythere normani—Near Heard Island, 150 fathoms.

», stolonifera—Cape, 15 to 20 fathoms.
Cytheropteron fenestratum—Kerguelen, 120 fathoms.
Llasmopus subcarinata—Bass Strait, Port Jackson, New Zealand, 30 to 50 fathoms.
Acanthomunna proteus—Near New Zealand, 700 fathoms.
Serolis neera—Near River Plate, 600 fathoms.
Venus (Chameleea) mesodesma—New Zealand, shore [the localities Valparaiso and Philippines, assigned to this
species, require verification ].

Magasella flecuosa—Falklands and Patagonia, 5 to 12 fathoms.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 397

As already stated, of the twenty-nine Stations where the Challenger dredged in
depths of over 1000 fathoms to the south of the tropic of Capricorn (excluding the eight
deep-water Stations in the Kerguelen Region), fifteen Stations are situated in the
South Atlantic, between lat. 24° 38’ and 48° 37’S., and fourteen Stations in the South
Pacific, between lat. 82° 36’ and 42° 43/8.

Of the 253 species and varieties of marine Metazoa obtained at these Stations,

101 species (or 40 per cent.) were taken only in the South Atlantic,
AOR ee 505 - alee i Ps South Pacific, and
me (552 5 a eee , bothintheS. Atlantic and 8. Pacific.

For convenience of reference it is desirable to indicate the species taken in each of

these pceanic regions.

LIST ITA.

In the first place we give a list of the 101 species taken only im the South Atlantic
deep-water Stations :—

Psammina plakina. Ophiomyces grandis.
Cladorhiza inversa. Ophiophyllum sp. (2).
Phakellia ventilabrum. | Aceste bellidifera.
Caulocalya tener. | Cystechinus clypeatus.
Holascus stellatus. Echinus elegans.
Hyalonema tenue. Salenia hastigera.

20 sp. (2). | Psychropotes semperiana.
Anthoptilum simplex. Scotoplanes albida.
Schizopathes crassa. % papillosa.
Solenosmilia variabilis, Phascolosoma catharine
Nauphanta challengert. Amphicteis sarst.
Anthemodes articulata. Buskiella abyssorum
Bathyphysa gigantea. Eupista grabet.

Rhizocrinus lofotensis

Dytaster exilis, vay. gracilis.

A nobilis,

Hymenaster anomalus.

“5 pergamentaceus.

Pontaster pristinus.
Porcellanaster eremicus.
Pythonaster murraiyt.
Amphiura dalea.
Ophiactis poa.
Ophiocten wmbraticum.
Ophioglypha bullata.

A trrorata.
FO Jejuna.
cs meridionalis.

Ophiomusium archaster.

Myriochele heert.
Argillecia eburnea.
Bairdia victriv.
Bythocypris elongata.
Cythere dorsoserrata.
» erpex.

on (2) serratula
» squalidentata
Cytheropteron fenestratum.
Krithe tumida.
Pseudocythere caulata.
Xestoleberts expansa.
Scalpellum carinatum.

Fs extminm,

: velutinum.,
Verruca gibbosa.

' Not including the 48 species occurring also in the deep-water area of the Kerguelen Region (see footnote, p. 36).

DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND

Verruca incerta.

» gquadrangularis.
Lanceola sp. (?).
CEdiceroides cinderella.
Orchomene abyssorum.
Stenopleura atlantica.

SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Malletia pallida.

Basilissa sinuplex.
Clathurella cala.
Dentalium amphialum.
Lanthina rotundata.

Venus (Chameleea) mesodesma.

Neotanuis americanus. Pleurotoma (Spirotropis) aganactica.
Serolis newra. Stilifer brychius.

Acanthephyra brachytelsonis. | Trochus sp. (2).

Aristeus armatus. Histiopsis atlantica.
Benthesicymus altus. Bicellaria navicularis.
Bugula margaritifera.
Cellularia crateriformis.

yy tridescens.

3 mollis.
Gennadas intermedius. Farciminaria eribraria.
Hemipeneus speciosus. 53 magna.
Kinetoskias eyathus.
Pyrosoma spinosum.
Bathylagus atlanticus.

Bathypterois longipes.

a spinidorsalis.
Notostomus murray?.
Colossendeis brevipes.
Cryptodon moseley?.
Glomus nitens.

Lima (Limatula) sp. (2).
Lyonsiella grandis,

Ipnops murrayi.
Macrurus affinis.

LIST IIz.

In the second place we give a list of the 140 species taken only in the South Pacific
deep-water Stations :—

Holopsamma argillaceum.
Axoniderma mirabile.
Esperella biserialis. |
Tedania actinitformis.
Trichostemma trregularis.
Thenea wrightit.

Polystomidium patens.
Actinian undetermined.
Deltocyathus ttalicus.
Leptopenus hypocelus.
Leonura terminalis.
Periphylla mirabilis.

» Sp. (2). Tesserantha connectens.
Bathydorus baculifer. Dytaster exilis.
Hyalonema poculum. Freyella benthophila.

(Stylocalyx) tenerum. Hymenaster carnosus.

Hyalostylus dives. 3 echinulatus.
Trachycaulus gurlittit. ie geometricus.
Dictyonine undetermined. 3 porosisstmus.

Aulorchis paradoxa. * vicarius.
Corallimorphus profundus. Hyphalaster diadematus.
Edwardsia sp. (?). | Marsipaster hirsutus.

Epizoanthus thalamophilus. | Sy spinosissimus.
Ophiodiscus annulatus. | Porcellanaster crassus.
a sulcatus. FS gracilis.

Palythoa (2) sp.
Paractis excavata.

Amphilepis patens.
Ophiacantha sentosa.
Phellia ('t) sp. Ophioglypha ornata.
Polyopis striata. 5 sp. (2).

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN.

Ophiomastus tequlitius.
Ophiothamnus sp. (2).
Ophiotholia supplicans.
Ophiozona stellata.
Brissopsis luzonica.
Phormosoma asterias.
4 hoplacantha.

Pourtalesia laguncula.
Benthodytes abyssicola.

33 mamillifera.
5 papillifera.
es sanguinolenta,

Cucumaria abyssorum, yar. graniis.

Elpidia verrucosa.
Enypniastes eximia.
Euphronides depressa.
Holothuria murray?.
Peelopatides confundens.
Parelpidia cylindrica.
33 elongata.
Peniagone vitrea.
Stichopus (2) torvus.
Trochostoma sp. (2).

Two Holothurians undetermined.

Cerebratulus angusticeps.
Kumenia reticulata.
Eunow opalina.

Eupista darwint.
Euthelepus chilensis.
Leena langerhansi.

» neo-zealanie.
Lumbriconereis abyssorum.
Maldanella neo-zealanice,

5 valparaisiensis.
Melinna armandi.
Nothria ehlersi.

» pycnobranchiata.
Placostequs morchit.
33 ornatus.
Samythopsis gruber.
Vermilia (?) sp.
Bairdia hirsuta.
Crossophorus imperator.
Cythere normani.

» seutigera.

» stolonifera.

» sulcatoperforata.

LIST ITk.

>

AXestoleberts curta.
Scalpellum darwinii.

3 minutum.
Andania abyssorum.
Camacho bathyplous.
Hlasmopus subcarinata.
Gammaropsis thomson’.
Lanceola sp. (2).
Leucothoé tridens.
Podocerus hoeki [ = tuberculatus].
Acanthocope acutispina.
Acanthomunna proteus.
Eurycope nove-zelandie.
Ischnosoma bacilloides.
Munnopsis gracilis.
Serolis sp. (1).
Acanthephyra longidens.
Gennadas parvus.
Haliporus curvirostris.
Hepomadus inermis.
Pentacheles levis.
Pontophilus profundus.
Elasmonotus marginatus.
Galacantha bellis.
Tylaspis anomala.
Colossendeis media.
Nymphon compactum.

3 longicollum.
Ff longicoaa.
“ procerum.

Arca (Barbatia) corpulenta.
Dentalium keras.
Nassa dissimilis.
Pleurotoma (Thesbia) membranacea.
*» (4, ) wanthias.

Flustra biseriata.
Kinetoskias pocillum,
Menipea pateriformis.
Discina atlantica.
Magasella flexuosa.
Waldheimia wyvillii,
Octacnemus bythius.
Bathypterois longicauda.
Bathysaurus ferox.
Macrurus fernandexanus.

= murrayr.

»
ou

9

In the third place we give a list of the 12 species taken both in the South Atlantic
and South Pacific deep-water Stations :—

VOL. XXXVIII. PART II. NO. 10),

3H

400 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Glyphocrangon rimapes.
Pontophilus gracilis.
Sergestes profundus,
Willemesia leptodactyla.
Parapagurus alyssorum,

Ophiomusium armigerum. l
- lymani.

Aspidodiadema microtuberculatum. |

Cyphocaris micronyx. |

Acanthephyra sica.

Benthesicymus brasiliensis. | Chlorophthalmus gracilis.

To these 12 species must be added Dytaster exilis, the type form of which was taken
in the South Pacific and the variety gracilis in the South Atlantic.

Turning now our attention to the genera represented at these twenty-nine Stations
in the Southern Hemisphere, we find that out of the total number (182) 19 genera (or
10 per cent.) are known up to the present time only from these Stations. ;

LIST II/.

We give here a list of these 19 genera, the great majority of which include only a
single species taken each at a single Station, but two of the genera (Ophiodiscus and
Parelpidia) each contain 2 species, each species being represented at a distinct Station.

Axoniderma. Polystomidium. Parelpidia.
Caulocalyz. Nauphania. Samythopsis.
Hyalostylus. Tesserantha. Crossophorus.
Trachycaulus. Pythonaster. Camacho.
Aulorchis. Opliotholia. Tylaspis.
Ophiodiscus. Enypniastes. Histiopsis,
Polyopis.

To these 19 genera may be added the genus Acanthomunna with a single species,
which was taken at two neighbouring Stations near New Zealand, one of them being,
however, under 1000 fathoms (viz., Stations 168 and 169, 1100 and 700 fathoms).

Bathypterois longipes, Giinther. South Atlantic.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 401

Torat Number or Species oF Marine METAZOA PROCURED BY THE CHALLENGER IN THE
SouTHERN» HEMISPHERE SoutrH OF THE TROPICS, IN DEPTHS EXCEEDING 1000 FaTrHoms.

If now we combine the information in the two preceding lists (Lists [. and IL.) of
species taken by the Challenger in the two groups of deep-water Stations to the south of
the southern tropic, we shall have a fair general idea of the deep-sea Metazoan fauna
of the Southern Hemisphere in depths over 1000 fathoms so far as at present known.

There are in all thirty-seven Stations, at twenty-nine of which the trawl was used, and
the dredge was sent down at the remaining eight Stations.

15 of the Stations are situated in the South Atlantic or its extension into the

Southern Ocean,
14 3 53 South Pacific or its extension into the
Southern Ocean, and
8 - i Southern Indian Ocean (Kerguelen Region).

The total number of species obtained is 523, belonging to about 812 genera, the
proportion of genera to species being as 1 to 1°67.
272 species (or 52 per cent. of the total number) oceur-in the Kerguelen Region,

19
S85 5,- (5526 . r Fe ) occur in the South Atlantic.

Paes, or ra > * ) occur in the South Pacific, and

=

These figures show that in the eight deep-water Stations of the Kerguelen Region, a
much larger number of species was procured than at nearly double the number of Stations,
situated, however, nearer the tropics, in the South Atlantic or in the South Pacifie.

Of the 523 species obtaimed we find that

164 species (or 31 per cent. of the total number) are known only from the Kerguelen

Region,

mom, 6(,;, UZ , . ) are known only from the South
Pacific, and

54 ee) < x e ) are known only from the South
Atlantic.

There are, in addition, 29 species (or 6 per cent. of the total number) which, though
not confined to any one of these three divisions, are known only from these deep-water
Stations of the Southern Hemisphere south of the tropic of Capricorn ; of these 29 species,

20 species are common to the Southern Indian and South Pacific areas,

Be bee a . es South Atlantic areas,
Se) ee E South Atlantic and South Pacific areas,
Tare: ¥ to all three divisions (South Indian, South Atlantic, and

South Pacific).

402 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Of the 523 species present in these deep-water Stations of the Southern Hemisphere
there are thus altogether 336 species (or 64 per cent.) which, so far as our knowledge at
present extends, are unknown outside the area represented by these deep-water Stations.

Besides these 836 species known only from deep water in the Southern Hemisphere
south of the southern tropic, there are 28 species (or 5 per cent. of the total number
present) not known to occur to the northwards of the southern tropic, but occurring in
shallower water less than 1000 fathoms in southern regions.

There are 121 species (or 23 per cent. of the total number) which extend to regions
north of the tropic of Capricorn, and their distribution outside this area may be
shown thus :—

43 species (8 per cent.) occur to the north of the tropics (but not within the tropics),
AUP Ser, (Saeee ) ., both within and north of the tropics,
37 (7 a ) ,, within the tropics (but not north of the tropics).

93

These 121 species are represented in the various oceanic regions as follows :—

62 species (or 12 per cent.) occur in the North Atlantic,
AD oe Bh SO wes ) xu Tropical Pacific,
37 PRR (emer a ieee ) a Tropical Atlantic,
SOx eitee» (350 Coen ) Ps North Pacific,
Vee ten (ie trees ) FA Indian Ocean,
7 Ea A rem Be ) ms Arctic Ocean.

As regards the bathymetrical distribution of the species taken at these deep-water
Stations of the Southern Hemisphere, 336 species, as already stated, are known only from
these Stations, and are consequently known only from depths over 1000 fathoms. Of
the species with a wider distribution, 54 species are known only from deep water
over 1000 fathoms, making a total number of 390 exclusively deep-sea species (or 74 per
cent. of the total number present). The remaining 93 species occur both in deep water
over 1000 fathoms and in lesser depths, of which 39 species have been recorded from
shallow water under 150 fathoms, 4 of which are known from the shore. The depth at
which 2 species occur outside the area under consideration is not recorded.

Of the 312 genera represented at these deep-water Stations, 57 genera (or 18 per
cent.) are known only from these Stations, and there are, besides, 3 genera which are
known, apart from these Stations, only from shallower water south of the southern
tropic.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 405

iS TT.

*MeETAZOA PROCURED BY THE CHALLENGER IN INTERMEDIATE DEPTHS BETWEEN 150
AND 1000 FaTHoms, IN THE KERGUELEN ReEaron.

Returning now to the region in the Southern Indian Ocean traversed by the
Challenger during the cruise from the Cape of Good Hope to Australia, which is the
special subject of this paper, we proceed to complete our review of the marine
fauna of this Kerguelen Region by giving a lst of the species taken by the
Challenger in depths less than 1000 fathoms. We give in the first place a list
of the species taken in moderate depths (between 1000 and 150 fathoms), reserving
for a future list (List IV.) the essentially shallow-water species taken in depths less
than 150 fathoms in the same region. There were only three dredgings taken in
intermediate depths between 150 and 1000 fathoms, viz., at Station 145a, near Marion
Island, in 310 fathoms, and at Stations 148 and 148a, near the Crozet Islands, in
210 and 550 fathoms; the trawl was not used at any of these Stations. The species
known only from these dredgings are indicated by an asterisk *.

MONAXONIDA :
Axinella erecta (Carter).

*Esperiopsis symmetrica,’ Ridley and Dendy.
(rellius carduus,*” Ridley and Dendy.
eg chelifer,’ Ridley and Dendy.

‘ laminalis,* Ridley and Dendy.

29

1 Lsperiopsis symmetrica is a very remarkable sponge, the most noticeable feature in which is the radiately sym-
metrical arrangement of the skeleton.—(RipLEy and Denby, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59, p. 78.)

2 Gellius cardwus is readily distinguished by its very characteristic external form, the surface resembling that
of a large thistle-leaf, whence the specific name. The shape of the skeleton spicules is also very Ghamcteseatl ats
The variety magellanica is a very interesting geographical variety from the Strait of Magellan. "The main features in
which it differs from the type specimens concern the oxeote spicules which, in the variety in question, are much more
pointed and a good deal shorter than in the type-—(Ripuiry and Drnpy, Zool. Chall. Kxp., part 59, pp. 39, 40.)

3 Three specimens of this interesting species [Jophon chelifer] are present ; two are fairly large, but broken into
fragments, the other is small, and occurs encrusting a branched Polyzoon. The latter is in all probability a young
form, and differs in several minor respects from the larger specimens. . . . The species differs very decidedly from
all described forms in the large size and also in the degree of elaboration of the bipocillate spicules. The other
spicules are also larger in almost every case than the corresponding forms in other species of Iophon ; Iophon (Alebion)
picewm, Vosmaer, from Barents Sea, approaches it the most nearly in this respect.—(Ripiry and Denpy, Zool. Chall.
Exp. part 59, pp. 119-120.)

4 Only one specimen, broken into fragments, of this interesting species [Jophon laméinalis] was obtained. In the
fine state of development of its bipocillate microsclera it approaches Lophon chelifer, a specimen of which was obtained
at the same Station ; while in external form it probably comes near Jophon picewm, Vosmaer, from Barents Sea. The
species to which it is perhaps most nearly related is, however, Jophon cylindricus (from off Cape Howe), which, like it,
has the stylote spicule smooth.---(RipLEy and Denby, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59, p. 121.)

404 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Myzilla nobilis,* Ridley and Dendy.
*Phakellia papyracea, Ridley and Dendy.
* Suberites mollis,’ Ridley and Dendy.

| TETRACTINELLIDA :

Tetilla antarctica (Carter). Taken by Ross’ Antarctic Expedition in the neighbour-
hood of Victoria Land (lat. 74° 30’ and 77° 30’ S.), 206 and 300 fathoms. ]

HEXACTINELLIDA :

* Acanthascus grossularia, Schulze. e
* Aulascus johustont, Schulze.

Aulocalyz irreqularis, Schulze.

Chonelasma lamella, Schulze.

3 sp. (7).

ALCYONABIA :

* Acanthogorgia ramosissima, Wright and Studer.
* Lophogorgia lutkeni, Wright and Studer.
Pleurocorallium secundum, Dana.
*Pyimnoides sertularoides, Wright and Studer.
Primnoisis antarctica (Studer).
*Stenella spinosa, Wright and Studer.
Thowarella antarctica (Valenciennes).
m variabilis,s Wright and Studer.
¥ ¥ var. brevispinosa, Wright and Studer.

1 The species which we have called Myxilla nobilis, and its varieties, have given us a great deal of trouble in
determining their true relations ; they appear to be sufficiently connected inter se to warrant us in considering them
all as varieties of one species, and that species perhaps finds its nearest already known ally in BowErBann’s Hymeniacidon
(Myxilla) paupertas [British]; the two species seem, however, to be distinct.—(Riptey and Denby, Zool. Chall. Lxp.,
part 59, p. 143.) ,

* Phakellia pupyracea is a very delicate species, which perhaps comes near to BowERBANK’s Isodictyu infundibuli- _
formis [British], more especiaily if it should ultimately prove to be cup-shaped when perfect, but it is distinguished at
once and absolutely from that species by the absence of the oxeote spicules, so that further comparisons are needless.
In the absence of the oxeote spicules, however, it agrees with von MaRenzeuuen’s Cribrochalina amlngua [from Jan
Mayen], but differs widely in the size of the spicules, while there do not seem to be two distinct sizes as in our sponge.
—(Rupiey and Dexpy, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59, p. 172.)

2 The most remarkable features of this sponge [Suwberites mollis] are its great softness and looseness of texture, as
compared with the more typical species of Suberites, and the reduction of the “dermal crust” of spicules, which no
longer forms a distinct cortical layer.—(Ripuey and Denby, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59, p. 205.)

4 Thouarella variabilis, of which there are numerous examples, varies to an extraordinary degree in the size of the
calyces, the development of the spines, and the development of the colony, without it being possible thereby to sharply
separate the individual forms specifically. Nevertheless one can generally distinguish the following three varieties from
each other : a. the type (Station 145, 310 fathoms), b. var. brevispinosa (Station 145, 310 fathoms), c. var. gracilis (Station
150, 150 fathoms)—(Wricut and Super, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 64, p. 68.) © .

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 405

ANTIPATHARIA :
*Cladopathes plumosa, Brook.
*Schizopathes conferta, Brook.
CoRALS :
Flabellum apertum, Moseley.
Solenosmilia variabilis, Duncan.
ASTEROIDEA :
Cribrella prestans, Sladen.
- stmplex, Sladen.
*Leptoptychaster antarcticus, Sladen.
OPHIUROIDEA :

Amphiura studeri, Lyman.
lstrotome agassiz?, Lyman.
Ophiacantha rosea, Lyman.
*Ophioglypha elevata, Lyman.
Ophiolebes scorteus, Lyman.

ECHINOIDEA :

Echinus magellanicus, Phil.

HoLoTHURIOIDEA ;
Cucumaria serrata, Théel, var. marionensis, Théel.
Psolus ephippifer, Wyville Thomson. |
*Stichopus challengert, Théel.

ANNELIDA :

Lagisca magellanica, M‘Intosh, var. grube’, M‘Intosh.
. .
Polyeunow levis, M‘Tntosh.

AMPHIPODA :

*Atylopsis emarginatus, Stebbing.

ISOPODA :

Areturides cornutus, Studer.
Serolis latifrons, White.

‘ This form [Leptoptychaster antarcticus] is unquestionably the southern representative of Leptoptychaster arcticus
(Sars) of the North Atlantic, to which it is structurally nearly related. . . . It is interesting to note that Leptopty-
chaster antarcticus is more nearly related to the distant Arctic form than to the comparatively neighbouring species
Leptoptychaster kerguelenensis ; perhaps a more extended series of specimens than we possess at present might lead to
Leptoptychaster antareticus being ranked as a variety only of the northern form. At present I do not feel justified in
taking that step.—(SLaDEN, Zool. Chall. Exp. part 51, p. 192)

406 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

MAcrura :

*Ohorismus tuberculatus, Bate.

ANOMURA:
*Tithodes murrayi, Henderson.
Munida spinosa, Henderson.
*Paralomis aculeatus, Henderson.
*“Uvroptychus insignis, Henderson.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA :

9

*Neaera fragilissima,? Smith.

GASTEROPODA :
*Seffreysia edwardiensis, Watson.
Puncturella noachina® (Linné), var. princeps, Michels.

POLYPLACOPHORA :

*Lepidoplewrus dorsuosus, Haddon.

PoLyzoa :
Caberea darwinii, Busk.
Cellepora manullata, var. atlantica, Busk.
3 vagans, Busk.
Escharoides oeclusa, Busk.
Fareiminaria hexagona, Busk.
Mucronella ventricosa, var. multispinata, Busk.
Myriozoum marionense, Busk.
Nellia oculata, Busk.
* Retepora cavernosa, Busk.
ie egigantea, Busk.
* Reteporella myriozoides, Busk.
Schizoporella elegans (VOrbigny).
*Smittia graciosa, Busk.

BRACHIOPODA :
“Terebratula moseleyi, Davidson.

' Lithodes murrayt is apparently most closely allied to Lithodes maia [from the North Atlantic], but the latter
species is of large size, and the spines on the carapace are more numerous and more uniformly equal in size.—
(Hesperson, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 69, p. 44.)

* Newre fragilissima is a largeand very fragile species, in many respects similar to Newra curta, Jeffreys [from the
North Atlantic].—(Smiru, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 35, p. 54.)

* After careful study I have found it impossible to separate the southern form from the species of Linné
[Puncturella noachina—a northern species].—(Wartson, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 42, p. 43.)

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 407

FISHES :
*Lepidopsetta maculata, Giinther.
* Macrurus carinatus, Giinther.

As in the ease of the preceding lists, the majority of the 68 species were taken only
at one Station, in fact only four species (viz., Axinella erecta, Lophon chelifer, Phakellia
pepyracea, and Cribrella simplex) were found to be common to both the Marion Island
and Crozet Islands localities.

The preceding list shows that in the vicinity of Marion and the Crozet Islands, in
depths between 210 and 550 fathoms, the Challenger procured 681 species and
variéties of Metazoa, belonging to 61 genera. The large proportion of genera rela-
tively to the number of species is here very striking, for, except in five cases, each
individual species is the representative of a distinet genus.

One of the species has received no specific name, and there is besides one variety
enumerated as well as the species to which it belongs, so that there remain 66 distinct
fully-deseribed species the distribution of which may be discussed in detail.

These 66 species may be divided into those that are known only from the dredgings
under consideration, and those that extend into other regions of the ocean.

a. Species limited to the area under consideration.

In the first place, we find that there are 30 species (or 44 per cent. of the total
number) which, as far as we know, are confined to the region represented by these
Stations. These 30 species are distinguished by an asterisk in the list, and we can say
nothing about them beyond the fact that they are known only from this region and from
depths between 210 and 550 fathoms; only one of the species (Phakellia papyracea)
occurred both in the vicinity of Marion Island and of the Crozet Islands.

b. Species extending outside the area under consideration.

We come now to consider those species with a wider distribution which extend into
other regions of the ocean outside the area represented by these three Stations. The
number of such species is 36 (or 53 per cent. of the total number of species and varieties
found at these three Stations), and they may be divided into groups according to their
distribution in the tropical and extra-tropical regions of the ocean. Thus we find that
of these 36 species,

21 species (or 58 per cent.) are known from other regions south of the southern tropic
(see List IIIa.) ;
7 species {or 19 per cent.) are known from between tke tropics, but not from regions
north of the northern tropic (see List IIIb.) ;

' The species taken by Ross’ Antarctic Expedition (Z'etilla antarctica) is not included in these and succeeding
remarks.

VOL. XXXVIII. PART Il. (NO. 10). 3I

408 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

6 species (or 17 per cent.) are known from regions north of the tropic of Cancer, but not
from the intervening tropical zone (see List IIIc.) ; and
2 species (or 6 per cent.) are known both from regions within and north of the tropics

(see List IIId.).

We may uow consider in detail the distribution of these 36 species, according
to the groups given above, indicating briefly the geographical and bathymetrical
distribution of each species outside the region represented by these three Stations ; five
of the species (viz., Axinella erecta, Aulocalyx irregularis, Solenosmilia variabilis,
Ophiolebes scorteus, and Echinus magellanicus) occur in the previous lists (Lists I. and
II.) and the distributional notes need not be repeated here.

LIST IIIa.

In the first place we give a list of the 21 species which are known to occur
outside the region under consideration only in somewhat similar latitudes, z.e., in
regions south of the tropic of Capricorn. From the distributional notes it will be observed
that 2 of the species are known from deep water over 1000 fathoms (the distribution of
which has already been discussed in detail) ; other 5 species are unknown in depths less
than 150 fathoms; the remaining 14 species extend into shallow water under 150
fathoms.

Gellius carduus—Marion Island, 50 to 150 fathoms ; Magellan Strait, 245 fathoms (var.),
Iophon chelifer—Near the Cape, 150 fathoms.
Myzilla nobilis—Magellan Strait, 140 and 245 fathoms (vars.); near River Plate, 600 fathoms.
Primnoisis antarctica—Kerguelen, shallow water.
Thouarella antarctica—Falkland Islands, shallow water.
5 varialilis—Near Heard Island, 150 fathoms (var).
Cribrella simplerc—Kerguelen, 10 to 50 fathoms (var.) ; Tristan da Cunha, 90 to 150 fathoms. -
Amphiura studeri—Marion Island, 50 to 150 fathoms ; Kerguelen, 20 to 60 fathoms ; Heard Island, 75 fathoms.
Astrotoma agassiziiNear Heard Island, 150 fathoms ; Magellan Strait, 40 to 175 fathoms ; between Magellan
Strait and Falkland Islands, 55 fathoms.
Ophiolebes scorteus (for distribution, see List I.).
Echinus magellanicus (for distribution, see List I.).
Cucumaria serrata—Marion Island, 50 to 75 fathoms ; Heard Island, 75 and 150 fathoms.
Psolus ephippifer—Marion Island, depth (7); Kerguelen, 20 to 60 fathoms ; Heard Island, 75 and 150 fathoms.
Lagisca magellanica—Kerguelen, 127 fathoms; Magellan Strait, 175 and 400 fathoms.
Polyeunoa levis—Magellan Strait, 400 fathoms.
Arcturides cornutus—Kerguelen, shallow water.
Serolis latifrons—Kerguelen, 5 to 40 fathoms; Auckland Islands, shallow water.
Munida spinosa—Near River Plate, 600 fathoms.
Mueronella ventricosa—Marion Island, 80 to 150 fathoms.
Myriozoum marionense—Marion Island, 50 to 150 fathoms ; Heard Island, 75 fathoms.
Schizoporella elegans—Near the Cape, 150 fathoms.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 409

LIST III.

In the second place we give a list of the 7 species which extend into the tropics,
but are not known to occur to the north of the northern tropic. [rom the
distributional notes it will be observed that 2 of the species are known from deep
water over 1000 fathoms (the distribution of one of which has already been noted) ;
other 4 species extend into shallow water under 150 fathoms. Two of the species are
unknown in depths less than 150 fathoms.

Solenosmilia variabilis (for distribution, see List I1.).

Cribrella prestans—Indian Ocean, 240 to 480 fathoms.

CaberXra darwinti—Marion Island, 50 to 150 fathoms ; Kerguelen, 45 to 127 fathoms ; near Cape, 150 fathoms ;
Tristan, 110 and 150 fathoms; Magellan Strait, New Zealand, and Cumberland Island,
depth (2).

Cellepora mamillata—Bahia, 10 to 20 fathoms; Patagonia and Australia, depth (%).

* vagans—Sandwich Islands, 20 to 40 fathoms.
Escharoides occlusa—Cape York, 8 fathoms ; Philippines, 10 fathoms.
Farciminaria heragona—Near Amboina, $25 and 1425 fathoms.

LIST IT.

In the third place we give a list of the 6 species which are known to occur
north of the northern tropic, but which have not hitherto been recorded from the
intervening tropical zone. From the distributional notes it will be observed that 4 of
the species are known from deep water over 1000 fathoms (the distribution of two of
which has already been discussed) ; 2 of the species extend into shallow water under
150 fathoms, being at the same time represented in deep water over 1000 fathoms, viz.,
Axinella erecta and Puncturella noachina, the remaining 3 species being unknown in
depths less than 150 fathoms.

Avinella erecta (for distribution, see List I.).

Aulocalyx irregularis (for distribution, see List I.).

Chonelasma lamella—Near Kermadec Islands, 630 fathoms ; North Atlantic near Bermuda, 1075 fathoms.

Flabellum apertum—North Atlantic, off coast of Portugal, 900 fathoms.

Ophiacantha rosea—Magellan Strait, 175 fathoms ; near Japan, 420 to 775 fathoms.

Puncturella noachina—Marion Island, 69 and 140 fathoms; Kerguelen, 60 fathoms; Magellan Strait, 9 to 15
fathoms ; Arctic, North Atlantic and North Pacific, 5 to 1095 fathoms.

LIST IIT ¢.

In the fourth place the following 2 species occur both in the tropical and
northern extra-tropical, regions ; they are unknown in depths over 1000 fathoms, and
extend into shallow water under 150 fathoms.

410 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Pleurocoralliun secundum—Near Ki and Banda Islands, 140 and 200 fathoms ; Sandwich Islands and Japan,
depth (?).

Nellia oculata—Heard Island, 75 fathoms; Torres Strait, 28 and 49 fathoms ; Philippines, 18 fathoms ;
Bahia, 10 to 40 fathoms ; India and Gulf of Florida, deptii (?).

We may now summarise the distribution of the 36 species which extend into other
regions of the ocean outside the area represented by these three Stations, as follows :—

Bathymetrical Distribution—lt appears that of these 386 species, 13 species are
known to occur only in depths over 150 fathoms (cf which 5 species extend into deep
water over 1000 fathoms); the remaining 23 species extend into shallow water under
150 fathoms (of which 3 species extend into deep water over 1000 fathoms).

€

LIST IIT.

We give here the names of the 23 species which extend into shallow water under
150 fathoms, indicating the 8 species which are also known from deep water over 1000
fathoms by the word “deep ” in brackets after the name :

Axinella erecta (deep). Astrotoma agassizit. Caberea darwinti.
Gellius carduus. Echinus magellanicus (deep). Cellepora mamillatu.
Myxilla nobilis. Cucumaria serrata. 5 vagans.
Pleurocorallium secundum. | Psolus ephippifer. Escharoides ocelusa.
Primnoisis antarctica. Lagisca magellanica. Mucronella ventricosa.
Thouarella antarctica. Arcturides corniutus. Myriozoum marionense.
Cribrella simplex. Serolis latifrons. Nellia oculata.
Amphiura studert. Puncturella noachina (deep). |

Geographical Distribution.—Of the 36 species we find that :—

10 species are represented in the Magellan Strait.

OVe-F x, “1 near Kerguelen under 150 fathoms.
Sune See near Marion Island under 150 fathoms.
‘jo ie near Heard Island.

Fo - in the tropical Pacific.

6a “ in the North Atlantic.

Ae . in the Southern Ocean in deep water.
A , near Tristan da Cunha.

7 a - in the North Pacific.

37 8. Fs near the Cape of Good Hope.

3 4 és near the Falkland Islands.

3 - in the tropical Atlantic.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 411

2 species are represented near the Rio de la Plata.

2 “3 é in the Indian Ocean.

1 oS a near the Auckland Islands.
il ; x near Australia.

1 mi near New Zealand.

il = in near the Kermadec Islands.
1 » - in the Arctic Ocean.

Turning now our attention to the 61 genera represented at the Stations under con-
sideration, we find that 4 genera are known only from these Stations, viz. :—Aulascus,
Primnpides, Cladopathes, and Chorismus ; there is also the genus Pelyewnoa, known,
apart from these Stations, only from the Magellan Strait. These 5 genera are each
represented by a single species. The genus Reteporella (containing 2 species) is known
from one of these Stations (148) and from near Heard Island, 75 fathoms.

Examining Contents of Trawl.

412 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Lisi ive

MeEvrazoA PROCURED BY THE CHALLENGER IN SHALLow WavTeER, IN DEPTHS LESS
THAN 150 FaTHOMsS, IN THE KERGUELEN Recion.

Let us now consider the shallow-water fauna of the Kerguelen Region of the
Great Southern Ocean, taking the depth of 150 fathoms as the limit of the area. The
following is a list of the species and varieties of marine Metazoa obtained by the
Challenger in the vicinity of the islands of the Kerguelen Region, viz., off Marion and
Prince Edward Islands, in 50 to 140 fathoms (six dredgings); off Kerguelen, from ‘the
shore to 150 fathoms (many dredgings and trawlings) ; between Kerguelen and Heard
Island, in 150 fathoms (one dredging); and off Heard Island, in 75 fathoms (one
dredging). The species known only from these dredgings and trawlings are indicated
by an asterisk *

MonaXONIDA :

*Amphilectus apollinis, Ridley and Dendy.

= a pulosus,’ Ridiey and Dendy.

* Axinella is a Ridley and Dendy.

* 4, mariana,‘ Ridley and Dendy.
Desmacidon (?) ramosa, Ridley and Dendy.

= (Homcodictya) kerguelenensis,’ Ridley and Dendy.

Gellius carduus, Ridley and Dendy.
~ , flagellifer,’ Ridley and Dendy.

1 VosMasrER (Sponges of the “ Willem Barents” Expedition, 1881-2) has founded a genus Artemisina of which the
most characteristic spicule is a toxite with spined ends like that which occurs in Amphilectus apollinis.. Possibly the
two species Artemisina suberitoides, Vosmaer, and Amphilectus apollinis, nobis, come near to one another and may even
belong to the same genus, but they differ very widely in the texture of the sponge, and our present species possesses
an additional form of megasclera not present in Artemisina.—(RIDLEY and Denby, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59, p. 124.)

2 This species [Amphilectus pilosus] is very well marked, and may be readily recognised both by its external
appearance and jts spiculation. All the spicules, except the minute isochela, which is unusually small, are of excep-
tionally large size. The toxa are probably the largest known examples of their kind. Some of them were found still
enveloped by the mother-cell. The most interesting feature of the species is, however, the manner in which the toxa
appear to develop into oxea.—(RipLeEy and Denpy, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59, p. 127.)

3 Avzinella dalfowrensis seems to be a very aberrant species of the genus, as indicated both by its external form and
by the extreme sparseness of the skeleton.—_(RipLEy and Denpy, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59, p. 180.)

4 Azxinella mariana is a pretty little species, distinguished by its external form and by the peculiar shape of the
smaller stylote spicule, which seems to be homologous with the “vermicular” spicule of Axinella erecta, &e.—
(Riptey and Denpy, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59, p. 180.)

5 We were at first inclined to regard this sponge [Desmacidon (Homeodictya) kerguelenensis] as a variety of the
British species, Desmacidon (Homeodictya) palmata, which it very nearly approaches both in external form and in
spiculation. There can be no doubt that the two are closely related, but on the whole it appears better to separate
the Kerguelen form as distinct.—(RmLeEy and Denby, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59, p. 110.)

5 VosMAER mentions under “ Gellius vagabundus (O.S),” in the Sponges of the “ Willem Barents” Expedition, a
variety of that species possessing oxea and sigmata, similar in form to those of our species. His specimen, though
containing a few styli, is obviously a true Gellius (Gellius vagabundus being Desmacella for us), and it is not improbably
referable to Gellius flagellifer. It was obtained by the “ Willem Barents” Expedition of 1880, and hence probably in

*

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 413

Gellius glacialis, var. nivea, Ridley and Dendy.
Halichondria panicea, Johnston.
?
oc sp. (2).

* *Iophon abnormalis, Ridley and Dendy.
Latrunculia apicalis,* Ridley and Dendy.

5 bocagez,' Ridley and Dendy.
*Myailla fusca, Ridley and Dendy.
» mariana, Ridley and Dendy.
*Pachychalina (2) pedunculata,’ Ridley and Dendy.
*Petrosia hispida, Ridley and Dendy.
° , similis” Ridley and Dendy.
Stylocordyla stipitata (Carter), var. globosa, Ridley and Dendy.
Suberites antarcticus, Carter.
-. caminatus,* Ridley and Dendy.
. mucrostomus, Ridley and Dendy.

TETRACTINELLIDA :

*Cinachyra barbata, Sollas.

the Arctic Sea, though the exact locality is unknown. Having regard to the want of definite characters in this species
other than the form of the sigmata, we cannot further insist on the strong resemblance which this form bears to our
species, as its locality is so far removed from that of Gellius flagellifer—(RIDLEY and DEnpy, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59,
p- 43.)

1 As regards external form it will be seen that Latrunculia bocaget is almost indistinguishable from the Kerguelen
specimen of Latrunculia apicalis, and correspondingly different from Latrunculia brevis [Station 320, off the Rio de la
Plata, 600 fathoms] ; but in this case we are not inclined to set much value on external form as a specific character,
for we have already seen that the specimens of Latrunculia apicalis from Kerguelen and from Station 320 respectively,
differ in external appearance ; indeed, to judge from the Challenger series of specimens of the genus, it would seem
that external appearance depends on the locality, and that all the species from the same locality tend to have a similar
external form.—(RiDLEY and Denpy, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59, p. 239.)

2 Pachychalina (*) peduneulata resembles in several respects VOSMAER’S Pachychalina caulifera (from the Arctic Sea),
but it is cylindrical instead of flattened, and the shape of the spicules is different, being slender instead of broadly
fusiform. The fibres in Pachychalina caulifera appear to contain a good deal more spongin than in the present species ;
indeed, it is only doubtfully that we include the latter in the genus at all; it forms another connecting link between
the Renierine and Chalinin, and shows how little value can be placed upon the amount of spongin present for
purposes of classification —(RipLey and Denpy, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59, p. 25.)

3 No doubt the Kerguelen specimen [of Petrosia similis] forms a connecting link, but we think it advisable to
distinguish between two closely allied species, Petrosta subtriangularis and Petrosia similis, the former characteristic of
West Indian seas, and the latter of the seas south of the Cape. Two well-marked varieties of the latter are described
below [one from near the Falklands, the other from the Philippines]——(Ripiey and Denpy, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 59,
p. 11.)

4 The single specimen [of Suberites caminatus] in the collection is attached by a broad base to an empty Brachio-
pod shell, and terminates in a singular oscular projection at the apex. . . . This is a very pretty and interesting little
sponge ; it may be recognised by its external form, and more especially by the projecting, well-marked osculum. . . .
We have from Station 320 an interesting series of specimens which should perhaps be considered as belonging to a slight
variety of the above species ; they do not, however, appear to be distinct enough from the type to justify us in giving a
varietal name. They occur, for the most part, encrusting dead branches of a Sporadopora, on which they form colonies,
the different cushion-like individuals being united together by their bases. . . . The sponge is further remarkable
as forming colonies by continuous gemmation, in a manner very rare in silicious sponges.—(RIDLEY and Denny, Zool.
Chall. Exp., part 59, pp. 198-9.)

5 Over sixty specimens of this remarkable sponge [Cinachyra barbata] were dredged off the shores of Kerguelen.
They vary considerably in shape ; the smallest is a prolate ellipsoid, the next a little larger is egg-shaped, both are

414 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

*Peeillastra schulzii, Sollas.
* Tetilla coronida, Sollas.

*

grandis, Sollas.

oes a var. alba, Sollas.

HEXACTINELLIDA :

Rossella antarctica, Carter.

CALCAREA :

*Amphoriscus elongatus, Poléjaett.

*Leucetta vera, Poléjaetf.
Leuconia fruticosa (Haeckel).

ees levis, Poléjaeft.

% - ovata, Poléjaeff.

ALCYONARIA :
*Aleyonium antarcticum, Wright and Studer.
Lophogorgia flammea (Ellis and Solander).
*Primnoisis ambigua, Wright and Studer.
* * sparsa, Wright and Studer.
Thouarella variabilis, var. gracilis, Wright and Studer.

ACTINIARIA :

Halcampa clavus (Quoy and Gaimard).
= kerquelensis, Hertwig.

Leiotealia nymphea (Drayton).

*Scytophorus striatus, Hertwig.

*

Hyproipa :

*Campanularia tulipifera, Allman.
Eudendrium rameum (Pallas).
sd - vestitum, Allman.
*Grammaria insignis, Allman.
* 5 stentor, Allman.
* Halecium arboreum, Allman.
» jflexile, Allman.
*Hypanthea aggregata, Allman.
Obelia geniculata (Linné).
*Plumularia abietina, Allman.
provided with the characteristic oscules of the species, but without anchoring filaments ; these are present, however, in

specimens but very slightly larger, and by the time the sponge has attained a length of 20 mm., they are already
matted together into a compact basal lump.—(Soxtas, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 63, pp. 24-5.)

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 415

*Plumularia flabellum, Allman.

z - insignis, Allman.

*Schizotricha multifurcata, Allman.
. * * unifurcata, Allman.

*Sertularia articulata, Allman.

Zs vs echinocarpa, Allman.

is as exserta, Allman.

* es secunda, Allman.

*Staurotheca dichotoma, Allman.

CRINOIDEA :

*Antedon antarctica, Carpenter.

*

» australis, Carpenter.
* ,, ~~ exigua,' Carpenter.
7% » hirsuta, Carpenter.

*Promachocrinus kerguelensis, Carpenter.

ASTEROIDEA :

*Asterias meridionalis, Perrier.

= ” 8 perriert, Smith.
ae (Snulasterias) scalprifera, Sladen.
po Wiss ( - ) triremis, Sladen.

Bathybiaster loripes, var. obesa, Sladen.
Cribrella simplex, Sladen.
* =e var. granulosa, Sladen.
Crossaster penicillatus, Sladen.
* Echinaster spinulifer, Smith.
*Gnathaster elongatus, Sladen.
. . meridionalis (Smith).
Labidiaster annulatus, Sladen.
*Leptoptychaster kerguelenensis, Smith.
* Pedicellaster hypernotius, Sladen.
* # scaber, Smith.
*Perknaster densus, Sladen.
* < Suscus, Sladen.
Porania antarectica, Smith.
* ,, — glaber, Sladen.
ts spiculata, Sladen.
1 Antedon exigua, which represents Antedon tenella [of northern seas] in the Southern Sea, differs from it in the

shortness of the later cirrus-joints and in the characters of the lower pinnules.—(CarpenteEr, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 60,
p- 179.)

VOL. XXXVIII. PART II. (NO. 10). 3K

416 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

* Pteraster’ affinis, Smith.

3 rugatus, Sladen.

x ‘ semireticulatus, Sladen.
* Retaster peregrinator, Sladen,
*Solaster subarcuatus,’ Sladen.

OPHEUROIDEA :

*Amphiura angularis, Lyman.

A antarctica (Ljungman).
- studer, Lyman.
i _ tomentosa, Lyman.

Astrotoma agassizii, Lyman.
; a
Gorgonocephalus pourtalesu, Lyman.
*Ophiacantha imago,’ Lyman.
- vivipara, Lyungman.
*Ophioconis antarctica, Lyman.
Ophiocten amitinum, Lyman.

93 sericeum, Ljungman.
*Ophioglypha ambiqua, Lyman.
* PA brevisprva,* Smith.
5 r deshayesi, Lyman. *
ay e hexactis,; Smith.

* - mtorta, Lyman.

ECHINOIDEA :

Echinus magellanicus, Phil.

is margaritaceus, Lamarck.
Goniocidaris canaliculata, Agassiz.
Heimiaster cavernosus ° (Phil.).
Schizaster moseleyi, Agassiz.

1 With the exception of two Atlantic species, Pteraster caribbeus [from the West Indian area] and Pteraster sordidus
[from the “ Talisman” or “ Travailleur” dredgings], all the members of this genus are confined to the colder temperate
and frigid zones. Notwithstanding its wide range of distribution the genus appears to show only a comparatively small
amount of morphological plasticity —(StavEN, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 51, p. 470.)

2 Solaster subarcuatus is nearly allied to Soluster endeca [from the Arctic and North Atlantic], of which it is perhaps
the southern representative.—(SLADEN, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 51, p. 457.)

3 (phiacantha mago represents in the Antarctic zone the Arctic Ophiacantha anomala, from which it differs in
having a minute slender tentacle scale and only five arms.— (Lyman, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 14, p. 187.)

4 Several species inhabiting the seas of the North bear a superficial resemblance to this form [Ophioglypha
brevispina] :—such are O. albida, Forbes, O. robusta, Ayres, and O. nodosa, Liitken. And besides these 0. Lymani,
Ljungman, from Patagonia, is very like it.—_(E. A. Samira, Phil. Trans., vol. 168, p. 281.)

5 In colour and general appearance it [Ophioglypha hexactis] approaches 0. sarsit, Liitken, of the Greenland coast,
which seems to be its nearest ally ; but these species are so different from one another in detail, that it is needless to
specify their distinctions.—_(E. A. Smirn, Phil. Trans., vol. 168, p. 280.)

° The Challenger series [of Hemiuster cavernosus] is so extensive, and shows such a range of variation both in form
and in the structure of the petals according to age and sex, that I am quite convinced it is impossible to define the

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 417

HoLoruurtorpeEa! :

Chirodota contorta, Ludwig.
*Cucumaria kerquelensis, Théel.

Kerguelen specimens as a different species [Hemiaster cordatus]. Dr Sruper and Mr Sirx enumerate it as a distinct
species in their lists of Kerguelen Echinoderms. . . . From the evidence furnished by the large material collected by
the Challenger, there seems but little doubt that species which have thus far been distinguished as Heméaster australis,
philippi, and cavernosus are all different stages of growth of one and the same species, but owing to the great difference
in structure between the ambulacral petals of the males and females, and the extraordinary changes this species passes
through from its youngest stage until it has reached its adult sexual form, it was very natural that these several stages
of growth should on scanty material have been regarded as so many distinct species. The coloration of specimens from
different localities appears also quite distinct, and in some cases the test and spines are of a light brownish-yellow, in
striking contrast to the dark coloured specimens found at other localities.--(AGassiz, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 9, pp.
183-4.) *

1 The examination of the vast harvest brought home by the Challenger Expedition from different regions of the
world, from the shore as well as from the abysses of the ocean, shows clearly that those Holothurids which live in the
deep sea have two different derivations. The great majority are Elasipoda, which cannot be derived from the present
shallow-water fauna, but must have originated from a past type that certainly bore another stamp. On the other
hand, so far as can be judged from the results of the expeditions hitherto made, the remaining Holothurids met with in
the great depths are comparatively few, both in species and individuals, and unmistakably show the closest relation to
the present shallow-water fauna ; so that while the Elasipoda have retired toward the abysses an infinitely long time
ago, the latter have emigrated only at a comparatively much later period. . . . With regard to the bathymetrica
distribution of Apoda and Pedata, our present knowledge does not enable us to speak of any results of very general
value, “However, the Challenger Expedition has been successful even in these respects, several important discoveries
having been made, proving that the present shallow-water fauna has far more outposts in the great depths of the
ocean than at first supposed. Before the Challenger Expedition set out, only a very few forms belonging to the Apoda
and Pedata were known from depths exceeding 100 fathoms, and scarcely one below 200 fathoms. This list [of the
species met with in the deep sea at depths from 500 fathoms and under] induces me to believe the following remarks
to be true, or, at least, to have some probability :

1. Descendants of the recent shallow-water Holothurioidea have escaped to the greatest depths at which any
living Holothurid has been obtained, viz., 2900 fathoms, but they are by no means so prevalent as the Elasipoda, nor
do they form such a characteristic feature in the abyssal fauna.

2. Most of the forms met with in the deep sea below 500 fathoms are distinct from the shallow-water species
though they belong to the same genera.

38. Several species have a vast bathymetrical distribution, some individuals of them still living near the shore, others
having descended without any obvious change in their organisation into the considerable depth of 500 to 700 fathoms
or exceptionally even deeper.

4. A wider distribution seawards of a species seems to take place preferably in the northern and southern oceans,
where the different belts proceeding from the vicinity of land outwards would seem to have in general a greater
uniformity in temperature and other physical conditions than in the tropical and subtropical regions, where it is
stated that the belts below 100 or 200 fathoms have lost the influence of the climate, etc., and present conditions of life
far different from those above them. Such forms are Myrotrochus rinkii from shore to 500 fathoms ; Echinoeucumis
typica from about 40 to 530 fathoms ; Thyone raphanus from 20 to 672 fathoms ; Holothuria cntestinalis from 10 to 650
fathoms ; Holothuria tremula from 20 to 672 fathoms ; Trochostoma violacea from 20 to 700 fathoms ; Thyonidium
pelluctdum from about 30 to 1081 fathoms, etc. The two deep-sea species of Synaptw are scarcely distinguishable from
some of the shallow-water species.

5. Pelopatides, Pseudostichopus, Acanthotrochus and probably even Ankyroderma are the only true deep-sea genera
of Apoda and Pedata, no representatives of them having hitherto been obtained near the shore or, at least, from any trifling
depth. Species of these genera very seldom seem to thrive at a less depth than 500 fathoms.

6. Among the Apoda the Synaptide are, with a very few exceptions, shore forms, living near the surface of the sea,
while the Molpadidie are probably in a state of emigration seawards, a great number of them having already reached
the abysses and settled there. :

7. The Dendrochirote and Aspidochirote are still true shore or shallow-water forms, though there are even here
many exceptions, proving that their representatives are thriving even at great depths.--(TH#et, Zool. Chall. Exp. part
39, pp. 1, 2, 6, 7.)

* It is remarkable that the forms [of Chirodote purpurea] dredged at the Falkland Islands are devoid of any
sigmoid deposits, while those found by the Challenger Expedition in the Strait of Magellan and at Kergnelen

418 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

*Cucumaria levigata (Verrill).

x serrata, Théel.
P 5 var, intermedia, Théel.
- 5 Yar, marionensis, Théel.

Pseudostichopus molus, Théeel.

Psolus ephippifer, Wyville Thomson.
, arneertus, Théel,

*Thyone recurvata, Théel.

*Trochostoma violaceum, Studer.

*

ENTOZ0A :
Ascaris simplex, Rudolphi.
,, spiculigera, Rudolphi.
NEMERTEA :

*Amphiporus marion, Hubrecht.

a es moseleyr, Hubrecht.

*Cerebratulus corrugatus (M‘Intosh).

.; longifissus, Hubrecht.
"I sp. (2).

Drepanophorus serraticollis, Hubrecht.

GEPHYREA:

*Phascolosoma pudicum, Selenka.

ANNELIDA :

*Ampharete kerquelensis, M‘Intosh.
*Amplitrite kerguelensis, M‘Intosh.
*Artacama challengeria, M‘Intosh.
*Autolytus maclearanus, M‘Tntosh.

*Brada mammaillata, Grube.
Island have, as a rule, such deposits. Therefore it seems to me far more credible that Holothuria purpurea of Lesson,
which was also obtained at Falkland Islands (Soledad), is identical with the above described forms rather than with
Sruper’s Sigmodota purpurea [re-named by Turn Chirodota studerii], which is found living in the Strait of Magellan
and at Kerguelen Island. , ... The specimens [of Chirodota contorta] brought home from Station 314 [Falklands]
differ from the others in having the aggregations of wheelsmuch more crowded, while the aggregations of wheels, especially
in the individuals obtained at Marion Island, are very scattered, so that they almost appear at first sight to be devoid of
them. The specimens examined by me differ from Lupwie’s type in their violet colour, It seems very peculiar that
all the individuals dredged by the Challenger Expedition in several localities at the Kerguelen Islands, as well as in
or in the neighbourhood of the Strait of Magellan, belong to Lupwic’s Chirodota contorta, Not a single specimen of
SrupeEr’s Sigmodota purpurea was obtained, therefore I cannot help thinkmg that the very scattered aggregations of

wheels have escaped the attention of SrupER, because of the sigmoid bodies being so conspicuous by their number as
well as by their size. —(Tu4ex, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 39, pp. 15-16.)

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 419

*“Kreutho kerguelensis, M‘Intosh.

Hulagisca corrientis, M‘Intosh.

* Eunice edwardsi, M‘Intosh.

» magellanica, M‘Intosh.

» @erstedi, Stimpson.
*Bupolynoé mollis, M‘Intosh.
*Busyllis kergquelensis, M‘Intosh.
*Evarne kerguelensis, M‘Intosh.

* Exogone heterosetosa, M‘Intosh.
*Glycera kerguelensis, M‘Intosh.
- Hermadion kerquelensis, M‘Intosh,

Letmonice producta, Grube.

- a var. wyvillez, M‘Intosh.
*Lagisca antarctica, M‘Intosh.

» magellanica, M‘Intosh.
*Lumbriconereis kerguelensis,: Grube.

Neottis antarctica, M‘Intosh.
*Nephthys trissophyllus, Grube,

* Nereis kerguelensis, Baird,
» (Platynereis) eatoni,? M‘Intosh.

Notomastus (?) sp.

Phyllocomus crocea, Grube.
*Polycirrus kerguelensis, M‘Intosh.
*Praxilla assimilis, M‘Intosh.
an kerquelensis, M‘Intosh.
*Salvatoria kergquelensis, M‘Intosh

Scolecolepis cirrata, Sars.

*Scoloplos kerguelensis, M‘Intosh.

Serpula narconensis, Baird.
*Spherosyllis kerguelensis, M‘Intosh.

Spirorbis sp. (?).

*Syllis gigantea, M‘Intosh.

Terebella (Lanice) flabellum, Baird.

Terebellides streemi, Sars, var. kerguelensis, M‘Intosh.
¥Travisia kerquelensis, M‘Intosh.
*Trophonia kerguelarum, Grube,

* Lumbriconereis kerguelensis evidently takes the place of the European Lumbriconereis nardonis, to which it is
closely allied in the structure of the dental apparatus.—(M‘Intosu, Zool, Chall. Exp. part 34, p. 247.)

* This form [Nereis (Platynereis) eatoni], which was first procured by Rev, Mr Eaton, of the Transit of Venus
Expedition, seems to take the place of Nereis dumeriliz, Aud. and Ed., of the European seas, and indeed it is allied ina
very close manner to the latter species—(M‘Inrosu, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 34, p. 224.)

420 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

OSTRACODA :
* Aglaia (?) obtusata, Brady.
Argillecia eburnea, Brady.
*Bairdia simplex, Brady.
» victric, Brady.
A villosa, Brady.
Bythocypris reniformis, Brady.
“Bythocythere pumilio, Brady.
*Cypridina dane, Brady.
Cythere audei, Brady.
,, dictyon, Brady.
», foveolata,’ Brady.
Cythere kerguelenensis,’ Brady.
» norman, Brady.
» parallelogramma, Brady.
» polytrema,’ Brady.
» securifer, Brady.
» subrufa, Brady.
» suhmi, Brady.
- wyville-thomsoni, Brady.
*Cytherideis levata, Brady.
Cytheropteron (2) angustatum, Brady.

* pany pe ee

a assimile,* Brady.

* fenestratum, Brady.
- es scaphoides,’ Brady.

*Cytherura costellata, Brady.
x fa lilljeborgi,’ Brady.

1 The general form of this species [Cythere foveolata] is very familiar ; many might be named which approach it
rather closely, but no described species seems to be absolutely identical with it. The nearest, perhaps, are Cythere
borealis, Brady—an Arctic form,—and Cythere edichilus, Brady, a fossil of the Antwerp Crag.—(Brapy, Zool. Chall.
Kxp., part 4, p. 76.)

2 Seen on the dorsal surface, this species [Cythere kerquelenensis] bears a close resemblance to the common British
Cythere albomaculata, Baird, but the shell is much more coarsely sculptured, while the spinous margins and very
broadly reniform lateral outline are constant distinctive characters.—(Brapy, Zool. Chall. Lxp., part 4, p. 79.)

% A few detached valves brought by the Challenger from off Prince Edward Island in the Southern Ocean are in
no respect distinguishable from the fossil specimens described by me in a Monograph of the Fossil Ostracoda of the
Antwerp Crag, under the name Cythere polytrema. It is extremely interesting to note the occurrence, alive in this
distant region, of so well marked a European fossil.—(Brany, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 4, p. 87.)

4 Though bearing considerable resemblance to the northern species Cytheropteron latissimwm (Norman), this
[Cytheropteron assimile] is easily distinguished by the character of the surface-sculpture, which shows no tendency to
run into transverse grooves ; the lateral ale, too, are considerably more prominent.—(BRapDy, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 4,
p- 139.)

5 Cytheropteron scaphoides is not unlike in general character to Cytheropteron subcircinatum, Sars, but is very much
less tumid.—(Brapy, Zool. Chall. Bup., part 4, p. 136.)

° The nearest known ally [of Cytherura lilljeborgi] is probably Oytheruwra clathrata, Sars, with which it closely

agrees in style of surface-sculpture though quite different in proportions and general contour.—(Brapy, Zool. Chall.
Kzp., part 4, p. 133.)

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 421

*Cytherura obliqua, Brady.
Krithe bartonensis (Jones).
» producta, Brady.
Macrocypris decora, Brady.

ue maculata, Brady.

‘ tunuda, Brady.
Paradoxostoma abbreviatum, Sars.
Polycope orbicularis, Sars.
Pseudocythere caudata, Sars.
Sclerochilus contortus (Norman).
Xestoleberis curta, Brady.

oF depressa, Sars.

5 setigera, Brady.

*Xiphichilus complanatus, Brady.

CIRRIPEDIA :
*Balanus corolliformis,' Hoek.
*Scalpellum recurvirostrum, Hoek.

AMPHIPODA° :

*Acanthechinus tricarinatus, Stebbing.
* Acontiostoma kergueleni, Stebbing.

+ A marionis, Stebbing.

s pepiniz, Stebbing,

* Aimbasia integricauda, Stebbing.

Me

*Amphilochus marionis,’ Stebbing.
*Amphithoé kerqueleni, Stebbing.

1 Balanus hirsutus [taken by H.M.S. “Triton” in the Faroe Channel, 516 fathoms] and Balanus corolliformis
[from Station 150, 150 fathoms] are two nearly related species, corresponding in all essential respects. I must con-
sider them, however, as different species, because their shape is quite different, and in the second place, because the
tergum shows very striking differences also. . . . Balanus corolliformis is a very remarkable species, and I confess to
have been long in doubt whether it was a Balanus or not. The investigation of specimens of a nearly related form
[Balanus hirsutus], which showed the same characteristic differences from the other species of the genus, convinced
me that I was right in considering them as representatives of a new section of the genus Balanus.—(HoEK, Zool. Chall
Evp., part 25, pp. 155, 6, 8.)

2 To judge by the results obtained at Kerguelen Island in the Southern Ocean it is much rather in Antarctic than
in Arctic waters that the explorer who devotes himself to the search after Amphipoda may hope to find new and sur-
prising forms. There are, it is true, some remarkable instances in which the same species occurs both far north and
far south, but these are after all not very numerous.—(T. R. R. Stessine, “ The Amphipoda collected during the voyages
of the Willem Barents in the Arctic Seas in the years 1880-1884,” Bidragen tot de Dierkunde, Afl. 17, p. 1, 1894.)

8 A specimen of Amphilochus from the Clyde, kindly sent me by Mr Davin Ropertson, agrees in most respects
with Borcr’s description of his Amphilochus tenwimanus, and has also a great resemblance to the present species [A mphi-
lochus marionis] ; the maxillipeds in the Scotch form and in that from the Southern Ocean are remarkably alike. . . .
altogether the sum of the differences, added to the great distance between the localities at which the specimens ccur,
makes it unsafe to place the northern and southern examples in one and the same species.—(Sreppine, Zool. Chall.
Exp., part 67, p. 746.)

422 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

*Anonyx cicadodes, Stebbing.
*Aora kergueleni, Stebbing.
* ., trichobostrychus, Stebbing.

Atyloides australis (Miers).

*Autonoe kergueleni, Stebbing.
*Cardenio paurodactylus, Stebbing.
*Cerapus sismithi, Stebbing.
*Cheirimedon crenatipalmatus, Stebbing.
*Dodecas elongata, Stebbing.
*Eusiroides pompen, Stebbing.

Eusirus longipes,’ Boeck.

Euthemisto thomsoni,’ Stebbing.
*Gammaropsis exsertipes, Stebbing.
*Halimedon schneideri, Stebbing.

* Haplocheira plumosa, Stebbing.

* Harpinia obtusifrons, Stebbing.
*Harpinioides drepanocheir, Stebbing.
*Hippomedon kerqueleni (Miers).

ss %, trigovcus, Stebbing.

*Tphimedia pacifica, Stebbing.

ss ie ets pulchridentata, Stebbing.
*Kergquelenia compacta, Stebbing.
*Lepidepecreum foramimiferum, Stebbing. '
*Liljeborgia consanguinea,’ Stebbing.

*Metopa nasutigenes,* Stebbing.

*Neohela serrata, Stebbing.

*(Ediceroides rostrata, Stebbing.

*Orchomene cavimanus,’ Stebbing.

*Pardalisca marionis,’ Stebbing.

*Photis macrocarpus, Stebbing.
*Phoxocephalus kergueleni, Stebbing.

1 J cannot find any points of difference that would justify the separation of this southern species from the northern
Eusirus longipes, Boeck.—(STEBBING, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 67, p. 969.)

2 Euthemisto thomsoni appears to stand extremely near to the northern Luthemisto bispinosa (Boeck).—(STEBBING,
Zool. Chall. Exp., part 67, p. 1416.)

3 The specific name [of Liljeborgia consanguinea] refers to the obviously very close relationship between this southern
species and the northern Liljeborgia pallida, Spence Bate.-—(Stereine, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 67, p. 984.)

4 Metopa nasutigenes is very like Metopa nasuta, Boeck [a northern species], which also has the large beak or nose
formed by the first joint of the upper antennz. Hence the specific name is a hybrid, to express “of the lineage of
nasuta.”—(STEBBING, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 67, p. 756.)

> In the course of the description the differences have been noticed between this [Orchomene cavimanus] and the
very similar species, Orchomene musculosus, taken at an enormously distant Station to the south of Japan.—(STEBeING,
Zool. Chall. Exp., part 67, p. 681.)

® This species from the south [Pardalisca marionis] is remarkably like the northern species Pardalisca cuspidata. —
(StExEING, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 67, p. 999 )

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 423

* Platophium dane, Stebbing.
Podocerus falcatus ' (Montagu).
* Protellopsis kerqueleni, Stebbing.
*Rhachotropis kergueleni, Stebbing.
*Socarnoides kerqueleni, Stebbing.
*Sophrosyne murrayi, Stebbing.
*Triteta kerqueleni, Stebbing.
*Tryphosa antennipotens, Stebbing.
ner barbatipes, Stebbing,

*Urothoé lachneéssa, Stebbing,

Tsopopa :

*Anceus gigas, Beddard.

* 4, tuberculosus, Beddard.

*A pseudes antarctica, Beddard.

% re spectabilis, Studer.
Arcturus furcatus, Studer.

* ,, stebbingi, Beddard.

a , studeri, Beddard.
*Astacilla marionensis. Beddard.
*Astrurus crucicauda, Beddard.
Cymodocea darwint, Cunningham.
*Tlyarachna quadrispinosa, Beddard.
Jara pubescens, Dana.
*Jeropsis marionis, Beddard.
*Leptognathia australis,” Beddard.
*Munna*® maculata, Beddard.
cE. pallida, Beddard.
Neasellus kerguelenensis, Beddard.
*Paranthura neglecta, Beddard.
*Paratanais dimorphus, Beddard.
*Pleurogonium albidum,* Beddard.

e Fe serratum,’ Beddard.

1 Speaking of Podocerus fulewtus, STEBBING says: There is the possibility, as I have elsewhere suggested, that these
creatures may have travelled out from our own waters along with the vessel to the southern latitudes at which they
were captured.—(Zool. Chall. Exp., part 67, p. 1135.)

2 This species [Leptognathia australis] is probably new, but agrees very closely with Leptognathia longiremis,
Sars, from the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition.—(Bepparp, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 48, p. 127.)

3 Only five species of this genus [Mwnnea] are at present known, all of which are inhabitants of the shallow
water off the coasts of Great Britain, Norway, North America, &c. ; in the present Report I have two new species to
add, both of which are from shallow water off Kerguelen.—(Brppvarp, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 48, p. 24.)

4 Plewrogonium albidum and Pleurogoniwm serratum [from Kerguelen] evidently come very near to Sars’ Pleuro-
qonium rubicundum [from Norway].—(BEDDARD, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 48, p. 28.)

VOL. XXXVIII. PART II. (NO. 10). 31

424 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Serolis cornuta, Studer.
» latifrons, White.
5, septemcarinata, Miers.
*Tanais hirsutus, Beddard.
* 4, willemesii, Studer.
Typhlotanais kergquelenensis, Beddard.
About twelve species of Isopoda undetermined.

CUMACEA :
*“Campylaspis nodulosa,' Sars.
* Diastylis horrida,’ Sars.
*Leucon assimilis,’ Sars.
* Paralamprops serrato-costata, Sars.
*Vaunthompsoma meridionalis, Sars.

SCHIZOPODA :
Euphausia murray, Sars.
Pseudomma sarsii, Suhm.

MACcRURA :
Campylonotus capensis, Bate.
Nauticaris marionis, Bate.

ANOMURA:

Parapagurus dimorphus (Studer).

BRACHYURA :

Halicarcinus planatus (Fabricius).

PYCNOGONIDA :
Colossendeis megalonyx,' Hoek.
% - robusta, Hoek.
*Nymphon brachyrhynchus,’ Hoek.

1 The Norwegian form Campylaspis verrucosa would seem to be nearly related to the present species [Campylaspis
nodulosa), at least as regards the sculpture of the carapace.—(Sars, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 55, p. 68.)

2 In general appearance Diastylis horrida would seem to be most nearly related to the northern form Diastylis
lucifera (Kréyer).—(Sars, Zool. Chall. Eap., part 55, p. 55.)

% Leucon assimilis is very nearly allied to the northern species Leucon nasicus, Kroyer, from which it may, how-
ever, be distinguished by the somewhat different form of the pseudorostral projection.—(Sars, Zool. Chall. Exp., part
55, p. 34.)

4 Colossendeis megalonyx resembles Colossendeis proboscidea (Sabine) [from the Arctic] in the form of the proboscis.
That species, however, is a great deal stouter, and has a much larger body with comparatively short legs.—(Horx,
Zool. Chall. Exp., part 10, p. 69.)

° In some respects Nymphon brachyrhynchus shows a resemblance to Nymphon stremi of Kroyer [from the Arctie
and North Atlantic].—(Hoerx, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 10, p. 48.)

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 425

*Nymphon brevicaudatum,' Mers.
¥ is fuscum, Hoek.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA :
Anatina elliptica, King and Broderip.
Astarte magellaniea, Smith.
*Cardita astartoides,? Martens.
*Orenella marionensis, Smith.
*Cryptodon marionensis,’ Smith.
*Dacrydium meridionalis, Smith.
» * Davila (2?) umbonata, Smith.
*Kellia cardiformis, Smith.
* nueculina, Martens.
, suborbicularis* (Montagu).
Lima (Limatula) pygmea, Philippi.
*Iimopsis marionensis, Smith.
* if stranmanea, Smith.
* Malletia gigantea, Smith.
*Modiolarca kerquelensis, Smith.
- trapezina (Lamarck).
*Mytilus kerguelensis, Smith.
» magellanicus, Chemnitz.
* ,— meridionalis, Smith.
*Neera | = Cuspidaria| kerguelenensis, Smith.
* Pecten aviculoides, Smith.
* ~~ elathratus, Martens.
* |, = dastinetus, Smith.
Savicava arctica, Linné.

1 This species [Nymphon brevicwudatum] is allied to the boreal N, brevitarse, Kroyer ; but it is distinguished by
its more robust form, its long and slender oculigerous tubercle, its longer tarsal joints, &e.—(E. J. Miers, Phil. Trans.,
vol. 168, p. 213.)

2 Curdita asturtoides, as pointed out by Marvens, bears a great resemblance to the North American Carditu borealis,
and may be regarded as the southern representative of that form. It certainly is more like that species than Curditu
velutine from South Patagonia, which we should not expect, considering how similar the fauna of that region and of
Kerguelen Island appear to be.—(Smrvn, Zool. Chall. Hxp., part 35, pp. 212, 218.)

3 Oryptodon marionensis is the southern form of Cryptodon gouldii, Philippi, and Cryptodon flecuosus, Montagu,
both of which species it closely resembles.—(Smira, Zool. Chall. Hxp., part 35, p. 194.)

4 Two specimens from Kerguelen I cannot distinguish from this well-known European species [Kellia suborbiculurts],
which has not, I believe, been previously met with farther south than the Canaries.—(Smirn, Zo0!, Chall. Hop., part
35, p. 201.)

5 This polymorphous species [Sueicave arctica], judging from the shells alone, is apparently distributed all ove
the globe. Of the animals inhabiting them we know nothing except those of northern varieties. The shells vary
immensely in form, thickness, and ornamentation. Those found off the South African coast are especially remarkable
for the great development of the spines on the posterior side, and have been raised to specific rank by Mr Sowrrny
under the name of Scxicava spinifera. Many localities have already been cited for this species, and among them may

426 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

*Thracia meridionalis,’ Smith.
* Yoldia isonota, Martens.
* , subequilateralis, Smith.

ScaPHOPODA AND GASTEROPODA :

* Actwon (Acteonina) edentulus, Watson.
*Alaba (Diala) limneiformis, Watson.
29 ( ” ) Sp. (2):
*Buccinum albozonatum, Watson.
*Cancellaria (Admete) carinata, Watson.
+ i ( ,, ) specwlaris, Watson.
ot eee:

Cerithium sp. (2).

Cyclostrema sp. {?).
*Dentalium egewm, Watson.

4 entalis, Linné, var. orthrum, Watson.
* Eatoniella caliginosa (Smith).
= 4 subrufescens (Smith).

Emarginula sp. (?).
* Bulima amblia, Watson.
*Fusus (Euthria) chloroticus, Martens.
2

. (5 ),fuseatus (Bruguiere).

., (Neptunea) edwardiensis, Watson.

heen | a ) requlus, Watson.

* ., (Sipho) futile, Watson.
Homalogyra atomus” (Philippi).
Hydrobia caliginosa (Gould).
Lamellaria sp. (2).

*Titorina setosa, Smith.

*Natica fartilis,’ Watson.

2 grisea, Martens.

be mentioned Greenland, Norway, Great Britain, Sitka, Japan, California, Peru, Patagonia, Canaries, Madeira,

Mogador, Mediterranean, Madagascar, Cape of Good Hope, Australia, New Zealand, &c. ; and it is also found fossil in

several Upper Tertiary formations.—(Smitu, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 39, p. 78.)

1 Thracia meridionalis is the southern representative of the Greenlandic species Thwacia truncata, and indeed
differs so slightly from it that it is with considerable hesitation I venture to describe it as distinct, being mainly
influenced to do so by the difference of locality.—(Smarx, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 35, p. 69.)

2 The step from Madeira to lat. 46° S. is so enormous, that I was glad to have my identification of the specimen
[of Homalogyra atomus] confirmed by one who knows the species so well as Dr Gwyx JEFFREYS does. It is extremely
abundant in Madeira, and careful search will probably supply very many additional localities for its dwelling.—
(Watson, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 42, p. 121.)

% Nutica fartilis so closely approaches Natica affinis [a northern species] that I have hesitated very much to separate
them, and have been glad to be strengthened in so doing by the opinion of Professor von Martens and Mr E. A.
Smitu.—(Wartson, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 42, p. 447.)

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 427

*Natica xantha, Watson.

* 4, (Amauropsis) perscalpta, Martens.

oe, | = ) suturalis,’ Watson.
’ » (Lranatia) grénlandica, Beck.

*

» (3 )prasina, Watson.
*Neobuccinum eatoni, Smith.

= A vestitum (Martens).
Odostomia rissoides,’ Hanley.
Patella fuegiensis, Reeve.

* 4, kerquelensis, Smith.
> *Pleurotoma (Spirotropis) studeriana, Martens.
= (Surcula) staminea, Watson.
_ co ( ,, ) tralzx, Watson.
* ws (Thesbia) corpulenta, Watson.
* x ( ., )platamodes, Watson.
* x ( ,, ) transluctda, Watson.
= “ (Typhlomangelia) fluctuosa, Watson.
* . ( * ) Var. cartosa, Watson.

= sp. (2).
*Provocator pulcher, Watson.
Puncturella noachina (Linné), var. princeps, Mighels.
*Rissoa (Ceratia) transenna, Watson.

* 4, (Setta) australis, Watson.
* 6 (+) edwardiensis, Watson.
* ~6(.,. ) marionensis, Watson.
* 6 (+) prineipis, Watson.

» (,, ) stnap?, Watson.
Seissurella crispata, Fleming.
> obliqua, Watson.

2?
*Skenea subcanaliculata, Smith.
*Struthiolaria mirabilis, Smith.
Triton (Lagena) magellanteus (Chemnitz).

1 Natica (Amauropsis) suturalis has so strongly the aspect of Natiew tslandica that I can easily believe connecting
links will yet establish their identity. The age of Natiea tslandica and its distribution, as well as its present habitat
in Subaretic and Arctic seas, make its presence in Antarctic regions more probable. But for the present it is impossible
to unite them.—(Warson, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 42, p. 456.)

2 On comparing this [Nafica (Lunatic) grénlandica from Heard Island] with Sars’ specimens from Norway I am
not quite satisfied, and yet I cannot part them. . . . It was unsatisfactory to puta Kerguelen shell to an Aretie species
without fuller conviction, and I was glad, therefore, to have my determination of the species confirmed by Mr E. A.
Sanrn.—(Watson, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 42, p. 448.)

3 I give this species [Odostomia rissoides from Marion Island] on the authori ity of Dr Gwyn Jerrreys. I had
remarked the shell’s great resemblance in form to Odostomia rissoides, but the distinct and strong spiral strueture which
characterises it, coupled with the locality, prevented my referring it to that species—(Watson, Zool. Chall. Exp, part
42, p. 481.)

428. DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Triton (Lagena) sp. (2).
*Trochus (Margarita) charopus, Watson.
oe ( ” ) » var. caruleus, Watson.
55 (Photinula) expansus (Sowerby).
*Trophon albolabratus, Smith.
o> i, declinans,! Watson.

ee geversianus (Pallas).

*Trophon scolopax, Watson.
= septus, Watson.

99

Ay
‘ sp. (?)
*Turrvitella austvina,” Watson.

re incolor, Smith.
*Volutonutra fragillima, Watson.

POLYPLACOPHORA :
*Hemiarthrum setulosum, Carpenter, MS.
* Leptochiton kergquelensis, Haddon.

NUDIBRANCHIATA :

* Archidoris® australis, Bergh.

* , kerguelenensis, Bergh.

29

MARSENIAD :

* Marseniopsis murrayt, Bergh.

zo pacifica, Bergh.

99

CEPHALOPODA :

*Octopus levis, Hoyle.

PoLyzoa :
*Amphiblestrum cristatum, Busk.
Bicellaria pectogemina, Goldstein.
* Bugula longissima, Busk.

*k sinuosa, Busk.

bP)
aberea darwinit, Busk.
Carbasea ovoidea, Busk.

1 [ have described this [Trophon declinans| as a new species with very great reluctance. My own opinion is that
it is a large thin variety of 7. truncatus, Strom ; and that opinion is shared by Mr E. A. Smirx. Dr Gwyn JEFFREYs,
however, and Professor G. O. Sars decidedly hold it as distinct ; and their extensive acquaintance with the large
northern variety of 7. truncatus makes their judgment of great weight.—(Warson, Zool, Chall. Hxp., part 42, pp. 168-9.)

2 Turritella austrina is very like our British 7. terebra, Linné, but is stumpier in form, smaller, with a much more
impressed suture, and fewer spiral threads.—(Watson, Zool. Chall. Bxp., part 42, p. 471.)

3 Burau enumerates two species of Archidoris from the North Atlantic, one species from the North Pacific, and
two new species from Kerguelen.—(Zcol. Chall. Eup. part 26, p. 85.)

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN,

“Catenaria attenuata, Busk.
Cellepora albirostris (Smitt).

bicornis, Busk.

me eatonensis, Busk.

pustulata, Busk.

*Cellularia elongata, Busk.

ad e quadrata, Busk.
Chorizopora hyalina, var. bougainville’, VOrbigny.
Cribrilina monoceros (Busk).

philomela, Busk.

var. adnata, Busk.

»
» 99
Crisia eburnea (Linné), var. laxa, Busk.
» holdsworthii, Busk.
Diachoris inermis, Busk.
- magellanica, Busk, var. distans, Busk.
* Electra cylindracea, Busk.
Escharoides verruculatu (Smitt).
*Flustra crassa, Busk.
Flustramorpha marginata (Krauss).
Hippothoa flagellum, Manzoni.
FHornera violacea, Sars.
Idmonea atlantica, Forbes.
y australis, MacGillivray.
marionensis, Busk.
- milneana, VOrbieny.
Membranipora crassimarginata (Hincks), var. erecta, Busk,
galeata, Busk.
var. furcata, Busk.

9

2 92
Menipea benenunita, Busk.
Jlagellifera, Busk.

marionensis, Busk.

~
23

*Mueronella rostrigera, Busk.
Be tricuspis, Hincks.

rr ventricosa, var. multispinata, Busk.

Myriozoum mearionense, Busk.

Nellia oculata, Busk.

Onchopora sinclairii, Busk.

Pustulopora defleca (Smitt).

proboscidea, M.-Edwards.
proboscidioides (Smitt).

*Reteporella flabellata, Busk.

23

429

430 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Salicornaria clavata, Busk.
malvinensis, Busk.

99

-, variabilis, Busk.

Schizoporella marsupifera, Busk.
vs triangula, Hincks.

Smittia jacobensis, Busk.

* 4, marionensis, Busk.

*Supercytis tubigera, Busk.

*Vincularia gothica, @Orbigny.

%

” mh var. granulata, Busk.

BRACHIOPODA :
Platydia anomioides (Scacchi).
Rhynchonella nigricans (Sowerby), var. pixydata, Watson.
Terebratella dorsata (Gmelin).
Terebratula wea, Broderip.
Terebratulina caput-serpentis, Linné, var. septentrionalis, Couthouy.
*“Waldheimia kerguelenensis, Davidson,

TUNICATA :

*Amaroucium complanatuin, Herdman.

* ‘ globosum, Herdman.

* s nigrum, Herdman.

% . variabile,’ Herdman.

* . var. tenerum, Herdman.

Aplidium funigatum, Herdman.
* » fuscum, Herdman.

x

se leucophaum, Herdman.
*Ascidia challenger,’ Herdman.

ae despecta, Herdman.
5, placenta, Herdman.
” translucida, Herdman.
os vasculosa, Herdman.

*Ascopera gigantea, Herdman.
* » pedunculata, Herdman.

1 [ unite under this species [Amarouciwm variabile] a large number of specimens, collected in the neighbourhood
of Kerguelen Island, which present great variations in form, size, colour, and some other particulars. They are, how-
ever, all closely related to one another, and although it might be possible to break them up into two or three species,
I believe that the differences between the extreme forms are sufficiently bridged over by intermediate conditions to
warrant one in regarding them as composing a single species only. They form an extremely interesting series on
account of the way in which they illustrate individual variation.—(Herpman, Zool. Chall. Eap., part 37, p. 216.)

2 Ascidia challengert is a large and somewhat variable species, which appears to be common at Kerguelen Island.
In the first part of the Preliminary Report it was considered as being identical with Ascidia mentula, O. F. Miller, a
species to which it is closely allied —(HerDMAN, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 16, p. 208.)

Sd

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN, 45

*Chorizocormus reticulatus, Herdman. *
*Colella concreta, Herdman.
5, pedunculata (Quoy and Gaimard).
Do quoyt, Herdman.
*Bugyra kerquelenensis, Herdman.
*Leptoclinum rubicundum, Herdman.
* , subflavum, Herdman.
*Molgula pedunculata, Herdman.
* Morchellioides affinis, Herdman,
*Morchellium giardi, Herdman.
*Polycarpa minuta, Herdman.
*Polyclinum minutum, Herdman.
. és pyriormis, Herdman.
*Psammaplidium retiforme, Herdman.
*“Sidnyum pallidum, Herdman.
“Styela convexa, Herdman.

» grandis, Herdman.

», lactea, Herdman.
*Tylobranchion speciosum, Herdman.

— (¢) pyrifornis, Herdman (genus doubtful).

FisHes!:
Chenichthys rhinoceratus, Rich.
Harpagifer bispinis, Forst.
*Murenolepis marmoratus, Giinther.
* Notothenia acuta, Giinther.

* cyaneobrancha, Rich.
a ie marionensis, Giinther.
° a mizops, Giinther.

" squamifrons, Giinther,

“Raja catont, Giinther.

murray?, Giinther.

99
*Zanclorhynchus spinifer, Giinther.

1 The study of the Antarctic surface fish-fauna, and its comparison with that of the Arctic regions, is one of the
most instructive portions of zoogeography. The abundance of fish-life appears to decrease in the same proportion to-
wards both Poles. The forms peculiar to the Antaretic are analogous to those of the north ; thus the Cottoids of the
north are represented by the Nototheniv, Chanichthys, &e., of the south, the Salmonoids by the Haplochitonidee ; yet
there is no such relation between the representative forms as might be considered to be genetic. The resemblance is
rather an external one, indicated by the general form of the body, structure and development of the fins, presence of
an adipose fin, &e. Besides those fishes which are peculiar to the Antarctic some other forms well developed in the
north, but nearly or entirely disappearing between the tropics, reappear, as Sebustes, Agonus, Spinax, Myaine, differing
but little from their northern congeners.—(GUNTHER, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 6, p. 14.)

2 It may be of interest to insert here some general remarks of Dr von WILLEMOES-SvHM on the results of the
shallow-water dredgings and trawlings taken at Kerguelen by the Challenger in the month of January 1874, extracted
from the Challenger Report, Summary of Results, pp. 478-480, as he refers to a few animals not included in our

VOL. XXXVIII PART II. (NO. 10). 3 M

432 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

As in the case of the preceding lists, the great majority of the 533 species enumerated
in the above list were each taken only at one of the four Stations or localities, but a
certain number occurred at more than one of these localities.

LIST IVa.

We give here a list of such species, indicating in brackets the number of Stations
or localities at which each species was found. It will be noticed that out of the 102

list, the specimens of which probably did not reach the hands of the specialists who described the Challenger collections :
—< The prevailing animals in the shallow-water dredging on January 17 were Echinodermata, next to which Sponges
and Polyzoa were represented by a considerable number of genera and species. There were also a large simple
Ascidian and a small composite one; simple Ascidians were apparently far from numerous here, nor, indeed, were
hey abundant at any place where we have dredged in shallow water,—an interesting fact, if confirmed as we go on.
Annelids were represented especially by numerous Aphroditaceans, belonging probably to the genera Aphrodita and
Hermione, and a few Terebellids ; there were also two Nemerteans, one a particularly large one with immense mouth.
The almost total absence of higher Crustacea in the shallow-water fauna of these Antarctic islands is very astonishing.
Near Marion Island a caridid shrimp was taken in great numbers, while here at Kerguelen not a single Decapod was
found. An Amphipod, the Gammarus which in water takes the place of flies on land, was very common. For Isopods
this seemed to be a favourite territory, Serolis being probably the most numerous in specimens and species, though
small Sphzeromid were not uncommon, and several specimens of a spiny Arcturus were taken ; most of these Isopods
had eggs or young in their breeding pouches. A species of Tanais obtained to-day was very interesting on account of
its method of reproduction ; it had no breeding lamelle, as in all Isopods hitherto known, but instead two saes at the
base of the fifth pair of legs, which contained the young ones, reminding one very much of the well-known sacs at the
base of the last pair of feet in Copepods. They were in every way similar, but here rounded and not elongated, about
21 inches in diameter, and containing each about twenty embryos, which evidently remain there, as they do in the
breeding pouches of other species, until they have attained their full development. Among the Molluscs there was a
large white Nudibranch and a few Gasteropoda and Lamellibranchiata, all indicating great uniformity in the Molluscan
fauna of the place. On January 20, the dredge brought up some specimens of Siphonostomum, a genus very common
in the north and in the Mediterranean, which has a great resemblance to the northern species. ‘hese worms have,
besides two long tentacles, a quantity of branchial filaments and papille surrounding the mouth ; at the first segment —
there are also very strony and long set standing erect in front, and having a peculiar structure ; in the skin are
many glands that exude a slimy secretion, by which they are generally surrounded. On January 21, the dredge
brought up large specimens of Serolis, and in the trawl were great quantities of a Caprella, the male of which is very
much elongated, and has enormously long anterior claws; the female had eggs in its pouch. On January 29, the
dredge brought up many Echinoderms, a singular round simple Ascidian, and among the worms Clymenia and Terebella,
along with Dentalium and other Molluscs. The trawl procured in the afternoon a prodigious quantity of animals,
including specimens of a large Rossclla, asmaller siliceous Sponge, and a stalked one ; small Planarians and Nemerteans ;
many Annelids, among which were large quantities of Aphrodita and Siphonostomum, and also a small Sipunculus ;
quantities of Polyzoa, also simple and composite Ascidians ; among Crustacea, an Ostracode belonging to the Cypri-
dinidee, some of the big members of which seem to inhabit deeper water, many Pycnogonids, among which were a
small Nymphon, a large red Nymphon, and Pycnogonwm (several of these spiders were overgrown by an Alcyoniwm,
which much enlarged their appearance), two female specimens of Nebalia, differing only slightly from the Mediterranean
Nebalia geoffroyi, several male and female specimens of a Petalophthalmid, an inch long, apparently belonging to my
genus Crozetia [= Amblyops, Sars], established on a much larger species from deep water (these specimens with their
larvze show that the animals undergo the Mysis-development, and that the genus is more nearly allied to the ordinary
Mysis than to the deep-sea Petalophthalmids) ; among the Isopods were quantities of Serolis, old and young in all
stages of development, a few specimens of the Tanais taken on the 17th, and males and ovigerous females of Praniza
(Anceus), showing hardly any differences from the species studied by Dohrn at Plymouth and described by Spence
Bate in his British Sessile-Eyed Crustacea ; Amphipods were represented by several small species, and a large one
distinguished by a bright-red process at the front of the carapace, containing, under a simple chitinous layer, pigment
arranged in hexagons (I could discover no trace of bodies entitling them to be called eyes, of which they are very
probably the rudiments) ; of Cumacea a little Cuma was very abundant, in the males of which the second antennw
seem to remain in the same state of development as in the female. Except the Schizopod already mentioned, not a
single member of the higher stalk-eyed Crustacea was taken, and probably no others exist here in shallow water.
Three specimens of a Raia, not mentioned in Giinther’s Catalogue of Fishes, were also obtained.”

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 433

species, only 4 species were procured at all the four localities, while 23 species occurred
each at three of the Stations, and the remaining 75 species each at two of the Stations
(looking upon the many dredgings taken in the vicinity of Kerguelen and of Marion
Islands as constituting each one Station).

Amphilectus pilosus (2). Pseudocythere caudata (2).
Stylocordyla stipitata (2). Sclerochilus contortus (2).
Tetilla grandis (2). ANestoleberis depressa (2).
Rossella antarctica (3). 5 setigera (3).
Leuconia fruticosa (2). Eusirus longipes (2).
Promachocrinus kerguelensis (2). Iphimetia pacizicu (2).
Asterias meridionalis (3). Liljeborgia consanguinea (2). *
» (Smilasterias) scalprifera (2). CGidiceroides rostrata (2).
>» Bathybiaster loripes (2). Phoxocephalus kergueleni (2).
Cribrella simplex (2). Arcturus furcatus (2).
Gnathaster elongatus (4). Astacilla marionensis (2).

5 meridionalis (4). Serolis septemcarinata (2).
Labidiaster annulatus (3). Halicarcinus planatus (2).
Leptoptychaster kerquelenensis (2). Cardita astartoides (2)
Perknaster fuscus (2). Davila (2) umbonata (2).
Porania spiculata (2). Kellia nuculina (2),
Amphiura stuceri (3). Lima (Limatula) pygmea (2).
Gorgonocephalus pourtalestt (3). Movdiolarca trapezina (2).
Ophiacantha imugo (3). Mytilus meridionalis (2).

> vivipara (3). Savicava arctica (2).
Ophioconis antaretica (2). Thracia meridionalis (2).
Ophiocten amitinum (2). Cancellaria (Admete) specularis (2).
Ophioglypha deshayesi (3). Natica fartilis (3).

es hexactis (2). Neobuceinum eatoni (2).
Echinus margaritaceus (3). $5 vestitum (2).
Goniocidaris canaliculata (3). Patella kerguelensis (2).
Hemiaster cavernosus (2). Pleurotoma (Thesbia) translucida (2).
Chirodota contorta (2). 3 (Typhlomangelia) fuctuosa (2).
Cucumaria levigata (2). Provocator pulcher (2).

i serrata (3). ; Rissou (Setia) principis (2).

Psolus ephippifer (4). Struthiolaria mirabilis (2).

» tncertus (3). Trochus (Margarita) charopus (2).
Amphiporus mariont (2). $s (Photinula) expansus (2).
Cerebratulus corrugatus (2). Trophon declinans (2).
Letmonice producta (3). Turritella austrina (2).

Lagisca antarctica (2). Bicellaria pectogemma (3).
Neottis antarctica (4). Bugula longissima (2).
Nephthys trissophyllus (2). Caberea durwinit (2)
Nereis (Platynereis) eatoni (2). Carbasea ovoidea (2).
Serpula narconensis (3). Cellepora bicornis (3).
Bairdia villosa (2). Cellularia quadrata (2).
Cythere foveolata (2). Cribrilina philomela (2).

» Kkerguelenensis (2). Idmonea marionensis (2).

» subrufa (2), » melneana (2).

» wyrille-thomsoni (3). | Membranipora galeata (3).
Cytheropteron assimile (2). Menipea jlagellifera (2).

Maerocypris maculata (2). Myriozoum marionense (2).

434 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Onchopora sinclairii (3). | Smittia marionensis (2).

Pustulopora proboscidea (2). Vineularia gothica (2).

Salicornaria clavata (3). Waldheimia kerquelenensis (3).
- malvinensis (2). Colella pedunculata (2).

The preceding list of species from the shallow waters of the Kerguelen Region (List
IV.) shows that in the vicinity of these islands of the Southern Indian Ocean, in depths »
not exceeding 150 fathoms, the Challenger procured representatives of 533 species
and varieties of Metazoa belonging to about 325 genera. The proportion of the number
of genera relatively to the number of species is here as 1 to 1°64.

An exanrination of the list shows that 25 of the species have received no specific
names, and there are besides 11 varieties enumerated as well as the species to which
they belong ; in addition the list includes 2 species of internal parasites (Entozoa), the dis-
tribution of which cannot be discussed along with the other marine organisms. Making
these deductions there remain 495 distinct fully-described species the distribution of
which may be discussed in detail.

These 495 species may be divided into those that are known only from these
dredgings in the neighbourhood of the islands in the Southern Indian Ocean, and those
that extend into other regions of the ocean.

a. Species limited to the shallow-water area of the Kerguelen Region.

In the first place, we find that there are 326 species (or 61 per cent. of the total
number of species and varieties found in these dredgings) which, so far as we know up
to the present time, are confined to the area represented by these dredgings.’ These
326 species are distinguished by an asterisk in the list, and very little can be said about
them beyond the fact that they are known only from the area represented by these
dredgings and from depths not exceeding 150 fathoms.

LIST IV».

We here enumerate the 52 species found at more than one of these Stations or
localities, indicating in brackets the number of Stations at which each species was
found. It will be observed that only 2 species occurred at all the four localities,
while 7 species were each found at three of the Stations, and the remaining 43 species
each at two Stations.

1 Nine of these species have subsequently been recorded from South Georgia, viz., Asterias meridionalis, Ophioglypha
hexactis, Lagisca antarctica [=Harmothoé vesiculosa], Nereis kerguelensis, Nymphon brevicaudatum, Litorina [= Pellili-
torina] setosa, Hemiarthrum setulosum, Chorizocormus reticulatus, and Colella concreta ; there are besides other eight species
with a wider distribution (as will be noticed in the succeeding notes) recorded from South Georgia, viz., Porania
antarcticu, Hemiaster cavernosus, Serolis septemcarinata, Modiolarca trapexina, Hydrobia [= Levilitorina] caliginosa, Trochus
(Photinula) expansus, Colella pedunculata, and Harpagifer bispinis, making altogether seventeen species in our list found
since at South Georgia (see Prerrer, “ Die Niedere Thierwelt des antarktischen Ufergebictes,” Ergebnisse der deutschen
Polar-Expeditionen),

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 455
Amphilectus pilosus (2). | Nephthys trissophyllus (2). | Neobuccinum vestitum (2).
Tetilla grandis (2). | Cythere foveolata (2). | Patella kerguelensis (2).
Promachocrinus kerguelensis (2). » subrufa (2). Pleurotoma (Thesbia) translucida
Asterias meridionalis (3). Cytheropteron assimile (2). i (2).
3 (Smilasterias) scalprifera — Xestoleberis setigera (3). 43 (Typhlomangelia)
(2). Iphimedia pactfica (2). | Jluctuosa (2).
Gnathaster elongatus (4). Liljeborgia consanguinea (2). | Provocator pulcher (2).
fr meridionalis (4). | Gdiceroides rostrata (2). Rissoa (Setia) principis (2).
Leptoptychaster kerguelenensis (2). Phowocephalus kergueleni (2). | Struthiolaria mirabilis (2).
Perknaster fuscus (2). | Astacilla marionensis (2). Trochus (Margarita) charopus (2).
Ophiacantha imago (3). Cardita astartoides (2). » (Photinula) expansus (2).
Ophioconis antarctica (2). Davila (?) umbonata (2). Trophon declinans (2).
Ophioglyupha deshayest (3). | Kellia nuculina (2). Turritella austrina (2).
<5 heaactis (2). Mytilus meridionalis (2). Bugula longissima (2).
Cucumaria levigata (2). Thracia meridionalis (2). Cellularia quadrata (2).
Psolus incertus (3). Cancellaria (Admete) specularis | Smittia martonensis (2).
Amphiporus marioni (2). (2). Vineularia gothica (2).
Cerebratulus corrugatus (2). Natica fartilis (5). Waldheimia kerquelenensis (3).
Lagisca antarctica (2). Neobuceinum eatont (2).

b. Species extending outside the shallow-water area of the Kerguelen Region.

We come now to consider those species which have a wider distribution, and extend
into other regions of the ocean outside the area represented by these dredgings. The
number of such species is 169 (or 32 per cent. of the total number of species and varieties
found in these dredgings), and they may be divided into groups according to their dis-
tribution in the tropical and extra-tropical regions of the ocean. Thus we find that of

these 169 species,

100 species (or 60 per cent.) are known to occur in other regions south of the southern

tropic (see List 1Vc.) ;

33 species (or 19 per cent.) are known to occur in regions both south and north of the
tropics, but not in the intervening tropical zone (see
List [Vd.) ;

20 species (or 12 per cent.) are known to occur in regions both south of and within the
tropics, but not to the north of the northern tropic (see
List [Ve.) ; and

16 species (or 9 per cent.) are known to occur in regions both south of, within, and
north of the tropics, and some of them may be regarded
as cosmopolitan, or almost cosmopolitan (see List [V/.).

We may now proceed to discuss in some detail the distribution of these 169 species,
according to the groups given above, indicating briefly the geographical and bathymetrical
distribution of each species outside the area represented by these dredgings.

436 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

LIST IVe.

In the first place we give a list of the 100 species which are known to occur outside
the Kerguelen shallow-water area in regions south of the southern tropic. From the
distributional notes accompanying each species it will be observed that 41 of the species
descend into depths greater than 150 fathoms, of which 11 species reach deep water
over 1000 fathoms.

Desmacidon (2) ramosa—Near the Cape, 150 fathoms.
Gellius carduus—Near the Crozets, 210 to 550 fathoms ; Magellan Strait, 245 fathoms (var.).
», glacialis—Near the Cape, 150 fathoms.
Latrunculia apicalis—Near River Plate, 600 fathoms.
Myzxilla mariana—Oft South-West Patagonia, depth (?).
Suberites antarcticus— Antarctic (lat. 744° S.), 206 fathoms.
x caminatus—Near River Plate, 600 fathoms,
Rossella antarctica—Antarctic (lat. 74°-77° S., long. 175° W.), 206-300 fathoms ; near River Plate, 600 fms.
Leuconia fruticosa—[Recorded from 4].
Lophogorgia jlammea—Cape of Good Hope, depth (?); [the Challenger specimen was without label, but is
supposed to have come either from Simon’s Bay or Prince Edward Island].
Thouarella variabilis—Near Crozets, 310 fathoms.
Halcampa clavus—{ Recorded from ?].
Leiotealia nymphea—Near Valparaiso, depth (2).
Halecium flexile—Magellan Strait, 9 fathoms.
Bathybiaster loripes—Magellan Strait, 245 fathoms.
Cribrella simplee—Near Crozets, 310 fathoms ; near Tristan da Cunha, 90 to 150 fathoms.
Crossaster penicillatus—Near Tristan da Cunha, 110 fathoms.
Porania antarctica—Southeru Ocean, 1600 fathoms ; South Georgia, depth (?).
Amphiura antarctica—Magellan Strait, depth (2).
ae studeri—Near Marion Island, 310 fathoms.
Astrotoma agassizii— Near Crozets, 210 fathoms ; Magellan Strait, 40 to 175 fathoms ; between Magellan Strait
and Falklands, 55 fathoms.
Magellan Strait, 140 and 175 fathoms ; between Magellan Strait and Falkland
Islands, 55 fathoms ; East Patagonia, depth (2).
Ophiacantha vivipara—Falkland Islands, 70 fathoms ; between Falklands and Magellan Strait, 55 fathoms ;
near River Plate, 600 fathoms.
Ophiocten amitinum—Southern Ocean, 1260, 1375, and 1950 fathoms.
Echinus magellanicus—Southern Ocean, 1600 fathoms ; Magellan Strait, 9 to 175 fathoms; Falkland Islands,
12 fathoms ; Patagonia, Chili, Cape, Australia, New Zealand.
» margaritaceus—Magellan Strait, 175 and 245 fathoms ; New Zealand (shore).
Hemiaster cavernosus—Magellan Strait, 400 fathoms ; Patagonia, Chili, River Plate (shore) ; South Georgia.
Schizaster moseleyi—Southern Ocean, 1375 fathoms ; Magellan Strait, 40 to 400 fathoms.
Chirodota contorta—Falkland Islands, 70 fathoms ; between Magellan Strait and Falklands, 55 fathoms.
Cucumaria serrata—Near Crozets, 550 fathoms.
Magellan Strait, 140 and 245 fathoms,
Psolus ephippifer—Near Marion Island, 310 fathoms.
Eulagisca corrientis—Near River Plate, 600 fathoms.
Eunice magellanica—Magellan Strait, 175 and 245 fathoms.
Hermadion kerguelensis—¥Falkland Islauds, 5 to 10 fathoms.
Lagisca magellanica—Near Marion Island, 310 fathoms (var.) ; Magellan Strait, 175 and 400 fathoms.
Neottis antarctica—Between Magellan Strait and Falkland Islands, 55 fathoms.
Phyllocomus crocea— Antarctic, between Crozets and Kerguelen, depth (2).

Gorgonocephalus pourtalesii

Pseudostichoyus mollis

‘ OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 4357

Serpula narconensis—Magellan Strait, 175 fathoms; Narcon Island, depth (?).
Terebella (Lanice) flabellum—South-East Australia, 150 fathoms ; Narcon Island, depth (2).
Argillecia eburnea—Near Rio de la Plata, 1900 fathoms.
Bairdia villosa—Tristan da Cunha, 100 to 150 fathoms ; Bass Strait, 38 fathoms.
Cythere kerguelénensis—Bass Strait, 38 fathoms ; Port Seaton 2 to 10 fathoms.
»» normani—South-East Pacific, 1825 fathoms. [Recorded from ?].
»» polytrema—Known outside this area only as a fossil from Antwerp Crag.
Cytheropteron fenestratum—South Atlantic, near Tristan da Cunha, 1425 fathoms.
Macrocypris tumida—W ellington Harbour, New Zealand, tow-net at trawl.
Atyloides australis—Port Jackson, depth (2).
Euthemisto thomsoni—Antarctic, on several occasions at the surface.
Arcturus furcatus—Southern Ocean, 1675 fathoms.
Cymodocea darwini—Patagonia, depth (2).
Jera jubescens—Patagonia, depth (?).
Neasellus kerguelenensis—Near River Plate, 600 fathoms.
Serolis cornuta—Crozets, depth (2).
latifrons—Near Crozets, 210 fathoms ; Auckland Islands, depth (?).
» septemcarinata—Crozets, depth (?) ; South Georgia.
Euphausia murrayi—Southern Ocean, surface.
Pseudomma sarsti—Southern Ocean, 1675 fathoms.
Nauticaris marionis—Falkland Islands, 12 fathoms. :
Parapagurus dimorphus—tTristan da Cunha, 110 fathoms ; Cape, 150 fathoms ; Magellan Strait, 245 fathoms.
Halicarcinus planatus—Falkland Islands, 4 fathoms ; New Zealand, depth (?).
Colossendeis megalonyx—Falkland Islands, 70 fathoms ; between Falklands and Magellan Strait, 55 fathoms.
Anatina elliptica—New South Shetlands, depth (2)
Astarte magellanica—Magellan Strait, depth (?).
Lima (Limatula) pygmea—sSouth Patagonia, depth (?).
Modiolarea trapezina—Magellan Strait, 245 fathoms ; Falkland Islands, 12 fathoms ; South Georgia.
Hydrobia caliginosa—Tierra del Fuego, depth (?) ; South Georgia.
Patella fuegiensis— Tierra del Fuego and Falklands, depth (?).
Pleurotoma (Sureula) staminea—Southern Ocean, 1375 fathoms.
Triton (Lagena) magellanicus—Magellan Strait, 40 fathoms ; Cape Horn, depth (?).
Trochus (Photinula) erpansus—Falkland Islands, 5 to 12 fathoms (and from crop of duck); Magellan Strait,
depth (2) ; South Georgia.
Trophon geversianus—Falkland Islands, 12 JEON ; Magellan Strait, depth (?).
Bicellaria pectogemma—t|Recorded from 2}.
Carbasea ovoidea—Magellan Strait, 9 and 175 fathoms; Falkland Islands, 12 fathoms ; Patagonia, depth (2).
Cellepora albirostris—{Recorded from 4]
bicornis—Falkland Islands, 70 fathoms ; between Falklands and Magellan Strait, 55 fathoms.
eatonensis—Magellan Strait, 175 fathoms ; Falklands, 5 to 12 fathoms.
os pustulata—New Zealand, 150 fathoms.
Chorizopora hyalina—Tristan da Cunha, 75 to 90 fathoms ; Falkland Islands, 12 fathoms.
Cribrilina philomela—Curtis Island, depth (?).
Diachoris inermis—New Zealand aud Magellan Strait, depth (?).
Flustramorpha marginata—Near Cape, 150 fathoms ; South Africa, depth (7).
Idmonea australis—Port Jackson, 30 to 35 fathoms ; Australia, depth (?).
Menipea benemunita—Magellan Strait, 175 fathoms; between Magellan Strait and Falklands, 55 and 70
fathoms ; Falkland Islands, 5 to 12 fathoms.
jlagellifera—Between Magellan Strait and Falklands, 55 and 70 fathoms.
5, marionensis—Near the Cape, 150 fathoms.
Mucronella tricuspis—Simon’s Bay ; Bass Strait, 38 fathoms; Falklands, 5 to 12 fathoms; South America,
depth (?).

”

”

”

”

45 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Mucronella ventricosa—Near Crozets, 210 fathoms.

Myriozoum marionense—Near Crozets, 210 to 550 fathoms.

Onchopora sinclairii—Southern Ocean, 1950 fathoms ; Marion Island, Australia, and New Zealand, depth (1).
Salicornaria clavata—Bass Strait, 28 fathoms ; Port Jackson, 35 fathoms ; Magellan Strait, 45 fathoms.

* variabilis—Magellan Strait, 45 fathoms ; near Falklands, 70 fathoms.
Schizoporella marsupifera—New Zealand, 150 fathoms.
5 triangula—Bass Strait, 28 fathoms.

Rhynchonella nigricans—New Zealand and Chatham Islands, depth (2) ; fossil (2), Tasmania.

Terebratella dorsata—Chili to Magellan Strait, depth (?).

Colella pedunculata—Between Magellan Strait and Falklands, 55 and 70 fathoms ; Falkland Islands, 12
fathoms ; Magellan Strait, South Georgia and Australia, depth (%).

Chenichthys riinoceratus—{ Recorded from ?]. :

Harpagifer bispinis—Cape Horn and Falkland Islands, depth (?) ; South Georgia.

Notothenia cyancobrancha—{ Recorded from 4].

LIST IV 7.

In the second place we give a list of the 33 species which are known to occur
in regions both south and north of the tropics, but which have not hitherto been
recorded from the intervening tropical zone. From the distributional notes accompanying
each species, it will be observed that 13 of the species descend into depths greater than
150 fathoms, of which 9 species reach deep water over 1000 fathoms.

Eudendrium rameum—British Seas, depth (?).

Ohelia geniculata—Falklaud Islands, 5 to 12 fathoms ; Arctic, North Atlantic and North Pacific, depth (?).

Ophiocten sericeum—Oft coast of Massachusetts, depth (4).

Drepanophorus serraticollis—Buss Strait, 38 fathoms ; Mediterranean, depth (‘).

Eunice cwrstedi—-Otf east coast of United States, 1240 fathoms; off Nova Scotia, 85 fathoms.

Terebellides stremi—Near Nova Scotia, 1340 fathoms ; Europe and America, depth (?).

Cythere suimi—North-West Pacific, 2300 fathoms.

Paradoxostoma abbreviatum—European Seas, depth (2).

Pseudocythere caudata—Near Rio de la Plata, 1900 fathoms ; European Seas, depth (?).

Sclerochilus contortus—Wellington Harbour, New Zealand (tow-net at trawl); Arctic and European Seas,
depth (?) ; fossil.

Xestoleberis depressa—Arctic, European and American Seas, depth (?) ; fossil.

Eusirus longipes—N orthern Seas, depth /?).

Podocerus faleatus—Near Cape, from screw ; South Atlantic, near River Plate, tow-net ; British Seas.

Typhlotanais kerguelenensis—Mid North Pacitic, 2050 fathoms.

Kellia suborbicularis—European Seas southward to Canaries, depth (?).

Homalogyra atomus—European seas to Madeira, depth (?) ; fossil.

Natica (Lunatia) yrénlandica—Arctic, European, and American Seas, 2 to 1290 fathoms ; fossil.

Odostomia rissoides—European Seas, 0 to 777 fathoms ; fossil.

Puncturella noachina—Near Marion Island, 310 fathoms; Magellan Strait, 9 to 15 fathoms ; Arctic, North
Atlantie and North Pacific, 5 to 1095 fathoms ; fossil.

Cribrilina monoceros—Port Jackson, 35 fathoms; Magellan Strait, 175 fathoms ; between Magellan Strait
and Falkland Islands, 55 fathoms; Falkland Islands, i2 fathoms ; near River Plate,
600 fathoms; mid North Pacific, 3125 fathoms.

Crisia eburnea—Aretic and European Seas to Madeira, depth (7).

Diachoris magellanica—Port Jackson, 2 to 10 fathoms; Falklands, 5 to 12 faitioms: Magellan Strait,
Australia, New Zealand, Adriatic, depth (?).

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 439

Escharoides verruculata—Gulf of Mexico, West of Tortugas, depth (2).
Hornera violacea—Arctic, Northern and British Seas, depth (?).
Idmonea atlantica—Tristan da Cunha, 100 to 150 fathoms; Simon’s Bay, 18 fathoms; off Nova Scotia, 85
fathoms ; Arctic, North Atlantic, Mediterranean, Florida, depth (?) ; fossil.
» marionensis—Southern Ocean, 1600 fathoms; near River Plate, 600 fathoms ; Australia and Naples
Bay, Mediterranean, depth (?) ; fossil.
» milneana—North Atlantic, off Azores, 450 fathoms; Australia, Falklands, Tierra del Fuego,
Patagonia, Chonos Archipelago, 10 to 30 fathoms (?).
Membranipora crassimarginata—Tristan, 110 to 150 fathoms ; Bass Strait, 38 fathoms ; Madeira, depth (2) ;
Gulf of Florida, 13 to 60 fathoms.
+ galeata—Simon’s Bay ; near Rio de la Plata, 600 fathoms; North Atlantic, off Azores, 450
fathoms. [Recorded from ?].
Pustulopora defleca—British Seas, Mediterranean, Gulf of Florida, depth (?).
» proboscidea—Australia, North Atlantic, Mediterranean, Gulf of Florida, depth (?).
_ proboscidioides—Gulf of Florida, depth (?).
Platydia anomioides—Mediterranean and North Atlantic, 40 to 600 fathoms; Florida Reefs, depth (?) ; fossil.

LIST IVe.

In the third place we give a list of the 20 species which are known to occur
in regions both south of and within the tropics, but which have not hitherto been
recorded from regions north of the tropic of Cancer. From the distributional notes
accompanying each species it will be observed that 10 of the species descend into
depths greater than 150 fathoms, of which only 1 species reaches deep water over 1000
fathoms.

Petrosia similis—Near the Cape, 150 fathoms; between Magellan Strait and Falklands, 70 fathoms (var.) ;
Philippines, 18 fathoms (var.).

Labidiaster annulatus—Near Arrou Islands, 800 fathoms.

Porania spiculata—Near Arrou Islands, 800 fathoms.

Goniocidaris canaliculata—Southern Ocean, 1600 to 1975 fathoms ; between Magellan Strait and Falkland
Islands, 55 fathoms; Falklands, 5 to 12 fathoms; Natal, Zanzibar and Australia,
depth (2).

Nereis (Platynerets) eatoni—Falkland Islands, 5 to 10 fathoms ; Fernando Noronha, 25 fathoms.

Bythocypris reniformis—Bass Strait, 38 fathoms ; off Brazil, 350 and 675 fathoms ; West Indies, 390 fathoms.

Cythere audei—Ascension, 7 fathoms ; Mauritius and Colon-Aspinwall, depth (?).

» wyville-thomsoni—Torres Strait, 155 fathoms.

Cytheropteron (2) angustatum—Torres Strait, 155 fathoms.

Macrocypris decora—West Indies, 390 fathoms; off Brazil, 350 fathoms; Admiralty Islands, 16 to 25
fathoms ; Australia and Batavia, depth (?).

x maculata—Simon’s Bay, 15 to 20 fathoms; Bass Strait, 38 fathoms ; Amboina, 15 to 20 fathoms.

Campylonotus capensis—Off Brazil, 350 fathoms.

Mytilus magellanicus—Falkland Islands, 12 fathoms; Fiji, New Zealand, depth (?).

Fusus (Euthria) fuscatus—Falkland Islands, 4 to 12 fathoms ; Peru, depth (?),

Caberea darwinti—Tristan da Cunha, 110 to 150 fathoms; near Cape, 150 fathoms ; near Crozets, 210 to 550
fathoms ; Magellan Strait, New Zealand and Cumberland Island, depth (?).

risia holdsworthii—Ceylou, depth (2). .

Jalicornaria malvinensis—Magellan Strait, 45 fathoms; Falkland Islands, 5 to 10 fathoms ; New Hebrides
70 fathoms ; South Patagonia, depth (?) ; fossil.

Smittia jacobensis—Cape Verde Islands, 100 to 120 fathoms.

Terebratula uwwa—S.E. Australia, 150 fathoms ; off River Plate, 600 fathoms ; Falklands and Guatemala, depth (?).

Aplidium fumigatum—Philippines, reefs.

VOL. XXXVIII. PART II. (NO. 10). 3N

440 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

LIST IV/.

In the fourth place we give a list of the 16 widely-distributed species which are
known to occur both in tropical and extra-tropical regions. From the distributional
notes accompanying each species it will be observed that 13 of the species descend
into depths greater that 150 fathoms, of which 7 species reach deep water over 1000
fathoms.

Halichondria panicea—Japan, shore ; Torres Strait, Ceylon, British Seas, and Atlantic, depth (?).

Stylocordyla stipitata—Southern Ocean, 1600 fathoms; Bahia, 7 to 20 fathoms; Nova Scotia, 85 fathoms ;
British Seas, and Grenada, depth (2).

Letmonice producta—Mid South Atlantic, 1900 fathoms ; Southern Ocean, 1375 to 1950 fathoms ; near New
Zealand, 700 fathoms ; near Torres Strait, 1400 fathoms ; Nova Scotia, 85 fathoms ;
Mid North Atlantic, 1675 fathoms ; Mid North Pacific, 2300 and 2900 fathoms.

Scolecolepis cirrata—West Indies, 450 fathoms ; both sides of North Atlantic, 29 to 584 fathoms.

Bairdia victrix—Bass Strait, 38 fathoms ; near Sydney, 410 fathoms ; Mid South Atlantic, 1425 fathoms ; off
Brazil, 350 and 675 fathoms ; off Azores, 450 and 900 fathoms ; Colon-Aspinwall
and Cuba, depth (?).

Cythere dictyon—Cosmopolitan, 37 to 2750 fathoms.

Krithe bartonensis—Near Arrou Islands, 580 fathoms ; European seas, depth (?) ; fossil.

5, producta—Widely distributed : South, tropical and North Atlantic, Magellan Strait, South and tropical
Pacific, and Southern Ocean, 50 to 1825 fathoms.

Polycope orbicularis—Near Cape, 150 fathoms ; Torres Strait, 155 fathoms ; Vigo Bay, 11 fathoms; Arctic and
North Atlantic, depth (?) ; fossil.

Xestoleberis curta—Port Jackson, 2 to 10 fathoms ; South-East Pacific, 1375 fathoms ; Torres Strait, 6 fathoms ;
Sandwich Islands, 40 fathoms; off Bermuda, 435 fathoms ; West Indies, depth (?).

Saxicava aretica—Tristan da Cunha, 100 to 150 fathoms ; Cape, 98 and 150 fathoms ; Port Jackson, 2 to 10
fathoms ; Magellan Strait, 245 fathoms; between Magellan Strait and Falklands,
55 fathoms; off Azores, 450 fathoms ; a cosmopolitan species ; fossil.

Dentalium entalis—Ascension, 420 fathoms ; North Atlantic, off Portugal, Canaries, Azores, and Nova Scotia,
85 to 620 fathoms ; Arctic, North Atlantic, Gulf of Mexico, and Mediterranean, down
to 1750 fathoms ; fossil.

Scissurella crispata—West Indies, 390 fathoms ; Arctic, North Atlantic, and Mediterranean, 4 to 790 fathoms ;
fossil.

Hippothoa flagellum—Cosmopolitan, depth (2) ; fossil.

Nellia oculata—Near Crozets, 210 to 550 fathoms ; Torres Strait, 28 and 49 fathoms ; Philippines, 18 fathoms ;
Bahia, 10 to 40 fathoms ; Indian Ocean, Gulf of Florida, depth (?).

Terebratulina caput-serpentis—Near Cape, 150 fathoms ; Nova Scotia, 51 and 85 fathoms ; West Indies, Arctic,
North Atlantic, North Pacific, and Australia, depth (?).

We may now summarise the distribution of these 169 species, which extend into other
regions of the ocean outside the Kerguelen shallow-water area, as follows :-—

Bathymetrical Distribution —It appears that of these 169 species, 92 species are
apparently not found deeper than the 150 fathoms line, the remaining 77 species are found
on both sides of the 150 fathoms line, of which 28 species cross the 1000 fathoms line
into deep water.

this area by an asterisk *.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 441

LIST IV y.

Eight of the species are recorded from the shore, and there are also 9 species recorded
from the shore which are known only from the area under consideration ; it may be of
interest to give here a list of these 17 shore species, indicating the 9 species confined to

Halichondiia panicea. Patella fuegiensis.
Echinus margaritaceus. * 4, kerguelensis.
Hemiaster cavernosus. * Rissoa (Setia) australis.
Jeera pubescens. (CO eine are
Halicarcinus planatus. wa (Saya
Mytilus magellanicus. *Scissurella obliqua.

* Katoniella caliginosa. *Skenea subcanaliculata.
Hydrobia caliginosa, * Hemiarthrum setulosum.

* Neobuccinum eatoni.

These are all shallow-water species unknown deeper than 150 fathoms, except
Echinus margaritaceus and Hemiaster cavernosus, which descend to 245 and 400 fathoms
respectively.

Geographical Distribution.—Of the 169 species we find that :—

62 species are represented in the Magellan Strait area (including Falklands and Fuegia).

45
44
40

29

22

29

9

29

9

>

» North Atlantic.
,, South Pacific (including Bass Strait).
» south Atlantic.
among the islands of the Southern Ocean (including South
Georgia).
in the Tropical Pacific.
, Tropical Atlantic.
, deep-water area of the Kerguelen Region.
, Aretie Ocean.
» North Pacific.
» Indian Ocean.
,, Antarctic regions (surface and moderate depths).

In addition there are 6 species the habitats of which outside this area are unknown,
and 1 species (Cythere polytrema) known only as a fossil outside this area.

442 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

LIST IVA.

The following eighteen species have been recorded as occurring in the fossil condition,
and are therefore of interest :—

Cythere polytrema. Odostomia rissoides.

Krithe bartonensis. Punceturella noachina.

Polycope orbicularis. Scissurella crispata.

Sclerochilus contortus, Hippothoa flagellum.

Nestoleberis depressa. Idmonea atlantica.

Saxicava arctica. rn marionensis.

Dentalium entalis. Salicornaria malvinensis.

Homalogyra atomus. Platydia anomiotdes.

Natica (Lunatia) grénlandica. Rhynchonella nigricans. ‘
LIST IVz.

Turning now our attention to the 325 genera represented at these shallow-water
Stations, we find that the following 25 genera (or 8 per cent.) are known up to the
present time only from these Stations. It will be observed that the great majority (20)
of the genera each include only a single species taken at a single Station; 1 genus,
however, with a single species was taken at two distinct Stations; 3 genera each
contain 2 species taken at two Stations, and 1 genus contains 2 species, both taken at
the same Station, as indicated in brackets after the name :—

Cinachyra (1 species taken at 1 Station). Socarnoiules (1 species taken at 1 Station).
Seytophorus (1 cs 1 aa) Sophrosyne @l _ 1 ee)
Schizotricha (2 53 2 soe) Astrurus (1 35 1 3)
Staurotheca (1 x 1 oe) Paralamprops (1 s 1 oe)
Perknaster (2 “ 2 re) Provocator (1 1 2 “ae 3)
Salvatoria ‘(il C 1 jae) Marseniopsis (2 3 2 o.)
Acanthechinus (1 - 1 ae) Ascopera (2 55 1 ee)
Cardenio qd a 1 a) Chorizocormus (1 os 1 a)
Cheirimedon (1 = 1 a) Morchellioides (1 5 1 7)
Dodecas el 5 1 A) Tylobranchion (1 5 1 0)
Harpinioides (1 5 1 ze BS) Mureenolepis (1 ° 1 a)
Kerguelenia (1 i 1 Avieah) Zanclorhynchus (1 ‘a 1 5
Protellopsis (1 95 1 a)

In addition the two genera Hulagisca and Neasellus, each with a single species, are
known apart from these dredgings only from near the Rio de la Plata, in 600 fathoms.

Gnithophuusia gigas, Willemoes-Suhm. ‘Taken by the Challenger in the North Atlantic and in the Kerguelen Region,

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 445

IESE AW

METAZOA RECORDED FROM THE KERGUELEN REGION, FROM SOURCES OTHER THAN THE
CHALLENGER EXPEDITION.

In order to complete our survey of the marine fauna of the Kerguelen Region we give
here a list of species recorded from other sources! (British and American Transit of Venus
Expeditions, “Gazelle” Expedition, &c.), excluding a number of unnamed species, the
distribution of which cannot be discussed, as well as land and fresh-water species. Species
already recorded in the preceding Challenger list (List IV.) are not repeated in this list,
and where the nomenclature does not agree that adopted in the Challenger Report is

indicated in square brackets.

MoNnaAXONIDA*:
Hlalichondria | = Suberites| carnosa, Johnston. Recorded from Britain, Azores,
Fernando Noronha, Port Jackson, and Vancouver's Island (?).
| = Myxilla| plumosa, Johnston. Recorded from Pritain.
sanguinea, Johnston. Recorded from Britain.

99

)
Isodictya rosea, Bowerbank. Recorded from Britain.

! See “An account of the Petrological, Botanical, and Zoological Collections made in Kerguelen’s Land and
Rodriguez during the Transit of Venus Expeditions, carried out by order of Her Majesty’s Government in the years
1874-75,” Philosophical Transactions, vol. 168 (extra volume), 1879; J. H. Kipper, “Contributions to the Natural
History of Kerguelen Island, made in connection with the United States Transit-of-Venus Expedition, 1874-75,” Bull.
U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 3, 1876 ; Sruprr, “ Uber Echinodermen aus dem antarktischen Meere, gesammelt auf der Reise
S.M.S. Gazelle um die Erde,” Monatsber. d. k. Akad. d. Wiss, Berlin, 1876, pp. 452-463 ; Stuper, Ibid., 1878, pp. 542-
546, 633, 661 ; SrupER, “ Die Fauna von Kerguelensland,” Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, Jahrg. xlv. Bd. i. pp. 104-141,
1879 ; StupER, “ Uebersicht tiber die Ophiuriden, welche, wihrend der Reise S.M.S. Gazelle um die Erde 1874-1876
gesammelt wurden,” Abhandl. d. k. Akad. d. Wiss. Berlin, 1882, pp. 1-37 ; StupER, “ Isopoden, gesammelt wihrend der
Reise S.M.S. Gazelle um die Erde 1874-76,” Ibid., 1883, pp. 1-28 ; Gruss, “ Annelidenausbeute von 8.M.S. Gazelle,”
Monatsber. d. k. Akad. d. Wiss. Berlin, 1877, pp. 509-554 ; Crossn, “Faune malacologique des fles Kerguelen,” Journ.
de Conchyliologie, sér. 3, tom. xvii. p. 1, 1877.

2 Of the Sponges collected at Kerguelen by the British Transit of Venus Expedition, H. J. Carrer writes :—The
collection of Sponges from Kerguelen Island is very limited in extent. So far as it goes, it may be said to present a
European, and more especially a British facies. Half of the species at the fewest, may he picked up at any time on
the beach of South Devon :—viz., Isodictya rosea, Halichondria plumosa, H. carnosa, and H. sanguinea. To these we
might add a fifth species, H. panicea, for the Kerguelen variety differs from the normal British form only in the
possession of spicules twice the size of the latter. Of the three species remaining Thalystas is common to the Mediter-
ranean and the seas between the Americas ; the Ute occurs on the N.W. coast of Spain and in the Mediterranean ;
and one only, the Tvthya, is decidedly antarctic. This last was the only specimen obtained from a considerable depth ;
all of the others were either collected with the grapple within the Laminarian zone, or were the produce of shore-
collecting between tide-marks or amidst the refuse of the beach. Probably more extended research would have brought
to light divers of the many peculiar forms which abound in the Cape seas and in those of the southern part of
Australia. Jn the course of my examination I have met with very few Foraminifera, no Globigerina, and no coccoliths.—
(Phil. Trans., vol. 168, p. 286.)

CARTER refers some Sponges collected at Kerguelen by the British Transit of Venus Expedition to the species
Thalysias subtriangularis, Duchassaing and Michelotti, and Tethya wntarctica, Carter. Riptey and Drnpy refer
the first to their Petrosia similis, regarding it as distinct from the West Indian Petrosiw subtriangularis, while
Soxtas refers the second to his Tetilla grandis, regarding it as distinct from Tvtilla wntarctica obtained by Ross?
Antarctic Expedition in 206 and 300 fathoms in the neighbourhood of Victoria Land.

444 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

CALCAREA :

Ute [= Sycon| capillosa, Schmidt. Recorded from Vigo Bay and Mediterranean.
ALCYONARIA :

Clavularia rosea, Studer.

Isis | = Primnoisis] antarctica, Studer (see List III).

ACTINIARIA :
Actinopsis rosea, Studer.
Bolocera kerguelensis, Studer.
Bunodes kergquelensis, Studer.
Edwardsia kerquelensis, Studer.
Halcampa purpurea, Studer.

Hyprorwa!:

Campanularia (2) cylindrica,” Allman. Recorded from Baftin’s Bay.
Coryne conferta, Allman.

Halecium mutilum,’ Allman.

Hydractinia antarctica, Studer.

Sertularella | = Sertularia| lagena, Allman.

*, [ 25 | unilateralis, Allman.
Sertularia polyzonias, Linné. A widely distributed species.
Tubularia (2) kergquelensis, Studer.

ASTEROIDEA*:

1 PreFFER records the widely distributed species, Sertularia operculata, Linné, from the Kerguelen region.—
(Ergebnisse der deutschen Polar-Expeditionen.)

2 The species which has been referred to Campanularia cannot be specifically distinguished from a hydroid
obtained last autumn by H.M.S. “ Valorous” in Baffin’s Bay. It belongs to a common group of campanularian forms ;
but yet the fact of identical forms occurring in such widely separated localities, though under conditions probably
very similar, is one of great interest and significance, more especially as the distribution can hardly be explained, as
in certain other cases, by the transporting agency of ships’ bottoms. . . . A form which cannot be distinguished
specifically from this [Campanularia (2) cylindrica], has more recently been dredged by H.M.S. “Valorous” from 60
fathoms in Baffin’s Bay.—_(AtuMan, Phil. Trans., vol. 168, pp. 282, 284.)

3 This species [Halecium mutilum], like H. macrocephalum, Allman, from the western part of the Gulf Stream,
and H. sessile, Norman, from the Hebrides, is remarkable for the utter absence of the tubular prolongation of the
lateral orifice of the internode which gives support to the hydranth in most of the species of Haleciwin.—(ALLMaN,
Phil. Trans., vol. 168, p. 283.)

4 Of the Echinodermata collected at Kerguelen by the British Transit of Venus Expedition, E. A. Smrru writes :—
Opportunity was taken some pages back of exhibiting the relations of the Molluscan fauna of Kerguelen Island to
that of the Falklands and Patagonia; and it was pointed out that representatives of boreal types entered into its
composition. Materials for similar comparisons between the Echinodermata indigenous to the same regions scarcely
exist, but such as there are, make it apparent that what obtains in the Mollusca holds good also in the Echinodermata
with respect to geographical distribution. . .. A similarity to certain boreal terms is exhibited by some of the
species. Thus Porania antarctica strangely resembles P. pulvillus of the northern seas of Europe ; the Pedicellaster
represents another septentrional genus; Pteraster affinis imitates closely Pt. mzlitaris of boreal waters. The genera
Ophioglypha and Ophiacantha are almost cosmopolitan in distribution ; yet the Kerguelen Island representative of the

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 445

Asterias rupicola,' Verrill.
e studeri, Bell.
Inmidiaster hirsutus, Studer.

.
OPHIUROIDEA :

Ophiogona levigata, Studer.

Ophiolepis (Ophioglypha) carinata, Studer.

Ophiomyxa vivipara, Studer. Recorded from Cape, Falklands, and Magellan Strait.
Pectinura (Ophioglypha) verrucosa, Studer.

HOoLOoTHURIOIDEA :
Cuvieria | = Psolus] porifera,’ Studer.
Sigmodota purpurea, Studer [=Chirodota studeri, Théel]. Recorded from
Magellan Strait.
Trachythyone | = Thyone| muricata, Studer.

GEPHYREA :

Thalassema verrucosa, Studer.

ANNELIDA’ :
Arenicola piscatorum, Cuvier, var.
Artacama proboscidea,* Malmgren. Recorded from North Atlantic.
Lumbricus kerguelarum, Grube.
Neottis spectalilis, Verrill.
Nereis antarctica, Verrill.
Ophryotrocha claparedii, Studer.
Polynoé (Harmothoé) fullo, Grube. Recorded from Magellan Strait.
Sabella costulata, Grube.

CoPEPODA :
Harpacticus fulvusy Fischer. Recorded from Europe.

former, 0. hexactis, in colour and in tout ensemble approaches 0. Sarsit of the Greenland coast.—(Phil. Trans., vol. 168,
pp- 270-1.)

1 F. Leipolt doubtiully regards this as a synonym of Asterias rugtspina, Stimpson, from Tierra del Fuego, Magellan
Strait, and off Buenos Ayres (Zeztschr. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. lix. p. 563, 1895).

2 THSEL considers the form named by StruDER Cuvteria porifera to be possibly identical with Psolus ambulator,
Bell, from Australia.

’ GRUBE and M‘Inrosu referred specimens collected at Kerguelen to the Magellan Strait species Hermadion longi-
cirratus, Kinberg, and Hermadion magalhense, Kinberg, but an examination of Challenger specimens from Kerguelen
convinced M‘Inros# that the Kerguelen species is distinct, and he named it Hermadion kerguelensis.

M‘Intos# considers the Serpula patagonica of GRUBE to be a synonym of Serpula narconensis, Baird.

Sruper records a species of Nereis without authority (Nereis aprogenia) from Kerguelen, 100 fathoms.

+ GruBE records the northern Artacama proboscidea, Malmgren, from Kerguelen ; his specimens possibly belong
to Artacama challengerie, MIntosh, which seems to be very frequent in Kerguelen waters.

® The occurrence of this species [Hurpacticus fulvus] in Kerguelen Island is particularly interesting from the fact

446 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

AMPHIPoDA!:
Anonyx kergueleni® (Miers).
Lysianassa kidderi, Smith.
Podocerus ornatus, Miers.

Isopopa’:
Abga senicarinata, Miers.
Cassidina emarginata, Guérin-Ménéville. Recorded from Patagonia, Magellan
Strait, Falklands, and South Georgia.
maculata, Studer.

29
Dynamene eatoni, Miers. c
Spheroma gigas, Leach. Recorded from Patagonia, Australia, and New Zealand.

PycNnoGonrpa :
Nymphon gracilipes,* Miers.
Tanystylum styligerum, Miers.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA’ :

Anatina impressa, Watson in litt.

that it is found all over the European shores in precisely similar situations, that is to say in brackish pools, at or above
high-water mark, which are liable to become warm through exposure to the sun’s rays. These are in no respect
distinguishable from European specimens—(G. 8. Brapy, Phil. Trans., vol. 168, p. 215.)

1 Prerrer records Rhachotropis aculeatus (Lepechin) from the Kerguelen region (Ergebnisse der deutschen Polar-
Expeditionen) ; this is probably the species named by SteBppine Rhachotropis kerguelent.

2 In the form of the antero-lateral angles of the cephalon, and of the postero-lateral angles of the third segment
of the pleon, this species [Anonyx kerguelent] to some extent resembles (1) Hippomedon holbolli, Kroyer, as described
by Boxcx, as well as (2) H. abyssi, Goés, and (8) Anonyx pumilus, Lilljeborg—all from the Northern Sea. ... The
eyes, also, which are well marked in the species just referred to, are not visible in any of the specimens of A. kerguelent.—
(E. J. Miers, Phil. Trans., vol. 168, p. 208.)

3 SpupER’s Serolis ovalis is a synonym of Serolis septemcarinata, Miers, as StuDER himself supposed when he
published his description.

4 This species [Nymphon antarcticum=N. gracilipes] is allied to N. grossipes, O. Fab., as described by Kroyer,
from the northern seas, but differs somewhat in the length of the neck, and in the proportions of the joints of the legs
and appendages.—(E. J. Miers, Phil. Trans., vol. 168, p. 212.)

5 f. A. Smrru introduces his description of the Mollusca collected by the British Transit of Venus Expedition at
Kerguelen thus :—The Malacological fauna resembles generally that of the Falkland Islands and South Patagonia.
More than half of the genera and seven or eight of the species found at Kerguelen Island are known to occur at those
localities, and further research will probably discover a still greater number of genera and species to be common to
these two, longitudinally, so widely separated localities. With respect to their latitudes the difference is unimportant,
since they both range between 49° and 54°S. lat. As the Cape of Good Hope, Tasmania, and South West Australia
are the nearest points of mainland, it might be, expected that some resemblance to the fauna of those countries might
be observable. However, it is not so, as far as our present knowledge extends. Many of the shells from Kerguelen
Island have the generally unattractive appearance, as regards coloration, which so frequently obtains in species found
in cold climates. Indeed, some of them seem to be southern representatives of boreal types. The Neobuccinwm,
Trophon, Saxicava, Kellia, Yoldia, Radula, and Doris, are remarkable instances of similarity to northern forms.—
(Plul. Trans., vol. 168, p. 167.)

In the actual state of our knowledge, the malacological fauna of Kerguelen is composed of 26 species. This fauna
is eminently austral. It is intimately related to that of New Zealand, by the presence of some common species
(Purpura striata, Venus stutchburyi, Mytilus canaliculus), and by that of the genus Struthiolaria, which is also known

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 447

Arca (Lissarca) rubro-fusca, Smith. Recorded from Magellan Strait and South
Georgia.
Kellia consanguinea, Smith.
Kidderia | = Modiolarca| minuta, Dall. Recorded from Patagonia.
Lasea rubra (Montagu). Distribution world wide.
Lepton parasiticum, Dall (parasitic on Hemiaster caverinosus).
Modiolarca exilis, H. & A. Adams. Recorded from Falklands.
Mytilus canaliculus, Hanley. Recorded from Chili and New Zealand.
» edulis, Linné. A cosmopolitan species.
Saxicava bisulcata , Smith.
Venus (Chione) stutchburyi, Gray. Recorded from New Zealand and Sandwich
Islands (?).

GASTEROPODA :
Admete (—— ?) limneeeformis, Smith.
Eatoniella kerguelenensis (Smith). Recorded from South Georgia.
Hydrobia pumilio, Smith.
Lamellaria kerguelensis, Studer.
Marsenia kerguelenensis, Studer.
Natica sculpta, Martens. ~
Patella aenea, Martyn.
delesserti, Philippi. Recorded from Magellan Strait.
» (Nacella) mytilina, Gmelin. Recorded from Magellan Strait.
» (or Patinella) magellanica, Gmelin. Recorded from Magellan Strait.

i)

from Australia. On the other hand, it participates in character with those of the Strait of Magellan (Siphonaria
tristensis, Patella magellanica and delesserti, Kidderia minuta), of the south of Chili (Mytilus canaliculus) and of the
islands in the neighbourhood of the Cape of Good Hope (Siphonaria tristensis), Finally, it presents particular
characters which imprint it, in spite of its relative poverty, with a certain seal of originality. In fact, of the 25
marine species composing it, we encounter 15 which have been found to be new to science. This is a proportion of
about 60 per cent., a proportion veritably enormous, which may be perhaps explained by the isolation of the
Kerguelen Islands and by their almost complete state of terra cncognita in a malacological sense. The unique
terrestrial species which lives at Kerguelen, Helix hookeri, is assuredly oue of the Helices nearest to the Antarctic
circle, the existence of which is known up to the present time.—(Crossn, Journ. de Conchyliologie, sér. 3, tom. xvii.
pp. 14-15, 1877.)

PFEFFER records Modiolarca pusilla, Gould, and Mytilus ungulatus, Reeve, from the Kerguelen region.—( Ergebnisse
der deutschen Polar-Expeditionen.)

! At a first glance this species [Kellia consanguinea] might easily be mistaken for the European Lasea rubra, to
which it has a very great resemblance.—(E. A. Suriru, Pluil. Trans., vol., 168, p. 185.)

2 Of Mytilus edulis SmirH writes :—No definite distinction can be traced in the shells (unfortunately only eleven in
number) collected at Kerguelen, from specimens from the Dutch coast bought in the London market. The form of the
shell (always more or less variable), colour of the exterior and interior, the hinge with the few irregular teeth,
muscular scars, and the punctures in the interior towards the ventral margins, are precisely alike in both local forms.
... « L have closely examined the soft parts of four Kerguelen specimens, and. . . I find them to be exactly the same
as in European specimens.—(Phil. Trans., vol. 168, p. 189.)

This common species [Mytilus edulis] has hecome widely distributed, and differs considerably in form, colour,
and size. Hurron quotes it as occurring in New Zealand, and I have already identified it as coming from Kerguelen.
-—(Smiru, Zool. Chall. Exp., part 35, p. 272.)

VOL. XXXVIII. PART 11. (No. 10). 30

448 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Purpura striata, Martyn. Recorded from New Zealand.

Rissoa kergueleni, Smith.

Scalaria symphylla, Martens.

Scissurella supraplicata, Smith.

[=Siphonaria (Liriola) tristensis, Leach].
Recorded from Tristan da Cunha, Chili,
Peru, Patagonia, and Falklands.

Siphonaria redimiculum, Reeve
- tristensis, Sowerby

NUDIBRANCHIATA :

Doris tuberculata,' Cuvier [ =? Archidoris kerquelenensis, Bergh].

Poiyzoa’:

Caberea boryi,’ Audouin [ =? Caberea darwinii, Busk].
Cellularia cirrata, Ellis and Solander | = Menipea cirrata, Lamouroux |, Recorded
from the Cape.

Crisia edwardsiana (VOrbigny). Recorded from Patagonia, Tierra del Fuego,
Australia, and New Zealand.
5, kerguelensis, Busk.
Diachoris costata, Busk. Recorded from Falklands and Australia.
Discoporella { = Lichenopora] canaliculata, Busk.
os [ | fimbriata, Busk. Recorded from Tristan da Cunha,

Tierra del Fuego, Chiloe, Chonos Archipelago,
and Tasmania,

' A Nudibranch brought from Kerguelen Island by the Antarctie Expedition has been identified as a variety of
this common European species [Doris tuberculata], by Mr P. S. Apranam, who has recently been studying the species
of this genus in the national collection. He says that it possesses no characters of specific distinction from D. tuber-
culata, and differs from it only in a few slight and unimportant particulars attributable to mere variation. . . . The
undetermined Doris found by Dr KippEr in tide pools at low-water in Royal Sound will very likely prove to be the
same species—(Smitu, Phil. Trans., vol. 168, p. 183.)

StupEr doubtfully records Doris tuberculata from Kerguelen, but Brercu considers the form referred to as
probably identical with his Archidoris kerguelenensis and distinct from the northern form,

* Of Mr Eaton’s collection of Polyzoa from Kerguelen Busk writes :—The collection affords nine or ten forms
previously undescribed ; the remainder belong to a fauna which ranges from the southern extremity of S. America
(which may be regarded as its “centre”) to New Zealand in a westerly direction, one or two species extending even
farther, to Australia and the Cape of Good Hope. It is observable that no Arctic form has been brought from
Kerguelen Island, although some have been met with further south, two instances of the occurrence of the Arctic
Hornera lichenoides obtained during the voyage of H.M.SS. “Erebus” and “Terror” having been communicated to
me by Sir J. Hooker. Mr Eaton suspects their absence may be attributed to the shallowness of the areas searched
by him, the greatest depth being not more than 10 fathoms.—(Phil. Trans., vol. 168, p. 193.)

PrerreR records Lichenopora giynonensis, Busk, and Pedicellina australis, Ridley, from the Kerguelen region
(Ergebnisse der deutschen Polar-Expegitionen) ; in the same place he also gives Pedicellina australis, Jullien, from
the Magellan Strait region.

* The form called by Busk in the Transit of Venus Report Caberea boryi, Audouin, he subsequently considered
to be distinct from the true Caberea boryi, and he names it Caberea darwinii in the Challenger Report, where he says :—
“So far as I know at present, the true Caberea boryi of AupDoUIN is confined to the Mediterranean and Atlantic

regions, as far north as our own coast, and as far south, in all probability, as the Cape (Algoa Bay).”-—(Zool. Chall. Exp.
part 30, p. 29.)

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 449

Discoporella | Lichenopora] infundibuliformis, Busk.

Lepralia eatoni, Busk.
geleata, Busk. Recorded from Falklands and Tierra del Fuego.
margaritifera (Quoy and Gaimard). Recorded from Falklands and Tierra

”

”

del Fuego.
? Membranipora spinosa! (Quoy and Gaimard).
Menipea fuegensis, Busk [= M. aculeata (VOrbigny)]. Recorded from Magellan
Strait, Patagonia, and Falklands.
Recorded from Patagonia and Falklands.

petagonica, Busk.
Recorded from Australia and Madeira (?).

>
Pustulopora delicatula, Busk.
Tubulipora organizans, VOrbigny. Recorded from Falklands.
z )

stellata, Busk.

39
BRACHIOPODA :
Waldheimia dilatata (Lamarck) [= W. venosa (Solander)|. Recorded from Pata-

gonia and Falklands.

FISHES :
Notothenia antarctica, Peters.
coruceps, Rich. Recorded from South Georgia and Auckland Islands.

s°

2?

purpuriceps, Rich.
s tesselata, Rich (2). Recorded from Falkland Islands.

The following species might perhaps be included among the Kerguelen fauna, but

their habitats are only vaguely specified :—

Corals :
Errina fissurata, Gray. Antarctic Ocean.

SIPHONOPHORA :
Armenista antarctica (Eschscholtz). Antarctic Ocean; also Indian Ocean and

Cape of Good Hope.

HOLOTHURIOIDEA :
Ocenus [ = Cucumaria] vicarius, Bell. Antarctic Sea.

CIRRIPEDIA :
Attached to whales in the Southern Ocean.

Coronula balenaris (Gmelin).

VISHES :
Notothenia phoce, Rich. ‘“ Eismeer” (according to Pfetter).

1 Busk records Membranipora spinosa (Quoy and Gaimard) from Kerguelen in the Transit of Venus Report, and

in the Challenger Report he gives Membranipora spinosa, @Orbigny, from Australia and South Patagonia, but he

makes no mention of Kerguelen.

450 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

The foregoing enumeration (List V.) of species recorded from Kerguelen, from sources
other than the Challenger Expedition, includes about 112 species belonging to about 87
genera. Some of these species require verification, but looking upon them for the present
as authentic, and adding them to the Challenger List (List IV.), we should have a total of
645 species of Metazoa, belonging to 371 genera, recorded from the shallow waters of the
Kerguelen Region in depths not exceeding 150 fathoms. The proportion of genera to
species would thus be as 1 to 1°74, while the proportion of genera to species in List
IV. is as 1 to 1°64, due to the fact that, while all the species in List V. are distinct from
those in List IV., about half the genera in List V. are already included in List IV.

Dredging in Shallow Water from the Steam Pinnace of H.M.S. Challenger.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 451

LIST VE

IDENTICAL AND CLOSELY-ALLIED SPECIES FOUND IN THE Exrra-TRoprcAL REGIONS OF
THE NORTHERN AND SOUTHERN HEMISPHERES, AND UNKNOWN HITHERTO WITHIN
THE TROPICS.

Frequent reference has been made in the foregoing pages to the identity and close
resentblance of species recorded from the extra-tropical regions of the Northern and
Southern Hemispheres, which, however, up to the present time, are unknown from the
intervening tropical zone. For the information of those interested in the subject, the
names of the identical and closely-allied species’ which show this peculiar distribution

are brought together in the following lists.
‘In the first place we give a list of 90 identical species from the Northern and Southern

Hemispheres unrecorded from within the tropics:—

MONAXONIDA :
Awinella erecta.
Halichondria sanguinea.
Tsodict ya rosea.
Myxilla plumosa.

Suberites carnosus.

HEXACTINELLIDA :
Aulocalyx irregularis.
Chonelasma lamella.

CALCAREA :

Sycon capillosum.

ACTINIARIA :
Cereus spinosus.
Liponema nultiporum.

CorALs :
Flabellum apertwin.

1 For further species known only from north and south of the tropics, and unrecorded from the intervening
tropics, which do not come within the scope of this paper, see Challenger Report, Summary of Results, pp. 1446-1449.

452. DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Hybroiba :
Campanularia cylindrica.
Eudendrium rameum.
Obelia geniculata.

CRINOIDEA :

Antedon abyssicola.

ASTEROIDEA :
Dytaster exilis,
Pontaster forcipatus.

OPHIUROIDEA : ;
Ophiacantha rosea.
Ophicrnus vallincola.
Ophiocten hastatum.

“p sericeum.
Ophioglypha bullata.

Ap wroratd.

ECHINOIDEA :

Phormosoma hoplacantha.
Pourtalesia phiale.

HOoLoTHURIOIDEA :
Elpidia glacialis.
Euphronides depressa.
Holothuria thomsoni.
Kolga nana.
Letmogone wyville-thomson.

NEMERTEA ;
Drepanophorus serraticollis.
Pelagonemertes rollestoni.

ANNELIDA :
Artacama proboscidea.
Eunice cerstedi.
Eupista darwint.
Placostegus ornatus.
Terebellides stremi.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN.

OSTRACODA :
Cythere irpex.

suhmi.

39
Krithe tunida.
Paradoxostoma abbreviatum.
Pseudocythere caudata.
Sclerochilus contortus.
Xestoleberis depress.

ex pansd.

9

CoPEPODA :

Harpacticus fulvus.

CIRRIPEDIA :

Scalpellum velutinum.

AMPHIPODA :
Eusirus longipes.
Podocerus falcatus.
tuberculatus.

9

Isopopa :
Eurycope fragilis.
Neotanais umericanus.
Typhlotanais kerguelenensis.

SCHIZOPODA :
Boreomysis scyphops.
Gnathophausia gigas.

Macrura:

Glyphocrangon rimapes.

ANOMURA ?
Miunidopsis antonii.

subsquamosa.

3?

LAMELLIBRANCHTATA :
Glomus nitens.
Kellia suborbicularis.

Mytilus edulis.

45

cay
ov

454. DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

ScaAPHOPODA AND GASTEROPODA :
Dentalium keras.
Homalogyra atomus.
Lanthina rotundata.
Natica (Lunatia) grénlandica,
Odostomia rissoides.
Puncturella noachina.
Trochus (Margarita) infundibulum.

NUDIBRANCHIATA :

2? Doris tuberculata.

Poiyzoa :
Cribrilina monoceros.
Crisia eburnea.
Diachoris magellanica.
Escharoides verruculata.
Hornera lichenoides.
,» violacea.
Idmonea atlantica.
5) Mmarionensis.
» milneana.
Kinetoskias cyathus.
Membranipora crassimarginata
< galeata.
Pustulopora deflexa.
delicatula.
proboscidea.
proboscidioides.

39

BRACHIOPODA :

Platydia anomioides.

TUNICATA :

Pyrosoma spinosum.

FISHES :
Halosaurus macrochir.
Stonuas boa.

Synaphobranchus bathybius.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 455

LIST VI a.

In addition to the identical species noted in the preceding list as having been recorded
from both the Northem and Southern Hemispheres and unknown in the intervening
tropical zone, we give now, in the second place, a list of representative or apparently
closely-allied species occurring in northern and southern waters respectively, and so far
as is known not recorded from the tropics.

SOUTHERN SPECIES. NoRTHERN REPRESENTATIVES.

M@naxonipa :

Amphilectus apollinis, Artemisina suberitoides.

Desmacidon (H.) kergquelenensis. Desmacidon (H.) palmata.

Gellius flagellifer. Gellius vagabundus of Vosmaer.

Tophon chelifer. Tophon piceum.

Myzxilla nobilis. Myxilla paupertas.

Pachychalina pedunculata. Pachychalina caulifera.

: Cribrochalina ambigua.
Phakellia papyracea.

Tsodictya infundibuliformis.

HEXACTINELLIDA :

Caulophacus latus. Caulophacus elegans.
CRINOIDEA :

Antedon exigua. Antedon tenella.
ASTEROIDEA :

Leptoptychaster antareticus. Leptoptychaster areticus.

Porania antaretica, Porania pulvillus.

Pteraster affinis. Pteraster militaris.

Solaster subarcuatus. Solaster endeca.

OPHIUROIDEA :

Ophiacantha tnago. Ophiacantha anomala.
Ophioglypha hexactis. Ophioglypha sarsi.
RS meridionalis. Es robusta.

ANNELIDA:
Lumbriconereis kerguelensis. Lumbriconereis nardonts.
Nereis (P.) eatoni. Nereis dumerilit.

VOL. XXXVIII. PART II. (NO. 10). 3P

456 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

SOUTHERN SPECIES.

OSTRACODA :
Cythere forcolata.
», kerguelenensis.
Cytheropteron assimile,
:; scaphoides.
Cytherura lilljeborgi.

CIRRIPEDIA :

Balanus corollifornus.

AMPHIPODA :
Amphilochus marionis.
Andania abyssorun.
Euthemisto thomsoni.
Liljeborgia consanguinea,
Metopa nasutigenes.
Orchomene abyssorum. \
. cavimanus.
Pardalisca marionis.

ISOPODA:

Leptognathia australis.
Pleurogonium albidum. \
" serratum.

CUMACEA:
Campylaspis nodulosa.
Diastylis horrida.
Leucon assinilis.

ANOMURA :

Lithodes murray?.

PYCNOGONIDA :
Colossendeis megalonyx.
Nymphon brachyrhynchus.
= brevicaudatum.
a gracilipes.

NorTHERN REPRESENTATIVES.

Cythere borealis.
» albomaculata.
Cytheropteron latissimum.
Zs subcircinatum.
Cytherura clathrata.

Balanus hirsutus.

Amphilochus tenuimaius.
Andania abyssi.
Euthemisto bispinosa.
Liljeborgia pallida,
Metopa nasuta.

Orchomene musculosus.

Pardalisca cuspidata.

Leptognathia longiremis.

Pleurogonium rubicundum

Campylaspis verrucosa.
Diastylis lucifera.
Leucon nasicus.

Lithodes maia.

Colossendeis proboscidea.
Nymphon stramii,
is brevitarse.

grossipes.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN.

SOUTHERN SPECIES.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA :

Cardita astartoides,
Cryptodon marionensis.

Neera fragilissima,
Thracia meridionalis.
GASTEROPODA :
Natica fartilis.

» (A.) suturalis.
Trophon declinans.
Turritella austrina.
CEPHALOPODA:

Bathyteuthis abyssicola.

TUNICATA :

Ascidia challengeri.

FISHES :
Bathysaurus ferox.
Haplochitonidee.
Cheenichthys. \
Notothenia. J

NorTHERN REPRESENTATIVES.

Cardita borealis.
f Cryptodon flexuosus.
* gouldir.
Neewra curta.
Thracia truncata.

Natica affinis.

» tslandica.
Trophon truncatus.
Turritella terebra.

Bentheoteuthis megalops.
Ascidia mentula.

Bathysaurus agassiz
Salmonoids.

Cottoids.

Cythere dictyon, Brady. A cosmopolitan species, taken in the Kerguelen Region both in deep and}{in shallow waters

45

7

458 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

LIST Vir

FORAMINIFERA OBSERVED IN THE DEposITS FROM THE KERGUELEN REGION
AT VARIOUS DEPTHs.

The following species of Foraminifera were observed in the deposits obtained in the
Southern Indian Ocean during the cruise of the Challenger between the Cape of
Good Hope and Australia to the south of lat. 40° §., viz. :—Station 144, 1570 fathoms ;
Station 146, 1375 fathoms; Station 149 (Kerguelen), 20 to 120 fathoms; Station 150,
150 fathoms; Station 151 (Heard Island), 75 fathoms; Station 153, 1675 fathoms;
Station 157, 1950 fathoms; Station 158, 1800 fathoms; and Station 160, 2600 fathoms.

The pelagic species are indicated by an asterisk *.

Nubecularia inflata, Brady.
Biloculina bulloides, dV Orbigny.

7 depressa, VOrbigny.
o 3 var: murrhyna, Schwager.
5 & var. serrata, Brady.
3 elongata, d’Orbigny.
6A irregularis, @Orbigny.
5 ringens (Lamarck),
“ sphera, d’Orbigny.
a tubulosa, Costa.
Spiroloculina planulata (Lamarck).
53 tenuis (Czjzek).

Miliolina auberiana (d’Orbigny).
bueculenta, Brady.

5 circularis (Bornemann),
. Jichteliana (d’Orbigny).
: oblonga (Montagu).

- seminulum (Linné),

% subrotunda (Montagu).
D venusta (Karrer).

Articulina funalis, Brady.

* » var. tnornata, Brady.
Ophthalnuidium inconstans, Brady.
Planispirina celata (Costa).

Cornuspira foliacea (Philippi).

os involvens, Reuss.

Orbitolites tenuissima, Carpenter.
Keramosphera murrayi, Brady.
Astrorhiza angulosa, Brady.

" arenaria, Norman.
5 crassatina, Brady.
49 granulosa, Brady.

5 sp. (2).
Pelostna cylindrica, Brady.

Pelosina votundata, Brady.
Storthosphera sp. (2).
Technitella legumen, Norman.
Bathysiphon filiformis, Sars.
Psammosphera fusca, Schulze.
Saccammina spherica, Sars.
Jaculella obtusa, Brady.
Hyperammina elongata, Brady.

3 ramosa, Brady.

Pr) vagans, Brady.
Marsipella cylindrica, Brady.
Rhabdammina abyssorum, Sars.

FF disereta, Brady.
Aschemonella catenata (Norman).

o ramuliformis, Brady.
Rhizammina algeformis, Brady.
Reophax adunca, Brady.

5 ampullucea, Brady.

. cylindrica, Brady.
dentaliniformis, Brady.
oF diflugiformis, Brady.

a distans, Brady.

» fusiformis (Williamson).
guttifera, Brady.
nodulosa, Brady.
pilulifera, Brady.
scorpiurus, Montfort.

» spteulifera, Brady.
Haplophragmium agglutinans (d’Orbigny).
canariense (d’Orbigny).
foliaceum, Brady.
globigeriniforme

Jones).
glomeratum, Brady.

(Parker and

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN.

Haplophragmium latidorsatum (Bornemann).

33 nanum, Brady.
- rotulatum, Brady.
$5 scitulum, Brady.

Y turbinatum, Brady.
Placopsilina bulla, Brady.

5 cenomana (d’Orbigny).
. vesicularis, Brady.
Thuranmina albicans, Brady.
A compressa, Brady.
" papillata, Brady.
Hormosina carpenter’, Brady.
6 ovicula, Brady.
Ammodiscus charoides (Jones and Parker).
saa gordialis (Jones and Parker). .
rs schoneanus, Siddall,
An tenuis, Brady.
Trochammina galeata, Brady.
6 lituiformis, Brady,
5 pauctloculata, Brady.
3 trullissata, Brady.

Webbina clavata, Jones and Parker.
a hemispheerica, Jones, Parker, and Brady.
Cyclammina cancellata, Brady.
3 orbicularis, Brady.
F pusilla, Brady.
Textularia concava (Karrer).
Verneuilina pygmea (Egger).
Gaudryina pupoides, VOrbigny.
Clavulina communis, VOrbigny.
Bulimina aculeata, VOrbigny.
eS marginata, d’Orbigny.
as rostrata, Brady.
5 subteres, Brady.
Virgulina schreibersiana, Czjzek.
7 squamosa, d’Orbigny
of subdepressa, Brady.
Bolivina punctata, VOrbigny.
a reticulata, Hantken.
Pleurostomella brevis, Schwager.

9 (2) sp.
Cassidulina bradyi, Norman.
” crassa, VOrbigny.
5 levigata, VOrbigny.
7 subglobosa, Brady.

Ehrenbergina serrata, Reuss.
Lagena acuta (Reuss).
» acuticosta, Reuss.
» alveolata, Brady.
of os var. substriata, Brady.
» apiculata, Reuss.
», auriculata, Brady.
» Lotelliformis, Brady.

Lagena clavata (d’Orbigny).

» distoma, Parker and Jones.

» exsculpta, Brady.

» fetldeniana, Brady.

» Jimbriata, Brady.

» formosa, Schwager.

H cs var. favosa, Brady.

» globosa (Montagu).

» gracilis, Williamson.

» gracillima (Seguenza).

» hertwigiana, Brady.

» hexagona (Williamson).

» wmterrupta, Williamson.

» laevigata (Reuss).

» levis (Montagu).

» lineata (Williamson),

», longispina, Brady.
marginata (Walker and Boys).
0 5 var. semimarginata, Reuss.

» orbignyana (Seguenza).

» gquadralata, Brady.

» gquadricostulata, Reuss.

» semistriata, Williamson.

» sguamosa (Montagu).

» staphyllearia (Schwager).

» stelligera, Brady.

», striata (V’Orbigny).

» sulcata (Walker and Jacob).

» truncata, Brady.

Nodosaria calomorpha, Reuss.

Fe communis, VOrbigny.

af mucronata, Neugeboren.
55 obliqua (Linné).

os roemert (Neugeboreu).

(Glandulina) levigata, d’Orbigny.
- ( 55 ) rotundata, Reuss.
5 sp. (1).
Marginulina costata (Batsch).
Vaginulina legumen (Linné).
3 linearis (Montagu).
Cristellaria convergens, Bornemann.
crepidula (Fichtel and Moll).
3 cultrata (Montfort).
55 sp. (2).
Polymorphina angusta, Egger.
aes lanceolata, Reuss.
3 sororia, Reuss.
* » var. cuspidata, Brady.
rf thouint, d’Orbigny.
Uvigerina aculeata, d@Orbigny.
angulosa, Williamson.
asperula, Czjzek.
brunnensis, Karrer.

”

”

”

”

459

460 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Uvigerma pyginea, @Orbigny. Truncatulina akneriana (V Orbigny).

+ tenuistriata, Reuss. = haidingerii (V’Orbigny).

5 sp. (1). - lobatula, Walker aud Jacob,
Sayrina raphanus, Parker aud Jones. _ pygmea, Hantken.

*Globigerina bulloides, d’Orbigny. % tenera, Brady.

* nf oe var. triloba, Reuss. 3 ungeriana (VOrbigny).
4 rn dubia, Egger, “ wuellerstorfi (Schwager).
2 5 dutertret, V@Orbigny. Anomalina grosserugosa (Giimbel).

a 55 inflata, d’Orbigny. * Pulvinulina crassa (d’Orbigny).
*Orbulina universa, VOrbigny. 3 elegans (@’Orbigny).

* Pullenia obliquiloculata, Parker and Jones, " exiqgua, Brady.

» guingueloba, Reuss. “ 5 micheliniana (d’Orbigny).

» sphroides (d’Orbigny), ~ 5 patagonica (d’Orbigny).
Spheroidina bulloides, d’Orbigny. ie pauperata, Parker and Jones.
Spivillina decorata, Brady. ‘ umbonata, Reuss,

3 limbata, Brady. Rotalia orbicularis, @Orbigny.

. obconica, Brady. 5, soldandi, d’Orbigny.

tuberculata, Brady. Nonionina depressula (Walker and Jacob).
= vivipara, Ehrenberg. 5 pompilioides (Fichtel and Moll).

Patellina corrugata, Williamson. i umbilicatula (Montagu).
Discorbina araucana (d’Orbigny). Polystomella crispa (Linné).
x parisiensis (d’Orbigny). . macella (Fichtel and Moll).
S rosacea (d’Orbigny). - striatopunctata (Fichtel and Moll).

55 vilardeboana (d’Orbigny).

In the foregoing list, 220 species and varieties of Foraminifera are enumerated,
belonging to 63 genera; the number of pelagic species amounts to 10, or less than
5 per cent. of the total number. It may be pointed out that the total number of species
observed in the deposits from all these different depths in the Kerguelen Region does
not equal the number of species in the deposit collected off Raine Island, Torres
Strait. Generally speaking, in the shallow waters of the tropics the genera and species
of Foraminifera, especially those which secrete carbonate of lime, are more abundant
than in the colder regions north and south.

118 species (or 54 per cent.) were taken each at a single Station,

3S) eeu (eave meee) A ,, two Stations,
26) 557 aaa a) se ethresy a
1'9: 85> See Ogee ans) = 5) four)
LO, tae pepe! .; ) . | tive 5
3 50 a ee) F 5. SIS a
4. 5.5 Gj, ecempetmees) % 0 (SCVelinne
2 (5,75 celle eee) > elehieaies,
220 - 100 a

LIST Vila.

The following is a list of those species taken at more than one Station, the number
of Stations being indicated in brackets after the name :—

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN.

Diloculina depressa (7).

op 9 Var. murrhyna (3).
5 elongata (2).

¥ trreqularis (2).

35 ringens (3).

” sphera (5).

Sptroloculina tenwis (2).
Miliolina auberiana (2).
Miliolina cireularis (2).

» oblonga (3).

es seminulum (5).

» —_venusta (3).
Articulina funalis (2).
Ophthalmidium inconstans (2).
Astrorhiza angulosa (2).

» Pelosina cylindrica (2).
Psammospheera fusca (4).
Saccammina spherica (3).
Hyperammina ramosa (3).

+ vagans (3).
Marsipella cylindrica (2).
Rhabdammina abyssorum (3).
Rhizammina algeformis (5).
Reophax adunca (3).

‘4, dentaliniformis (3).

» adifflugiformis (4).

» distans (8).

» guttifera (2).

» nodulosa (2).

» pilulifera (3).

» scorprurus (7):

Haplophragmium agglutinans (2).

* canariensis (2).
= globigeriniforme (4)
Rs latidorsatum (4).

turbinatum (4).

”
Thurammina papillata (3).
Hormosina ovicula (2).
Ammodiscus charoides (4).
Trochammina pauciloculata (2).
5 trullissata (4).

Webbina clavata (5).
Verneuilina pygmea (A).
Gaudryina pupordes (4).
Clavulina communis (5).
Bulimina aculeata (2).
Virgulina schreibersiana (2).
Bolivina punctate (2).
Cassidulina crassa (6).

es laevigata (2).

subglobosa (6).

Lagena acuta (3).
acuticosta (2).
» alveolata (2).

» globosa (3).

» gracilis (2).

» gracillima (3).
» dnterrupta (2).
» levigata (8).

» levis (7).

» lineata (2).

» longispina (2).
» marginata (4).
» orbignyana (2).
» squamosa (3).
>» staphyllearia (3).
stelligera (3).

» striata (4).

» sulcata (5).
Nodosaria communis (3).
Vaginulina lequen (2).
Polymorphina angusta (2).

lanceolata (2).
5 sororia (2).
Uvigerina angulosa (3).
x asperula (5).
3 pygmea (4).
Globigerina bulloides (8).
ee dutertret (3).
69 inflata (5).
Orbulina universe (4).

Pullenia quinqueloba (7).

» Spheroides (4).
Spheroidina bulloides (5).
Patellina corrugata (2).
Discorbina araucana (2).

“5 parisiensis (2).
Truncatulina haidingerti (2).
£ lobatula (6).
; pygmeea (4).
e tenera (2).
s ungeriana (3).
° wuellerstorfi (3).

Anomalina grosserugosa (2).
Pulvinulina crassa (4).

> exigua (3).

PA micheliniana (5).

5 patagonica (4).
Rotalia soldanii (4).
Nonionina pompilioides (4).

p umbilicatula (3).
Polystomella striatopunctata (2).

461

In List VII. are included 6 unnamed species, which must be excluded in any discus-
sion of distribution; there are, besides, 8 varieties enumerated as well as the species
to which they belong, leaving altogether 206 distinct species, the distribution of which

may be examined in detail.

462 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

4 species (or 2 per cent. of the total number) are known to occur only to the south
of the southern tropic ;
7 species (or 3 per cent. of the total number) extend withan (but not north of) the tropics;
16 species (or 7 per cent. of the total number) are found to the north of (but not within)
the tropics ; and
179 species (or 82 per cent. of the total number) are known both from tropical and extra-
tropical regions.

LIST VII.

The following is a list of the 4 species recorded only from the south of the tropics,
2 of which are known only from the area under consideration, the remaining 2 extend-
ing into the South Atlantic and South Pacifie, as indicated :—

Kerumosphera murrayi—Known only from this area.

Reophauc wmpullacea—Known only from this area.

Cyclammina orbicularis—Known outside this area from South Pacific and South Atlantic, 1100 and 1900 fathoms.
Lagena quadralata—Known outside this area from South Atlantic, 2200 fathoms. j

LIST VItTc.

The following is a list of the 7 species known from within (but not recorded to
the north of) the tropics, the distribution of each species outside the area under con-
sideration being briefly indicated :—

Nubecularia inflata—Islands of tropical Pacific (Tonga, Tahiti, Admiralty, Sandwich), 17 to 420 fathoms.
Miliolina circularis—Bass Strait and Admiralty Islands, 15 to 150 fathoms.

Bolivina rveticulata—Tropical and South Atlantic and tropical Pacific, 130 to 1425 fathoms.

Plewrostomella brevis—Tropical Pacific (Ki Islands), 129 fathoms.

Lagena botelliformis—Tropical and South Atlantic and South Pacific, shallow water to 2350 fathoms.
Uvigerina aculeata—South Atlantic, South and tropical Pacific, 240 to 1975 fathoms.

Spirillina obeconica—Tropical Pacific (Admiralty Islands), 17 fathoms.

LIST VII/.

The following is a list of the 16 species known from the north of the northern
tropic but not recorded from between the tropics, the distribution of each species outside
the area under consideration being briefly indicated :—

Orbitolites tenuissima—North Atlantic and Mediterranean, 64 to 1700 fathoms.
Astrorhiza wngulosa—South Pacific and North Atlantic, 410 to 1000 fathoms.
» arenwria—North and South Atlantic and South Pacific, 150 to 650 fathoms.
a crassatina—Faroe Channel, 640 fathoms.
es granulosa—North Atlantic, 1000 and 1700 fathoms.
Reophux cylindrica—North Atlantic and North Pacifie, 1750 and 1875 fathoms.
Placopsilina bulla—North and South Atlantic and South Pacific, 410 to 2160 fathoms.
vesicularis—North and South Atlantic and South Pacific, 410 to 1900 fathoms.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 463

Thurammina albicans—North and South Pacific and South Atlantic, 1825 to 2050 fathoms.
56 compressa—N orth Atlantic, 630 fathoms.
Ammodiscus schoneanus—N orth Atlantic and North Pacific, shallow water to 3950 fathoms.
Webbina hemispherica—North and South Atlantic and South Pacific, 25 to 1900 fathoms.
Lagena lineata—North and South Atlantic, North and South Pacific, shore to 1875 fathoms.
Polymorphina thouini—Bass Strait and Mediterranean, 38 and 90 fathoms.
Uvigerina brunnensis—North and South Pacific, South Atlantic, Magellan Strait, 245 to 2050 fathoms.
Discorbina parisiensis—N orth Atlantic, shallow water.

LIST Vile.

The following is a list of the 179 species known both from tropical and extra-tropical
regions, the distribution of each species outside the area under consideration being briefly
. ore,
indicated :—

Biloculina bulloides—N orth and South Atlantic, South and tropical Pacific, shallow water to 2750 fathoms.

> depressa—Cosmopolitan, shore to 3000 fathoms.

A elongata—Cosmopolitan, shore to 2025 fathoms.

: irregularis—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, tropical Pacific, 350 to 1415 fathoms.
7 ringens—Cosmopolitan, shore to 3000 fathoms.

3 sphera—Cosmopolitan, shallow water to 2300 fathoms.

5 tubulosa—North and tropical Atlantic, South and tropical Pacific, 210 to 1240 fathoms.
Sprroloculina planulata—Cosmopolitan (except Arctic), shore to 2600 fathoms,
sy tenuis—Cosmopolitan, shallow water to 2750 fathoms,
Miliolina auberiana—Mediterranean, North and tropical Atlantic, Magellan Strait, tropical Pacific, shallow water to
2435 fathoms.
5 bucculenta—Aretic, North and tropical Atlantic, 390 to 1785 fathoms.

» _ fichteliana—North and tropical Atlantic, Indian Ocean, North Pacific, shore and shallow water.
oblonga—Cosmopolitan, shore to 3000 fathoms.
rs seminulum—Cosmopolitan, shore to 3000 fathoms.

* subrotunda—Aretic, North, tropical and South Atlantic, tropical Pacific, shore to 150 fathoms.
venusta—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 150 to 2740 fathoms.

erm naioe Not th Atlantic and tropical Pacific, 37 to 950 fathoms.
Ophthalmidium inconstans—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 100 to 2300 fathoms.
Planispirina celata—Cosmopolitan, 28 to 1630 fathoms.
Cornuspira foliacea—Cosmopolitan, shallow water to 1500 fathoms.

= invalvens—Cosmopolitan, 7 to 1900 fathoms.
Pelosina cylindrica—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 620 to 2900 fathoms.

» rotwndata—North and tropical Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 350 to 2050 fathoms.
Technitella legyumen—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 60 to 2350 fathoms.
Bathysiphon filiformis—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 410 to 1900 fathoms.
Psammosphera fusca—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 45 to 2800 fathoms.
Saccammina spherica—Arctic, North and tropical Atlantic, North and South Pacific, 89 to 2050 fathoms.

Jaculella obtusa—North and tropical Atlantic, North Pacific, 350 to 1875 fathoms.
Hyperammina elongata—Cosmopolitan, 80 to 3124 fathoms.
3 ramosa—Cosmopolitan, 60 to 3000 fathoms.
“5 vagans—Cosmopolitan, 15 to 2900 fathoms.
Marsipella cylindrica—North and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 210 to 1900 fathoms.
Rhabdammina abyssorum—Cosmopolitan, 108 to 2435 fathoms.

3 discreta—Cosmopolitan, 20 to 2475 fathoms.
Aschemonella catenata—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 390 to 2900 fathoms,
7 ramuliformis—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, tropical and North Pacific, 1125 to 3125 fathoms,

Rhizammina algeformis—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 150 to 2900 fathoms.
Reophaw adunca—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 540 to 2950 fathoms.

» dentaliniformis—Cosmopolitan, 20 to over 3000 fathoms.

» diflugiformis—Cosmopolitan, 55 to 3950 fathoms.

VOL. XXXVIII. PART Il. (NO. 10). 3Q

464 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Reophax distans—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 355 to 2775 fathoms,

» fusiformis—Arctic, North and South Atlantic, tropical Pacific, 40 to 1900 fathoms.

» guttifera—North and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 540 to 2350 fathoms.

5, nodulosa—Cosmopolitan, shallow water to 3150 fathoms.

» pilulifera—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 800 to 2900 fathoms.

», scorpiurus—Cosmopolitan, 3 to 3950 fathoms.

» spiculifera—Tropical Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 255 to 2350 fathoms,
Haplophragmium agglutinans—Cosmopolitan, 2 to 3125 fathoms.

x canariense—Cosmopolitan, shallow water to 3950 fathoms.

_ foliaceum—North and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 345 to 2600 fathoms.

s globigeriniforme—Cosmopolitan, 15 to 3950 fathoms.

x glomeratum—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 14 to 2740 fathoms.
oa latidorsatwm— Cosmopolitan, 1138 to 3950 fathoms.

Haplophragmium nanum—Aretic, North, tropical and South Atlantic, Magellan Strait, North and South Pacific, 55
to 3125 fathoms.

3 rotulatum—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, North and South Pucifie, 1000 to 3150 fathoms.
.; scitulum—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, Magellan Strait, North and South Pacific, 400 to 2900
fathoms.
3 turbinatwm—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, North and tropical Pacific, 150 to 2450 fathoms.
Placopsilina cenomana—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, Mediterranean, Gulf of Suez, tropical Pacific, 3 to 1900
fathoms,

Thurammina papillata—Cosmopolitan, 45 to 2740 fathoms.
Hormosina carpenteri—N orth and tropical Atlantic, tropical and South Pacific, 54 to 1940 fathoms,
ay ovicula—North and South Atlantic, tropical and North Pacific, 1070 to 3950 fathoms.
Ammodiscus churoides—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, Mediterranean, Red Sea, North, tropical and South Pacific,
shallow water to 2575 fathoms.
p gordialis—Cosmopolitan, 55 to 3125 fathoms.
= tenwis—North and tropical Atlantic, Magellan Strait, North, tropical and South Pacific, 210 to 2350 fathoms.
Trochammina galeata—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacifie, 390 to 2750 fathoms.
rn lituiformis—North and tropical Atlantic, tropical and South Pacific, 390 to 2350 fathoms.
5 pauciloculata—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 173 to 3950 fathoms.
= trullissata—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 390 to 3950 fathoms.
Webbina clavata—North, tropical and South Atlantic, Mediterranean, North, tropical and South Pacific, 90 to 2000
fathoms.
Cyclammina cancellata—North, tropical and South Atlantic, Magellan Strait, Mediterranean, North, tropical and South
Pacific, 75 to 2900 fathoms,
7 pusilla—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North Pacific, 390 to 2050 fathoms,

‘vatularia concava—North, tropical and South Atlantic, Magellan Strait, tropical and South Pacific, 17 to 2750 fathoms,
Vernewilina pyymea—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 129 to 3125 fathoms.
Gaudryina pupoides—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 129 to 2425 fathoms.
Clavulina communis—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, Magellan Strait, North, tropical and South Pacific, 147 to

2300 fathoms.
Bulimina aculeata—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, shallow water to 2740 fathoms.
3 marginata—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, Magellan Strait, North, tropical and South Pacific, shallow to
1630 fathoms.
3 rostrata—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, tropical Pacific, 580 to 1570 fathoms.
5, subteres—Arctie, North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 28 to 1875 fathoms.
Virgulina schreibersiana—Cosmopolitan, 10 to 3000 fathoms.
3 syuamosa—Cosmopolitan, 30 to 3000 fathoms.
» subdepressa—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North and South Pacific, 1375 to 2350 fathoms,
Bolivina punctata— Cosmopolitan, 2 to 2750 fathoms. :
Cassidulina bradyi—North and tropical Atlantic, Magellan Strait, North, tropical and South Pacific, 90 to 2050 fathoms.
5 crassa—Cosmopolitan, 40 to 2760 fathoms.
5 levigata—Cosmopolitan, 60 to 1600 fathoms.
4 subglobosa—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 12 to 2950 fathoms.

Ehvrenbergina serrata—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 150 to 2350 fathoms.
Lagena acuta—Cosmopolitan, 2 to 3125 fathoms.

»» aeuticosta—Cosmopolitan, shore to 2750 fathoms.
» alveolata—North and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 150 to 2740 fathoms.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 465

Lagena apiculate —Cosmopolitan, shore to 2750 fathoms.
» auriculata—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 620 to 2750 fathoms.
», ¢lavata—Cosmopolitan, shore to 2435 fathoms.
» adistoma—North, tropical and South Atlantic, Magellan Strait, North, tropical and South Pacific, shallow to
1900 fathoms.
» exsculpta-—North and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 800 to 2600 fathoms.
» fetldentana—Aretic, North and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 45 to 2300 fathoms.
» jimbriata—North Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 580 to 2300 fathoms.
» formosa—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 50 to 2750 fathoms.
», globosa—Cosmopolitan, shore to over 3000 fathoms.
» gracilis—Cosmopolitan, shallow water to 2775 fathoms.
» gracillima—Cosmopolitan, shallow water to 2300 fathoms.
» hertwigiana—North Atlantic, tropical Pacific, 150 to 200 fathoms.
», hexagona—Cosmopolitan, shallow water to 2300 fathoms.
», tnterrupta—Cosmopolitan, shore to 2750 fathoms,
» 2levigata—Cosmopolitan, 2 to 3125 fathoms.
5, levis—Cosmopolitan, shore to 2435 fathoms.
5, longispina—Cosmopolitan, 1070 to 2740 fathoms.
» marginata—Cosmopolitan, shore to 3125 fathoms.
+ orbiqgnyana—Cosmopolitan, shallow water to over 3000 fathoms.
» quadricostulata—Tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 410 to 2325 fathoms.
» semistriata—Cosmopolitan, shore to 2750 fathoms.
sy sywamosa—Cosmopolitan, shallow water to 2300 fathoms.
staphyllearia—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, shallow to 2750 fathoms.
» _ stelligera—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 29 to 2740 fathoms.
», striata—Cosmopolitan, shallow water to 2600 fathoms.
» suleata—Cosmopolitan, shore to 2750 fathoms. .
» truncata—North, tropical and South Atlantic, tropical and South Pacific, 1825 to 2740 fathoms.
Nodosaria calomorpha—North, tropical and South Atlantic, tropical Pacific, 6 to 2200 fathoms.

na communis—Cosmopolitan, shore to 3000 fathoms.

o4 mucronata—North, tropical and South Atlantic, Mediterranean, North, tropical and South Pacific, shallow to
2600 fathoms.

‘ obliqua—Cosmopolitan, shallow water to 2000 fathoms.

a roenert—Cosmopolitan, shore to 3000 fathoms.

BS (Glandulina) levigata—Cosmopolitan, 7 to 1360 fathoms.

%5 ( FS ) rotundata—Cosmopolitan, 7 to 1360 fathoms.

Marginulina costuta—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, Mediterranean, South Pacific, shallow to 2350 fathoms.
Vaginulina legwinen—Cosmopolitan, shallow water to over 2000 fathoms.

AA linewris—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, shallow water to 435 fathoms.

Cristellaria convergens—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 16 to 2740 fathoms.
" crepidula—Arctic, North and tropical Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 6 to 2350 fathoms.
ay cultrata—Cosmopolitan, shallow water to 2435 fathoms.

Polymorphina angusta—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, shallow to 2400 fathoms.
A lanceolata—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, shallow to 2350 fathoms.
& sororia—Cosmopolitan, shallow water to 2350 fathoms.
Uvigerina angulosa—Cosmopolitan, 8 to 1630 fathoms.
5 asperula—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 37 to 2600 fathoms.
” pygmea—Cosmopolitan, 2 to 2600 fathoms.
3 tenwistriata—N orth and South Atlantic, Magellan Strait, North, tropical and South Pacific, 40 to 2600 fathoms.
Sagrina raphanus—North and tropical Atlantic, Indian Ocean, North, tropical and South Pacific, shore to 260 fathoms.
Globigerina bulloides—Cosmopolitan, surface and bottom at all depths.
, dubia—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, surface and bottom.
dutertrei—N orth and tropical Atlantic, South Pacific, surface and bottom.
an inflata—Cosmopolitan, surface and bottom.

Orbulina wniversa—Cosmopolitan, surface and bottom.

Pullenia obliquiloculata—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, surface and bottom.

» quinqueloba—Cosmopolitan, 20 to 2750 fathoms.

» 8phceroides—Cosmopolitan, shallow water to 2750 fathoms.

Spheroidina bulloides—Ccsmopolitan (except Arctic), 37 to 2600 fathoms.

466 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Spirillina decorata—North, tropical and South Atlantic, tropical Pacific, 6 to 1900 fathoms.
limbata—North, tropical and South Atlantic, Mediterranean, North, tropical and South Pacific, 6 to 1425
fathoms.
tuberculata—North Atlantic, Magellan Strait, Indian Ocean, tropical Pacific, shallow to 400 fathoms.
. vivipara—Cosmopolitan, shallow water to 620 fathoms.
Patellina corrugata—Arctic, North and South Atlantic, Mediterranean, Indian Ocean, tropical and South Pacific, 2 to
620 fathoms.
Discorbina araucana—Cosmopolitan (except Arctic), shallow water to 1375 fathoms.
roscea—Cosmopolitan (except Arctic), shallow water to 1000 fathoms.
ie vilardeboana—Cosmopolitan (except Arctic), shallow water,
Truncatulina akneriana—Cosmopolitan, shore to 3000 fathoms.
haidingervi—Cosmopolitan (except Arctic), 9 to 1776 fathoms,
lobatula—Cosmopolitan, shore to 3000 fathoms.
pygmea—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 1450 to 3125 fathoms.
ftenera—North, tropical and South Atlantic, Magellan Strait, North, tropical and South Pacific, 166 to
2050 fathoms.
ungertana—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, Mediterranean, North, tropical and South Pacific, 37 to
2600 fathoms.

Fo wuellerstorfi—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 210 to 2435 fathoms.
Anomalina grosserugosa—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 345 to 2160 fathoms.
Pulvinulina crassa—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, surface and bottom.
elegans—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, shore to 2000 fathoms.
exigua—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 64 to 2740 fathoms,
micheliniana—Cosmopolitan, 15 to 2950 fathoms; taken at the surface in tropical and South Atlantic,

North, tropical and South Pacific.
9 patagonica—N orth, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 90 to 2900 fathoms ;
taken at the surface in South Atlantic and Magellan Strait.
+ pauperata—North, tropical and Soutli Atlantic, tropical and South Pacific, 129 to 2350 fathoms.
i umbonata—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 37 to 3125 fathoms.
Rotalia orbicularis—Cosmopolitan (except Arctic), 100 to 2400 fathoms.
3, soldanii—Cosmopolitan (except Arctic), 100 to over 2000 fathoms.
Nonionina depressula—Cosmopolitan, shallow water to 2740 fathoms.
» pompilioides—North, tropical and South Atlantic, Mediterranean, North, tropical and South Pacific, 1000
to 2750 fathonis.
. umbilicatula—Cosmopolitan, 30 to 3125 fathoms.
Polystomella crispa—Cosmopolitan, shore to 355 fathoms.
4p macella —North, tropical and South Atlantic, Indian Ocean, tropical and South Pacific, shallow water.
3. striatopunctata—Cosmopolitan, shallow water to over 2000 fathoms.

”

”

”

It will be noticed that there is an important difference in the geographical and
bathymetrical distribution of this group of Protozoa from what obtains in the case of the
Metazoa considered in the previous lists. 179 species or 82 per cent. of the total number
recorded from the Kerguelen Region have also been found within the tropics and in the
extra-tropical regions of the Northern Hemisphere, and the majority of these species have
a wide range in depth. The peculiar habits of the group as well as its antiquity possibly
explain this distribution.

LIST VII/.

Looking upon the distribution of varieties as distinct from that of the species to
which they belong, the following shows the distribution outside this area of the 8 varieties
represented in the area under consideration :—

Biloculina depressa, var. murrhyna—North, tropical and South Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 1100 to 2425

fathoms.
” D var. serrata—North and tropical Atlantic, North, tropical and South Pacific, 580 to 2350 fathoms.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 467

Articulina funalis, var. ‘nornatu—Known only from this area.
Lagenw alveolata, var. substriata—South Atlantic, tropical and South Pacitie, 150 to 2350 fathoms.
» formosa, var. favosa—Tropical Pacific, 1850 fathoms.
» marginata, var. semimarginata—North, tropical and South Atlantic, tropical and South Pacific, 50 to 2600 fathoms.
Polymorphina soreria, var. cuspidata—North Atlantic, 808 to 1443 fathoms.
Globigerina bulloides, var. triloba—Cosmopolitan, surface and bottom.

The distribution of these species of Foraminifera may be summarised thus :—

Geographical Distribution.—It will be observed that no fewer than 71 species (or
32 per cent. of the total number) are cosmopolitan, and that other 8 species (or 4 per
cent.) are almost cosmopolitan, having a world-wide distribution, except that they have
not yet been recorded from the Arctic regions. The remaining species are distributed

among the various regions of the oceans as follows :—
>

111 species (or 50 per cent.) are represented in the North Atlantic.

Oar ie eA Sil fy ) os Tropical Pacific.
Se eon ., ) A South Pacific.
OBE en cceac (Gput2ih ss ) 7% South Atlantie.
Siam yee 40! a5, ) - Tropical Atlantic.
Se Gee + aes ) fe North Pacific.
VAR as, ks RON bet 5 ) - Magellan Strait.
Ue sae (sa 10. as ) re Mediterranean.
Cinta eae dean ns ) He Arctic.
(eae ee ee 3 Indian Ocean (including

Red Sea).

Bathymetrical Distribution.—lt appears that a total of 178 species (or 81 per cent.
of the total number) occur both in deep water over 1000 fathoms and in lesser depths,
while 14 species (or 6 per cent.) are known only from deep water over 1000 fathoms,
and 14 species (or 6 per cent.) are known only from depths Jess than 1000 fathoms ; 147
species (or 67 per cent.) occur in shallow water under 150 fathoms.

LIST VIIy.

The following are the 14 species known only from deep water over 1000 fathoms :—

Keramosphera murrayt. | Thurammina albicans. | Lagena quadralata.
Astrorhiza granulosa. Hormosina ovicula. » truncata.
Aschemonella ramuliformis. Cyclammina orbicularis. . aes,
Besiae ws : Truncatulina pygmed.
Reophax cylindrica. Virgulina subdepressa. ite care
Haplophragmium rotulatwm. Lagena longispina. Nonionina pompiliordes.

LIST VIIx.

The following are the 14 species known only from depths under 1000 fathoms, of
which 6 species are known only from shallow water under 150 fathoms as indicated :—

Nubecularia inflata. | Spirillina obconica (shallow). Discorbina rosacea.
Miliolina subrotunda (shallow), | * 5 tuberculata. rr vilardeboana (shallow).
Articulina funalis. 5 vevtpara.

i) 7 ahd
Reophax ampullacea (shallow). Patellina corrugata. FOU ee eee

Sagrina raphanus. | Discorbina parisiensis (shallow). ” macella (shallow).

468 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

LIST VILE

RADIOLARIA OBSERVED IN THE DEPOSIT AND AT THE SURFACE AT THE CHALLENGER
STaTION 157 IN THE SOUTHERN INDIAN OCEAN.

The following is a list of the species of Radiolaria (numbering 81 species, belonging
to 63 genera) observed in the deposit from the Challenger deep-water Station 157, lat.
53° 55’ S., 1950 fathoms, in the Southern Indian Ocean.

The sediment which remains after removing the Diatoms and Foraminifera and larger
mineral particles is almost entirely composed of Radiolarians, mainly belonging to a few
species of Spheeroidea which make up about nine-tenths of the whole mass. By far the
commonest of these Spumellaria is Cromyosphera antarctica, which is probably gene-
tically related with the very similar form, Cromyomma perspicuum, occurring on the
surface at the same Station. Of the other Spumellaria the Discoidea are the most
abundant, particularly the spongy forms (Spongodiscida, e.g., Spongodiscus, Spongo-
trochus, Stylotrochus). Particularly noteworthy is a new genus, Spongopyle, not
described in the Challenger Report; it is a Spongodiscid with a marginal osculum like
that of the Porodiscid Ommatodiscus, which also occurs at this Station. In contrast
to the large number of Spheroidea and Discoidea, the Prunoidea and Larcoidea are
present only as isolated specimens.

Very few species of Nassellaria are present, but among them the Botryodea, which
are generally rare, are rather abundant, especially Botryocella borealis and Botryopyle
cribrosa. The most common Cyrtoidea are a few cosmopolitan forms, for example,
Cornutella clathrata, Cornutella cannulata, and Lithomitra lineata.

The Acantharia are only represented in this deposit by a single rare species, Pantopelta
iCOSUSpI1S.

The Pheodaria are represented by a few remarkable forms, such as Sagenoscena
penicillata, Aulosphera bisternaria, Cannosphera antarctica,and Conchasma hippurites;
all these, however, are rare.

I, SpumMeLLaRiA. | Spongoplegma antarcticum, Haeckel,
Spongodictyon antarcticum, Haeckel.

ee SUSE. Amphisphera neptunus, Haeckel,

Cenosphera solida, Haeckel. Stauracontium antarcticum, Haeckel.
45 papillata, Haeckel. Hexacontium hexaconicum, Haeckel,
5 antiqua, Haeckel. 3 antarcticum, Haeckel.
33 antarctica, Haeckel, Acanthosphera antarctica, Haeckel.

Carposphera nobilis, Ehrenberg, Cladococcus antarcticus, Haeckel.

Thecosphera diplococcus, Haeckel. 5, dendrites, Haeckel.

Cromyosphera antarctica, Haeckel. Haliomma antarcticum, Haeckel.
Styptosphera spongiacea, Haeckel. Actinomma pachycapsa, Haeckel.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN, 469

Pityomma piniferum, Haeckel.

Cromyomma perspicuum, Haeckel.

Rhizosphera trigonacantha, Haeckel.
q antarctica, Haeckel.

b, Prunoidea.
Cromyocarpus quadrifarius, Haeckel.
Cromyatractus tetraphractus, Haeckel.
Spongurus cylindricus, Haeckel.
Spongocora cincta, Haeckel.

ce. Discoidea.

Porodiscus flustrella, Haeckel.
"3 heterocyclus, Haeckel.

. * spiralis (Ehrenberg).

Onmatodiscus stéhrii, Haeckel,
levigatus, Stohr.

Stylodictya nultispina, Haeckel.
Rhopalastrum trregulare, Haeckel.
Euchitonia muellert, Haeckel.
Spongodiscus resurgens, Ehrenberg.

5 spiralis, Haeckel.
Spongopyle osculosu, Haeckel.
33 setosa, Haeckel.

Stylotrochus antarcticus, Haeckel.
3 challengert, Haeckel.
Spongotrochus murrayt, Haeckel.

a wyvillet, Haeckel.
FF moseleyt, Haeckel.
3 willenoesit, Haeckel.
5 scutella, Haeckel.
d. Larcoidea.

Stypolarcus spongiosus, Haeckel.
Larcospira oliva, Haeckel.

II, AcanTHaRIA.
Pantopelta ieosaspis, Haeckel.
TIT. NassEnaria.

a. Plectoidea.
Hexaplagia antarctica, Haeckel.

b.

Spyroidea,
Tripospyris eucolpos, Haeckel.
Dictyospyris tetrastoma, Ehrenberg.

enneastomu, Haeckel.

. Botryodea.

Androspyris aptenodytes, Haeckel.
Botryocella borealis, Ehrenberg.
Botryopyle cribrosa (Ehrenberg).
Botryocyrtis quinaria, Ehrenberg.
Botryocampe inflata, Ehrenberg.

. Cyrtoidea,

Cyrtocalpis ovulum, Haeckel.
fornutella clathrata, Ehrenberg.

5 annulata, Ehrenberg.
Cornutanna orthoconus, Haeckel.
Halicapsa hystrix, Haeckel.
Dictyocephalus antarcticus, Haeckel.
Dicolocapsu megacephala, Haeckel.
Dictyophimus antarcticus, Haeckel.
Theocorys plutonis, Haeckel.
Lithostrobus bicornis, Haeckel.

Fi cornutella, Butschli.
Theocalyptra cornuta (Ehrenberg).
Lithomitra lineata (Ehrenberg).
Eucyrtidium chrysalidium, Haeckel.

IV. PHxoparia.

Aulactinium actinospherium, Haeckel.
Sagenoscena penicillata, Haeckel.
Aulosphera bisternaria, Haeckel.
Aulastrum dichoceros, Haeckel.
Aulodictyum hydrodictyum, Haeckel.
Cannosphera antarctica, Haeckel.
Challengeria naresti, Murray.

3 trifida, Haeckel.
Conchasina hippurites, Haeckel.

Of the 81 species enumerated, 57 species (or 70 per cent.) are not recorded in the
Challenger Report from any other locality, while 21 species (or 26 per cent.) are repre-
sented in the tropical Pacific (11 species both at the surface and bottom, 7 species at. the
bottom only, and 3 species at the surface only), 3 species are represented in the South
Atlantic (2 at the surface and 1 at the bottom), 2 species are recorded from the bottom
in the tropical Atlantic (West Indies), and 1 species each from the bottom in the North

Pacific and South Pacific respectively.

Two species (Cenosphera papillata and Thecosphera diplococeus) occur outside this

470 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

area both in the South Atlantic and tropical Pacific, while another species (Cenosphera
antigua) occurs both in the tropical and South Atlantic and tropical Pacific. The
remainder of the species occurring outside this area are each represented in a single
region of the ocean, as indicated above.

LIST VIII a.

The following species of Radiolaria were observed in the surface gatherings taken by
the Challenger in the Southern Indian Ocean (Station 157, lat. 53° 55’ 8.). Of the
24 species enumerated, one-half (7.e., the 12 species of Spumellaria and Nassellaria) were
observed also in the bottom-deposit at the same Station, of which 5 species (Styptosphera
spongiacea, Cromyomma perspicuum, Rhizosphera trigonacantha, Porodiscus flustrella,
and Cyrtocalpis ovulum) occur also in the tropical Pacific. Of the 12 species of
Acantharia and Phzeodaria (the skeletons of which apparently pass into solution before,
or immediately after, reaching the bottom), 4 species are recorded from other regions, but,
curiously enough, only from the Atlantic (while, as stated above, the 5 species of
Spumellaria and Nassellaria: occurring outside this area are recorded only from the
tropical Pacific), viz., Acanthostaurus purpurascens recorded from the surface in the
North and tropical Atlantic, Challengeron balfowrt recorded from the surface in the
North Atlantic, and Dictyocha stapedia and Distephanus speculum recorded from the
bottom in the tropical Atlantic (West Indies, 450 fathoms).

In striking contrast to the wealth of forms in the deposit at this Station is the
uniformity of the Radiolarian surface fauna. This, doubtless, arises from the fact that the
tow-nets were only dragged through a relatively small distance of the surface waters,
whereas the deposit at the bottom represents the accumulation of forms which have fallen
from the surface during an immense period of time. The absence of some species of
Acantharia and Phezeodaria in the deposit, when compared with their relative abundance
in the surface-net gatherings, is to be accounted for by the structure and composition of
the skeletons, which are more readily dissolved after the death of the animals. Certain
species of Acantharia and Pheeodaria are the most abundant on the surface, and these
are very rich in individuals. Of the Acantharia the most abundant are Acanthonia
claparedei, Acanthostaurus purpurascens, and Amphilonche lanceolata, and of the
Pheodaria the species of Challengeron.

J. SPUMELLARIA. b. Diseoidea.

a. Spheroidea. Porodiseus flustrella, Haeckel.
Stylodictya multispina, Haeckel.
Euchitonia muelleri, Haeckel.
Stylotrochus challengeri, Haeckel.

Styptosphera spongiacea, Haeckel.
Acunthosphera antaretica, Haeckel.
Cromyomma perspicuum, Haeckel.
Rhizosphera trigonacantha, Haeckel. II. AcANTHARIA.
*s antarctica, Haeckel. Acanthonia claparedci, Haeckel. ?
Acanthostaurus purpurascens, Haeckel.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 471

Amphilonche lanceolata, Haeckel. Distephanus speculum, Haeckel.
Porocapsa coronodon, Haeckel. Aulodendron antarcticum, Haeckel.
Auloscena penicillus, Haeckel.

: 2 ; Challengeron pearceyi, Haeckel.
Dictyospyxis tetrastoma, Enrenberg. swirei, Murray.
Cyrtocalpis ovulum, Haeckel. balfouri, Murray.
Cornutella clathrata, Ehrenberg. richandsi, Haeckel.

»”»

TIT. Nassenuartra,

IV. Paxoparta.
Dietyocha stapedia, Haeckel.

It may be pointed out that the species collected from the surface and bottom at this
Station are much fewer than at many tropical Stations ; for instance, at a Station in the
Central Pacific, just under the equator, 379 species of Radiolaria were observed in the
surface gatherings, and 550 species in the deposit at the bottom.

ebnene ot é
snisease'

i

ddaaddes

Callozestron mirabilis, Wright. Discovered by the Challenger in the deep-water area of the Kerguelen Region.

©

VOL. XXXVIII. PART I. (NO. 10). 3h

472 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

LIST IX.

DIATOMACE OBSERVED IN THE DEPOSITS AND AT THE SURFACE IN THE
KERGUELEN REGION.

Although it was proposed to limit the scope of this paper to the fauna of the
Kerguelen Region, it has been deemed desirable to include a list of the Diatoms observed
in the deposits and captured at the surface. The following is a list of the Diatoms
observed in the deposits from the Kerguelen Region of the Southern Ocean, viz., at
Station 145 (Marion Island), 85 to 140 fathoms; Station 149 (Kerguelen), ‘20 to
120 fathoms; Station 151 (Heard Island), 75 fathoms; and Station 157, 1950
fathoms :—

Amphora angusta, Gregory. Cocconets arctica, Grunow.

sp cuneata, Cleve. ¥) costata, Gregory.
“5 plicata, Gregory. 5 » var. kerguelensis, Petit.
» proteus, Gregory. os cyclophora, Grunow.
Navicula apis, Donkin. of decipiens, Cleve.
3 arenaria, Donkin. i dirupta, Gregory, var. fulgur, Brun,
3 aspera, Ehrenberg, var. oblonga, Cleve. of » var. minutissima, Grunow.
3 - 5 var. rhombica, Cleve. Pi 5 var. sigma, Pant.
5 brasiliensis, Grunow. 5 scutellum, Ehrenberg.
‘fs consors, A. Schmidt. 3s 3 var. ampliata, Grunow.
4; constricta, Grunow. Fr a var. distans, Grunow.
3 distans, Ralfs. x 5 var. fulgur, Cleve.
3 jirma, Kutzing, var. twmescens. - 5 var, minutissima, Grunow.
Po gemmata, Greville, var. minuta. s sp. (4).

jejuna, A. Schmidt.

multicostata, Grunow.

nitescens, Gregory.

oscitans, A. Schmidt, var. subundulata, Cleve
and Grunow.

Orthoneis wrightit (O’Meara).
Achnanthes brevipes, Agardh,
Pe 5 var. subsessilis.
. parvula, Kutzing.
Gephyria gigantea, Greville.

rhomboides, Ehrenberg.

3 smithii, Brebisson.
49 sertans, Brebisson.
39 splendida, Gregory.
subtilis (Gregory).

_ viridis, Ehrenberg.
Rhoikoneis bolleana, Grunow.

Pleurosigma delicatulum, Smith.

is directum, Cleve.
Fe kerguelense, Grunow.
as rigidum, Smith.

Rhoikosigma arcticum, Cleve.
Amphiprora duplex, Donkin.

” kriophila.

99 lepidoptera, Gregory.

”

incurvata, Arn.

Thalasstothrix longissima, Grunow, var. cantarctica,
Cleve and Grunow.
3 nitzschiotdes, Grunow.

< rp var. lanceolata, Grunow.

nordenskioldii, Cleve.

Nitzschia apiculata, Smith.

”
Synedra
”

”

constricta, Gregory, var. antarctica, Rattray.
5 var. similis, Grunow.
distans, Gregory.
insignis, Gregory.
marina, Grunow.
jiliformis, Grunow.
lanceolata, Castracane.

sp. (2).

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN.

Trachysphenia australis, Petit.

5 Fs var. antarctica (Schwarz).
Clavicula delicata, Temp. and Brun.
Liemophora australis, Grunow.

+ californica, Grunow.
3 jurgensii, Grunow.
Nhs , *, y Oo ta
Fragilaria capensis, Grunow.
> dulia, Grunow.
Fr linearis, Castracane.
5 pliocena, Brun.
5 (2?) an Terebraria (2) sp.

Grammatophora angulosa, Ehrenberg, var. hamulifera.
var. islandica.

” ”

. marina, Kutzing,

r maxima, Grunow, var. genuind.

5 oceanica, Ehrenberg.

& stricta, Ehrenberg.

5 subundulata, Grunow.
Biddulphia vroperiana, Greville.

is weissflogii, Grunow.

Isthmia enervis, Ehrenberg.
Hemiaulus antarcticus, Ehrenberg.
Triceratium antediluvianum, Heurck.

ee arcticum, Brightwell, var. kerguelensis,
Grunow.
Hemidiscus cunetformis, Wallich.
5 sp. (2).

Auliscus cwlatus, Bailey.
Coscinodiscus africanus, Janisch.
var. wallichiana, Grunow.

”? ”

53 antarcticus, Grunow.

ss apollinis, Ehrenberg, var. compacta,
Rattray.

re asteromphalus, Ehrenberg.

33 atlanticus, Castracane.

33 centralis, Ehrenberg.

oF concinnus, Smith.

3 55 var. kerguelensis, Castracane.

8 convexus, A. Schmidt.

a curvatulus, Grunow.

Pr % var. elegans, Rattray.

# 45 var. genuina, Grunow.

7 3 var. maculata, Rattray.

or 2 var. recta, Rattray.

93 5 var. subocellata, Grunow.

oo decrescens, Grunow, var. polaris, Grunow.

3 55 var. repleta, Grunow.

- denarius, A. Schmidt.

3 denticulatus, Castracane.

3 elegans, Greville.

45 elegantulus, Greville.

5 excentricus, Ehrenberg.

A var. sublineatus, Grunow.

—er

io

Coscinodiseus fasciculatus, A. Schmidt.

s grandis, Rattray.
* » var. sparsa, Rattray.
a griseus, Greville, var. gallopayensis,
Grunow.
iy impolitus, Rattray.
5 kutzingit, A. Schmidt, var. glacialis,
Grunow.
3 lentiginosus, Janisch,
a As var. maculata, Grunow.
- lineatus, Ehrenberg.
3 lune, Ehrenberg.
9 margaritaceus, Castracane.
3 marginatus, Ehrenberg.
- minor, Ehrenberg.
a molleri, A. Schmidt, var. antarctica.
Rattray.
33 nodulifer, A. Schmidt.
3 normanni, Gregory.
55 oculus-iridis, Ehreuberg.
5 perforatus, Ehrenberg, var. cellulosa,
Grunow.
rs radiatus, Ehrenberg.
a radiosus, Grunow.
43 S var. kerguelensis, Grunow.
3 robustus, Greville.
6 » var, minor, Rattray.
er rothii, Grunow.
4 rotula, Grunow.
- stellaris, Roper.
is subtilis, Ehrenberg.
" » var. glacialis, Grunow.
; 3 symbolophorus, Granow.
5 tuberculatus, Greville, var. antarctica,
tattray.
5 A var. excentrica, Rattray
as tumidus, Janisch.
25 50 var. fasciculata, Rattray.

Fyalodiscus radiatus, Petit.
var. arctica, Grunow.

” ”
3 subtilis, Ehrenberg.
Podostra hormoides, Kutzing.
a maxima, Kutzing.
5 moniaguet, Kutzing.

Cyclotilla castracanet, Brun.
Melosira arenaria, Moore.
5 borrert, Greville.
= sol, Kutzing.
a Spa(?):
Actinocyclus oliverianus, O'Meara.
Actinoptychus campanulifer, A. Schmidt.
56 sp. (2).
Asteromphalus antarcticus, Castracane.

474 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND

Asteromphalus brooket, Bailey.

x darvinii, Ehrenberg,
+ hookerii (Ehrenberg), Ralfs.

forma buchii (Ehrenberg).
forma cuviertt (Ehrenberg).

2

” ”

= », forma denarius (Janisch),

a » forma humboldéii (Ehren-
berg).

Rhabdonema adriaticum, Kutzing,
a minutum, Kutzing.
Paralia sulcata, Cleve.

Stephanopyzis turris, Ralfs, var. inermis, Grunow.

SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

| Rhizosolenia furcata, Rattray.

hastata, Grunow.

setigera, Brightwell.
" styliformis, Brightwell.

Stauroneis phenicenteron, Ehrenberg.

Epithemia sp. (2).

Tabellaria fenestrata, Kutzing.

Chetoceros dicladia, Castracane, and its sporangial
form Dicladia capreolus, Ehrenberg.

‘Diatoma rhombicum, O’Meara, var. oceanica, Rattray.

Corethron eriophal um, Castracane.

Brunia mirabilis, Tempére. :

”

”

|
|
!

LIST IX a c

The following 25 species were found in the deposits from both deep and shallow-

water, v1Z. :—

Thalassiothriz longissima.
5 nitzschioides.
Nitzschia constricta.
Trachysphenia australis.
Biddulphia weissflogit.
Hemiaulus antarcticus,
Triceratium arcticum.
Hemidiscus cuneiformis.
Coscinodiscus africanus.

os atlanticus.
Px centralis,
= concinnus.
e convexus.

Coscinodiscus curvatulus,
denarius.
excentricus.
kutzingit.
lentiginosus.
lineatus.
radiatus.

x tumidus.
Hyalodiscus radiatus.
Actinocyclus oliverianus.
Asteromphalus hookertt.

broolket.

LIST IX 0.

The following is a list of the Diatoms observed in the surface gatherings procured by

the Challenger in the Southern Indian Ocean (Station 157, lat. 53

Navicula aspera, Ehrenberg.
a subtilis (Gregory).
Pleurosigma antarcticum, Grunow.
Amphiprora antarctica, Grunow.
Synedra lanceolata, Castracane.
Nitzschia scalaris, W. Smith.
Thalassiothriz. longissima, Grunow, var. antarctica,
Cleve and Grunow.
Trachysphenia
(Schwarz).
Fragilaria (2) an Terebraria (2) sp.
Rhizosolenia indica, Peragallo.

australis, Petit, var. antarctica

5 inermis, Castracane.
5 setigera, Brightwell.
5 styliformis, Brightwell.

Dactyliosolen antarcticus, Castracane.
Melosira sp. (2).

Oo rrys

ros)

S.) —

Cheetoceros antarcticum, Grunow.
3 atlanticum, Cleve.
var. Cleve

attenuata, and

”

Grunow.
boreale, var. brightwellii, Cleve.
decipiens, Cleve.
mt dispar, Castracane.
remotum, Cleve and Grunow.
» var. biaurita, Rattray.
| . »» var. robusta, Rattray.
A sigmoidea, Rattray.
Pa tetracheta, Ehrenberg.
| Corethron criophilum, Castracane.
s fe var. tumescens, Rattray.
| An hispidum, Castracane.
3 murrayanum, Castracane.
pennatum (Grunow).

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. A475

Corethron splendens, Rattray. Coscinodiscus denarius, A. Schmidt.
Hemiaulus antarcticus, Ehrenberg. 7 excentricus, Ehrenberg.
Actinocyclus oliverianus, O'Meara. a5 hutzingii, A, Schmidt, var. glacialis,
6 = forma minor. Grunow.
Asteromphalus brookei, Bailey. 5 lentiginosus, Janisch.
3° * hookerit, Ehrenberg. % lineatus, Ehrenberg.
Bacteriastrum varians, Lauder, 3 lunce, Ehrenberg.
Coscinodiseus africanus, Janisch, var. wadllichiana, on margaritaceus, Castracane.
Grunow. a oculus-iridis, Ehrenberg.
+ anguste-lineatus, A. Schmidt. subtilis, Ehrenberg.
3 converus, A, Schmidt. Ss tumidus, Janisch.
wv
LIST IXe.

The following 26 species occur both in the surface gatherings and in the deposits at
the bottom within this region :—

Navicula aspera. Asteromphalus hookerit.

_ subtilis. Cosctnodiscus africanus.
Synedra lanceolata. » CONVELUS.
Thalassvothriz longissima. a denarius.
Trachysphenta australis. oa excentricus.
Fragilaria (2) an Terebraria (2) sp. ” hutzingti.
Rhizosolenia setigera. | Pe lentiginosus.

- styliformis. $ lineatus.

, _Melosira sp. (2). “3 lune.
Corethron criophilum. | -< margaritaceus.
Hemiaulus antarcticus. ‘a oculus-iridis.
Actinocyclus olivertanus. | a subtilis.
Asteromphalus brooket. = tumidus.

The following general remarks on the Diatoms observed in the surface gatherings and in the deposit from the
Challenger deep-water Station 157, extracted from the Challenger Report, Summary of Results, pp. 513-514, may
be of interest :—

Considerable differences are recognisable between the general appearance of Diatom preparations made from
surface gatherings as contrasted with those procured from the ooze forming the bottom in this locality. By far the
most abundant form at the surface was the peculiar, very elongated, flexuous Thalussiothrix longissima, var. antarctica,
Cleve and Grunow [=Synedra thalassiothriz, Cleve in parte], a species which has already been recorded as forming
large floating masses in the Arctic Ocean.t In the Antarctic its frustules were found arranged in little bundles—from
ten to twelve together—fastened together loosely at one end, but separate at the other, the whole being loosely twisted
into a spindle. In preparations isolated frustules of it occur but rarely, often two are found closely apposed, but not
uncommonly three, four, or even more are so placed. It is, perhaps, with Chetoceros remotum, Cleve and Grunow
[=C. janischianum, Castracane], the most characteristic species found on the surface.

The Cheetocerotide and Rhizosoleni are abundantly represented in the surface waters, but they are only repre-
sented by the terminal calyptre of the latter in the bottom ooze. Most of the delicately curved, though often large,
forms, of Corethron, and the singular cylindrical Dactyliosolen, have only been found in surface gatherings, whilst the
remarkable Trachysphenia australis, Petit, var. antarctica (Schwarz) [= Fragilaria antarctica, Castracane], which abounds
in the ooze, is much less common in the surface gatherings. Frustules of Coscinodisci and Actinocycli are also much
less numerous at the surface than upon the bottom, but no species which is present in the superficial waters is absent
from the ooze.

The contents of the alimentary canals of several of the Echinoderms and Annelids were examined with the view
of ascertaining whether or not a predilection was exhibited by the animals for any particular species of Diatoms ; it
was found, however, that they made use of the ooze as a whole, in all probability taking in the immediate surface
layer containing specimens recently fallen from the surface, which, doubtless, still contained some organic matter.
The tubes of the Annelids, and the test of the Foraminifera Reophax nodulosa, contained many of the large Coscinodisci
which would appear to have been to a greater extent selected than the others in the deposit.

1 Bihang til K, Svensk. Vetensk. Akad, Handi., Ba. i., No. 13, Stockholm 1873.

476 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

The form, which Count Castracane has indicated as “ Fragilaria ? an Terebraria? sp.,”1 may be regarded as
the southern representative of Fragilaria oceanica, Cleve, from the Arctic Ocean, with which it shows in the
general arrangement and character of the frustules a considerable amount of agreement. Among the Diatoms
t this Station, the following have heen also recorded in the Arctic zone, a few of the species being almost

cosmopolitan :—

observed

Naviculu aspera, Ehrenberg. Coscinodiscus subtilis, Ehrenberg, var. glacialis,
Triceratium arcticum, BrightwelL Grunow.
Rhizosolenia setigera, Brightwell. ~ oculus-iridis, Ehrenberg.
styliformis, Brightwell. x centralis, Ehrenberg.

Chetoceros decipiens, Cleve. “- normanni, Gregory.

i atlanticum, Cleve. ve kutzingti, A. Schmidt.
Coscinodiscus decrescens, var. polaris, Grunow. 5s excentricus, Ehrenberg.

var. repleta, Grunow. * lineatus, Ehrenberg.

1 Bot. Chall. Exp., part iv. y. 47, pl. xxv. fig. 1.

Serolis wouleyana, Willemoes-Subm. A southern deep-sea form,

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 477

Lisi x

SURFACE QRGANISMS OBSERVED DURING THE CRUISE OF THE CHALLENGER
IN THE KERGUELEN REGION.

The following 47 species of Metazoa are recorded in the Challenger Reports from
the surface in the Southern Indian Ocean, south of Jat. 40° S. :—

ANNELIDA :
Alciopa antarctica, M‘Intosh.
Tomopteris carpenteri, Quatrefages.

OSTrRACODA :

Halocypris atlantica, Lubbock.
a brevirostris, Dana.

COPEPODA :

Htidius armatus, Brady.

Calanus propinquus, Brady.
Candace truncata, Dana.
Drepanopus pectinatus, Brady.
Eucalanus attenuatus, Dana.
Eucheta prestandree, Philippi.
FHleterocheta spinifrois, Claus.
Leuckartia flavicornis, Claus.
Machairopus tdyoides, Brady,
Pleuromma abdominale (Lubbock).
Pseudothalestris imbricata, Brady.
Rhincalanus gigas, Brady.
Saphirinella stylifera (Lubbock).
Scolecithrix minor, Brady.

Zaus spinatus, Goodsir.

AMPHIPODA :
Atyloides australis (Miers).
Euthemisto gaudichaudii (Guerin).
A thomsoni, Stebbing.
Halimedon schneideri, Stebbing.
Hyperieclla dilatata, Stebbing.

473 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

Primno antarctica, Stebbing.
,, menerviller, Stebbing.

Vibilia antarctica, Stebbing. :
Zavamilla kergqueleni, Stebbing.

SCHIZOPODA :

Euphausia antarctica, Sars.

¥ murrayt, Sars.
7 superba, Dana.

Thysanotssa macrurd, Sars.

Macrura: ¢

Caricyphus angulatus, Spence Bate.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA :

Modiolarca trapezina (Lamarck).

PTEROPODA :
Clio australis (UV Orbigny).
,, sulcata (Pfetter).
Limacina antarctica, Woodward.
- australis (Eydoux and Souleyet).
Spongiobranchea australis (VOrbigny).

CEPHALOPODA :

Taonius suhmi (Lankester).

TUNICATA :
Appendicularia sp. (?).
Salpa africana-maxima, Forskal.
, cylindrica, Cuvier.
. runcinata-fusiformis, Chamisso-Cuvier.

Pyrosoma giganteum, Lesueur [trawl], surface 7).

FISHES :
Prymnothonus sp. (2), young.
Sternoptyx diaphana (Herm.) [trawl, surface 7).

The following notes from the manuscript journals of the naturalists bearing on the
surface organisms observed during this part of the cruise may be of interest —

Lat. 45° 57’ S., surface and down to 100 fathoms :—Many Foraminifera of small size
with long flexible spines, compound Radiolaria, Ctenophore, great numbers of Sayitta of

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 479

large size, some over two inches in length, Tomopteris, Cytherid, Copepods, many small
specimens of Huphausia, Pteropods (Limacina?), and Cranchia, a few specimens of
which were taken in every haul.

On the night of December 27, 1873, off Prince Edward Island, the tow-net procured
many Salpa, larvee of Huphausia, Copepods, several specimens of Lepas on a piece of
pumice, many specimens of Hyperia and Gammarus, probably commensalistic and feeding
on the Salpe.

In lat. 46° 46’ S., the tow-net was sent down to 80 fathoms, and brought up Globi-
gerina, very much smaller than in the Atlantic, compound Radiolaria, many Sagitic,
small Copepods, a large species of Hyperia, Pteropods, and Cranchia.

In Jat. 46° 45'S. the water was quite red-coloured, due to innumerable red Copepods,
which were captured in so thick a mass that it was impossible to see the other animals ;
Sagitta, Hyperia, and other organisms were, however, present. The red colour of the
water, mentioned in the Indian Ocean Directory as occurring among the islands in these
latitudes, is probably due to these small Copepods.

Off the Crozet Islands, January 3, 1874, a tow-net was sent down on the dredge rope,
and another was towed behind the ship at a depth of about 80 fathoms, and yielded many
Diatoms and small Globigerine, Sagitta, Halocypris, Copepods, Hyperia, Pteropods and
Pteropod larvee, and Salpe.

Off Kerguelen, January 9 to 29, 1874, there were observed Medusee (Oceania), small
Planarians, small Tomopterid, Peléidiwm, Calanids and other Copepods, Gammarus and
another Amphipod, small Isopod, Zoéx (probably of the Brachyurous crab inhabiting the
pools) very small and having just left the eges.. On the floating masses of Macrocystis
were found Hydroids, Holothurians, small bivalve shells, Patella, and Polyzoa. Occasion-
ally the tow-net was completely filled with various species of Diatoms, at other times
with Amphipods (Hyperia) and numerous Copepods ; Pteropods (Limacina) were also at
times very abundant.

In lat. 52° 4’ S., the tow-nets procured Ctenophore, Sagitta, young Aphroditaceans,
Copepods, Hyperia, and Euphausia. At times the surface-net was full of living Diatoms,
in masses forming a yellowish slime, among which could be distinguished small Globi-
gerine and Radiolarians. When dragged at a depth of 100 fathoms, the tow-nets
produced similar results.

In lat. 60° 52’ S., the tow-nets procured Diatomacez, small Globigerine, Radiolaria
(including very fine specimens of Aulosphera elegantissima, Haeckel), Ctenophore,
Meduse, Diphyes, larvee of Chirodota (2), Alciopa, Tomopteris, Sagitta, Copepods
(Calanids), Hyperia, Primno, Pteropods, and Appendicularia.

In lat. 65° 42’ S. were observed Globigerina, Radiolaria, Diphyes, Sagitta, Alciopa,
Annelid larve, Cypridina, Primno, Clio, shell-less Pteropod, and the remains of a large
Cephalopod.

During the afternoon of February 17th, 1874, im lat. 65 5’ S., the sea was of a
greenish colour, and the water was found to be filled with many little spherical transparent

VOL. XXXVIII. PART If. (NO. 10). 38

.

480 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

masses, which were identical with those Mr Murray had observed in the Arctic Ocean.
These minute Algze can be seen in the water with the naked eye, when the vessel is held
towards the light ; they have the surface covered with little dots of a greenish or yellowish
tinge, which, when examined under high powers, were seen to be arranged in groups of
four. A few hours later the sea was blue, and these Algz could not be observed in
the water.

In lat. 64° 87’ S., the following surface organisms were collected by Mr Murray in a
boat, Euphausia superba being especially abundant (the supplementary eyes of which
were in the evening observed to be phosphorescent) :—Diatoms, Globigerina, Radiolaria,
Diphyes, larvee of Chirodota (2) with twelve divided wheels, Sagitta, Cypridina, and
Euphausia superba. ;

In lat. 62° 26’ S. there were observed a few larvae of Chirodota (2), small specimens
of Alciopa and Tomopteris, a very large specimen of Sagitta from the trawl, a few
Cypridinide, Calanids abundant, Hyperia, Primno. Wittemors-SuuM writes :—‘“ The
Euphausie, very common on the surface near the ice, were scarcer in clear water, where
the Copepod genera Calanus and Eucalanus were the most abundant animals.”

In lat. 53° 55’ S., among the masses of Diatoms only comparatively few animals were
observed, viz., Cypridinidee, Copepods, Hyperia, Primno, and a few small shells of
Limacina.

In lat. 50° 1’ S. were observed a very few Diatoms, Globigerina, Orbulina, Medusee,
a fine Nemertean [ Pelagonemertes|, which, though taken in the trawl, is evidently a pelagic
animal, but probably lives in moderately deep water, Sagitta, Cypridina, great quantities
of the Antarctic Copepods, large Hyperia, Primno, Phronima, and small shells of
Limacina. WitLEmors-SuHM writes :—‘‘ Some of the surface animals taken to-day
indicate that we have entered the warm Indian current, e.g., a Phronima, and a large
transparent Nemertean, with Dendroccelous characters, which was two inches in length
and showed well the intestine, nervous system, and ovary.”

In lat. 47° 25’ S., the tow-nets procured compound Radiolaria, Foraminifera, Diphyes,
Physophorid, Apolemia (2), Sagitta, Cypridina, Naupli of a Cirriped (Archizoéa gigas,
Dohrn), Hyperia, Phronima with house and young, Primno, Huphausia, Sergestes,
Zoéx, Atlanta, and Appendicularia.

WILLEMOES-SUHM writes :—‘‘ The warm-water animals are in greater number on the
surface ; there were five specimens of Pyrosoma, nearly every one of which had eggs but
no embryos. There was a Nauplius, with a carapace like the cap of a Madeira peasant,
with many spines, 3 mm. in length; it belongs to Huphausia, of which MrerscHniKorr
has figured a similar larva (Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. xxi. p. 396, pl. xxxiv., 1871),
but not with such a striking form. There were many adult Hwphausie on the surface.
Phronima was taken with its house ; CLaus has shown that the house is a young Pyzosoma
in which Phronima establishes itself in order to feed on the Tunicata. He has found all

1 This Alga has since been described by G. Poucnert as Tetraspora pouchett, Hariot (Comptes rendus des séances de la
Societé de Biologie, 1892).

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 481

stages, from the Pyrosoma just recently attacked by the Amphipod to those soft remains

in which it has been taken by us. Preparations made by us show that the tissues of

these houses have the same histological structure as Pyrosomata when treated in the same
manner. Sergestes, which we have not taken since leaving the Cape, is present at the
surface. A little Amphipod, always taken on the surface during our Antarctic cruise, I
find now to be Primno macropa, which was discovered by GuiRIN-MENEVLILE near Chili,
and which appears to be circumpolar. There were two beautifully transparent Cephalo-
poda apparently belonging to the genus Loligopsis.”

MosELEy writes :—‘‘ The surface fauna is changing ; on the night of the 9th March the
sea was full of Pyrosome, and the wake of the ship was lighted up with them. Moreover
this morning several pieces of Durvillea were met with, and one piece covered with
barnatles caught on the log ; hitherto the sea has been remarkably free from floating weed.
This Durvillea probably comes from St Paul’s and Amsterdam Islands, since these islands
lie in the direct course of the South Indian connecting current which, sweeping almost
directly eastwards, joins the South Australian current. On the night of the 10th March
Pyrosoma was again abundant. On the evening of the 11th March there were no
Pyrosome at the surface, but a slight scintillating phosphorescence from the Copepods,
and I saw a piece of Durvillea float past. Phronima, while in its house with its young,
moves the whole about by protruding its tail from the end and working it.”

Mermaids and Tow-nets.

aS

482 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

RECAPITULATION.

We may now recapitulate the main points of this paper as given in the preceding

pages.

The Challenger trawlings and dredgings at eight deep-water Stations in the
Kerguelen Region, in depths greater than 1260 fathoms, resulted in the capture of—
272 species of Metazoa, belonging to 186 genera; there are
255 distinct fully-described species, of which
164 species are known only from these dredgings, and

91 species extend into other regions of the ocean, viz.:

38 species are known only from other regions south of the southern tropic,
24 species are known from regions both south and north of (but not within) the tropics,
17 species are known from regions both south of, within, and north of the tropics, and
12 species are known from regions both south of and within (but not north of) the tropics.

164 species confined to this region, added to
51 species which extend into other regions, make a total of

215 exclusively deep-sea species unknown in depths less than 1000 fathoms.
38 species occur both above and below the 1000 fathoms line, of which
19 species extend into shallow water under 150 fathoms (1 from the shore).

Of the 186 genera represented,
30 genera are known only from these dredgings, and other
10 genera are known only from other regions south of the southern tropic, 2 of which
extend into shallower water under 1000 fathoms.

The Challenger trawlings and dredgings at the remaining twenty-nine deep-water
Stations in the Southern Hemisphere, south of the tropic of Capricorn, in depths greater
than 1000 fathoms, resulted in the capture of (avoiding the repetition of those species
oceurring also in the Kerguelen Region)—

253 species of Metazoa, belonging to 182 genera; there are

233 distinct fully-described species, of which

165 species are known only from regions south of the tropics, and
68 species extend into other regions of the ocean, viz.:
25 species are known from regions within (but not north of) the tropics, *
24 species are known from regions both within and north of the tropics, and
19 species are known from regions north of (but not within) the tropics.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 483

149 species confined to regions south of the tropics, added to
31 species which extend into other regions, make a total of

180 exclusively deep-sea species unknown in depths less than 1000 fathoms ;
53 species occur both above and below the 1000:fathoms line, of which
20 species extend into shallow water under 150 fathoms (3 from the shore).

Of the 182 genera represented,

19 genera are known only from these dredgings, while another genus known only from
regions south of the tropics extends into shallower water under 1000 fathoms.

Combining the results of the Challenger trawlings and dredgings at these thirty-
seven deep-water Stations in the Southern Hemisphere, south of the southern tropic, in
depths greater than 1000 fathoms, there were captured

523 species of Metazoa, belonging to 312 genera.

336 species are known only from these deep-water dredgings, and

149 species extend into other regions of the ocean, viz.:
43 species are known from regions north of (but not within) the tropics,
41 species are known from regions both within and north of the tropics,
37 species are known from regions within (but not north of) the tropics, and
28 species are known from shallower water south of the tropics.

There are

390 exclusively deep-sea species unknown in depths less than 1000 fathoms ;
93 species occur both above and below the 1000 fathoms line, of which
39 species extend into shallow water under 150 fathoms (4 from the shore).

Of the 312 genera represented,
57 genera are known only from these dredgings, and other
3 genera are known only from regions south of the tropics, but extend into
shallower water under 1000 fathoms.

At three dredgings in moderate depths (210 to 550 fathoms) in the Kerguelen
Region, the Challenger procured—

68 species of Metazoa, belonging to 61 genera; there are
66 distinct fully-described species, of which

30 species are known only from these dredgings, and

36 species extend into other regions of the ocean, viz.:

454 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

21 species are known only from other regions south of the tropics,
7 species are known from regions both south of and within (but not north
of) the tropics,
6 species are known from regions both south and north of (but not
within) the tropics, and

2 species are known from regions both south of, within, and north of the tropics.

30 species confined to this region, added to

13 species which extend into other regions, make a total of

43 species known only from depths over 150 fathoms (of which 5 species reach deep-
water over 1000 fathoms) ; the other :

23 species extend into shallow water under 150 fathoms (of which 3 species are known
at the same time from deep-water over 1000 fathoms).

Of the 61 genera represented,

4 genera are known only from these dredgings, and other
2 genera are known only from other regions south of the tropics.

In the shallow waters of the Kerguelen Region, in depths less than 150 fathoms,
the Challenger procured—

533 species of Metazoa, belonging to 325 genera; there are

495 distinct fully-described species, of which

326 species are known only from this region, and

169 species extend into other regions of the ocean, viz. :

101 species are known only from other regions south of the tropics,
32 species are known from regions both south and north of (but not within) the tropics,
20 species are known from regions both south of and within (but not north of) the

tropics, and

16 species are known from regions both south of, within, and north of the tropics.

~

326 species confined to this region, added to
92 species which extend into other regions, make a total of

418 species known only from shallow water under 150 fathoms ; the other
77 species occur both above and below the 150 fathoms line, of which
28 species extend into deep water over 1000 fathoms ;
18 species have been recorded as occurring in the fossil condition.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 485

Of the 325 genera represented,
25 genera are known only from this region, and other

2 genera are known only from other regions south of the tropics.

Over 100 additional species from sources other than the Challenger expedition are
enumerated from the Kerguelen Region, but some of them require verification,

There are 90 identical species of Metazoa referred to in the paper as occurring in
the extra-tropical regions of the northern and southern hemispheres unrecorded from the
intervening tropical zone, and over 50 cases of closely-allied species occurring in the
extra-tropical regions of the northern and southern hemispheres separated by the
intervening tropics.

In the deposits collected by the Challenger at six deep-water stations and three
shallow-water localities in the Kerguelen Region,
220 species of Foraminifera were observed ; there are
206 distinct fully-described species, of which
179 species are known from regions both south of, within, and north of the tropics,
16 species are known from regions both south and north of (but not within) the tropics,
7 species are known from regions both south of and within (but not north of) the
tropics, and
4 species are known only from regions south of the tropics.

The wide geographical distribution of these Protozoa is thus in marked contrast to
that of the Metazoa previously considered, and the majority have also a great range
in depth, for
178 species occur both above and below the 1000 fathoms line, while

14 species occur only in deep water over 1000 fathoms, and
14 species occur only in depths less than 1000 fathoms, of which 6 species occur only
in shallow water under 150 fathoms.

In the deposit collected by the Challenger at Station 157, 1950 fathoms, in the
deep-water area of the Kerguelen Region,

81 species of Radiolaria were observed, of which
57 species are recorded only from this place, the other
24 species extending into other regions of the ocean, viz. :
22 species are known from other regions both south of and within the tropics,

1 species occurs in other regions only south of the tropics, and

1 species occurs in other regions only north of the tropics.

486 DR MURRAY ON THE MARINE FAUNA OF THE KERGUELEN REGION.

In the surface gatherings from the same Station in the deep-water area of the
Kerguelen Region,
24 species of Radiolaria were observed (of which 12 species occur also in the deposit at
the same place),
15 species are recorded only from this place, and
9 species extend into other regions of the ocean, viz. :
6 species are known from regions within (but not north of) the tropics,
2 species are known from regions both within and north of the tropics, and
1 species occurs in other regions only north of the tropics.

In the deposits collected by the Challenger at three shallow-water localities and one
deep-water Station in the Kerguelen Region,
187 species of Diatoms were observed (of which 25 species occur both in the deep-water

and shallow-water deposits).

In the surface gatherings from Station 157 in the deep-water area of the Kerguelen
Region,
51 species of Diatoms were observed (of which 26 species occur also in the deposits of

the same region) ;
15 species of Diatoms from these Antarctic localities are known also from Arctic regions.

In the surface gatherings from the Kerguelen Region of the Southern Indian Ocean,
south of latitude 40° §.,
47 species of Metazoa are recorded, along with particulars and notes on other pelagic
organisms observed in this portion of the cruise of the Challenger.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 487

ConcLUDING REMARKS.

The prineipal object in view in this paper has been to exhibit the present state of
knowledge concerning the deep-water and shallow-water marine faunas of the Kerguelen
Region of the Great Southern Ocean, and to compare these faunas with the deep-water
and shallow-water faunas in other regions of the ocean. In consequence of the researches
of the Challenger Expedition in 1873 and 1874, our knowledge of the faunal conditions of
the Kerguelen Region is more complete than that of any other area of the Great Southern
and Antarctic Oceans. In view of the possible more thorough exploration of the south
polar regions in the near future, it has seemed desirable to summarise our knowledge of
the marine organisms of the Kerguelen area, for the use of those who may be engaged in
Antarctic exploration, and to point out directions in which future investigations might
likely yield some interesting and important results.

In the concluding volume of the Challenger Report, | have pointed out that an
analysis of the results obtained by the Challenger’s trawlings and dredgings in different
parts of the world indicated certain general conclusions with reference to the distribution
of organisms over the floor of the ocean. It appears to be established by these investi-
gations that life is everywhere present on the sea-bed in all depths and at all distances
from the shore. The number of species in great depths far removed from land is very
small when compared with the number of species present in lesser depths near to the
shores of continents ;\ the number of species gradually increases towards the shallow
water of the continents, the greatest number being found in the whole area less than 50
fathoms surrounding the dry land. The proportion of species to genera is, on the whole,
larger in shallow than in deep water, the Challenger results giving a gradually decreasing
ratio from shallow water down to the greatest depths, as follows :—

Over 2500 fathoms, ratio of species to genera= 1°17 fol
2000-2500 __,, © x 36s.
1500-2000 _,, 3 : ie So
1000-1500 _,, % x PoOre.
500-1000 ,, e 5 IGtras;
100— 5007 cS 7 < 206) Ee
Under 100, es e Or 9 Sar.

The Challenger researches did not indicate the existence of large numbers of individuals
belonging to any one species in deep water beyond 1000 fathoms. In lesser depths,
however, the number of individuals belonging to a single species was sometimes very
large ; and just below the 100 fathoms line, where on open coasts fine detrital matters
finally commence to settle on the bottom, enormous numbers of individuals belonging to
one species are present in, or on the surface of, the mud. A comparison of the species
captured in deep water in two widely separated areas under apparently similar condi-
tions did not show many species in common, and on the whole there was little evidence
VOL. XXXVIII. PART II. (NO. 10). 37

488 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

to show that deep-sea species had a world-wide distribution, as usually supposed. While
some deep-sea species present archaic characters, and others recall the fossils of the chalk
period, still deep-sea species do not represent such an old fauna as many shore and fresh-
water forms living at the present day, such as Ceratodus, Protopterus, Amphioxus,
Trigonia, Lingula, and Heliopora. There appears to be little evidence from the Chal-
lenger’s researches to show that the deep sea has been peopled since the earliest geological
times; if is more probable that migration took place from the mud-line into the deep sea
at a not very remote geological period. The recent oceanographical researches show that
both in deep and shallow water there are large numbers of identical and closely-allied
species in the extra-tropical regions of the Northern and Southern Hemispheres which, so
far as at present known, are not represented within the intervening tropics, even though
in deep water the climatic conditions as regards temperature are the same. It will now
be interesting to inquire how far these general conclusions are supported by the foregoing
analysis of the results obtained within the Kerguelen Region of the Great Southern Ocean.

The Challenger in the Kerguelen Region made seven hauls with the trawl and one with
the dredge in depths exceeding 1260 fathoms. This was probably the most productive
series of hauls obtained in deep water in any one region of the ocean during the whole
cruise of the Challenger. In 1375 fathoms, exclusive of Protozoa, over 200 specimens
of fishes and invertebrates were obtained belonging to 78 species ; in 1600 fathoms about
the same number of specimens were obtained belonging to 89 species ; in 1950 fathoms
over 150 specimens were procured belonging to 79 species; the total number of species
in the three hauls being 199. The number of species procured in these three hauls with
a small twelve or sixteen feet beam trawl is certainly very remarkable when we remember
that the depth is about two English miles.’

The total number of species of Metazoa obtained at the eight deep-water stations of
the Kerguelen Region in depths exceeding 1260 fathoms amounted in all to 272 species.
The total number precured in the other twenty-nine stations in the Southern Hemisphere
south of the tropic of Capricorn in depths over 1000 fathoms was 301 species, the average
per haul in this last case being only 10°4 species, while in the first case the average is 34:0
species per haul. The twenty-nine stations are on the whole situated about seventeen

1 Since the above was written a list of the species procured in three hauls with a trawl in shallow water (6 to
21 fathoms), off the west coast of England, has been published with the view of showing the large number of species
that may be captured in single hauls from the shallower zones of depth (Third Report of British Association Com-
mittee on the Marine Zoology, Botany, and Geology of the Irish Sea, Ipswich, 1895). The total number of species
procured in these three shallow-water hauls was 189, therefore less by 10 species than were procured in the three
deep-sea hauls above noted. The most marked difference in the character of the species in these series of deep-water
and shallow-water hauls is the predominence of Echinodermata in the deep sea and of the Mollusca in shallow water :
—54 species of Echinodermata occurring in the deep hauls, while only 18 species are present in the shallow ones ;
and 40 species of Mollusca occurring in the shallow hauls, while only 26 species are present in the deep ones. This
comparison has been introduced with the view of calling attention to the large number of species in these deep hauls,
and not with the purpose of showing that in the deep sea species are more abundant than in shallow and shore
regions of the ocean. Though, as already stated, it is recognised that the total number of species present in the whole
area of depths less than 50 fathoms all over the world is greater than in deeper water, still we have good reason for

believing that in high northern and high southern latitudes the reverse holds good for depths less than 25 fathoms,
and that there may be a larger total number of species in deep water than quite close to the land.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 489

degrees further to the north than the eight stations making up the Kerguelen group of
stations, and this may have a bearing on the different results in the two groups of stations.
The more productive hauls in the deep water of the Kerguelen Region may perhaps be
purely accidental, but a more likely explanation is to be found in the physical conditions
of the region towards the Antarctic, as suggested in the first paragraphs of this paper.

Of the 272 species of Metazoa captured in the deep-water stations of the Kerguelen
Region, it is to be observed that not one species is common to all the eight stations nor
even to any seven of the stations ; one species ovcurred at six stations, one at five
stations, 2 species each at four stations, 13 species each at three stations, and 40 species
each at two stations. In the two deep-sea stations nearest to each other—separated by

a distance of 122 miles—there were only 22 species in common out of a total of 145
species of Metazoa. This does not seem to indicate any very wide distribution of deep-
sea species within the Kerguelen Region, not indeed much wider than in the case of the
shallow-water species as stated on pages 432-433. Again, of the 272 deep-sea species,
164 species are at present unknown outside of the Kerguelen Region, and only 48 out of
the 272 species occur in the twenty-nine deep-sea trawlings and dredgings in the other
regions of the Southern Hemisphere south of the tropics. The total number of species of
Metazoa taken by the Challenger in depths over 1000 fathoms south of the tropic of
Capricorn was 523. Of these, 336 species, or 64 per cent. of the total number present,
were taken neither in any of the Challenger’s trawlings within the tropics nor to the north
of the tropics. We thus see that deep-sea species are not apparently much more widely
distributed than shallow-water ones, for, as has been stated on page 434, 61 per cent.
of the Kerguelen shallow-water species have not as yet been procured outside that area.
It may therefore be expected that further dredgings in the deep sea towards the Antarctic
will yield a large number of new species of marine organisms.

The Challenger’s trawlings and dredgings around Marion, Kerguelen, and Heard
Islands, in depths less than 150 fathoms, yielded in all 533 species. There were about
forty hauls with the trawl and dredge, but this large number of hauls yielded only
about double the number of genera and species procured in the eight deep-sea hauls
in depths greater than 1260 fathoms. In the trawlings between 50 and 150 fathoms
the hauls were very much more productive than in depths less than 50 fathoms. In 120
and 105 fathoms off Kerguelen the note books say never before were so many animals
procured in the trawl, and in 75 fathoms off Heard Island it is said that the bottom was

‘teeming with animal life. These two stations were situated just about the mud-line off
the eastern—that is to say the leeward—coasts of Kerguelen and Heard Islands, Off
the western or windward shores the mud-line must be situated at a much greater depth,
for a gravelly bottom was found at a depth of 150 fathoms between these islands.

The total number of species collected by the Challenger at Kerguelen in depths less
than 50 fathoms appears to be only 130 species; in some cases the hauls were from less
to deeper than 50 fathoms, so that the separation at this line is not very distinct, and it is
therefore not possible to state the number with great certainty. It now we add to these

490 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

130 species, 112 species recorded from other sources from shallow water at Kerguelen, we
have a total of 242 species of Metazoa. The remarkable result arrived at is that the eight
deep-water hauls in depths of about two English miles have yielded 30 more species than
are known from Kerguelen down to the depth of 50 fathoms. The result would have
been still more striking had the species recorded from the shore down to 25 fathoms
been taken for comparison.

This result agrees with observations in other regions of the Great Southern Ocean
where there is a low mean annual temperature. The Challenger’s dredgings and trawlings
at the Falkland Islands in depths less than 12 fathoms yielded only 85 species, while two
hauls in depths of 55 and 70 fathoms between the Falklands and the Strait of Magellan
yielded 99 species. The German South Georgia Expedition appear to have collected
about 170 species of Metazoa in the shallow waters of that island. Altogether, the
marine fauna around the land in high southern latitudes appears to be very poor in species
down to a depth of 25 fathoms when compared with the number of species present at the
mud-line about 100 fathoms, or even at depths of about two miles.

It is of interest to point out that in the deep-water hauls over 1000 fathoms in the
Southern Hemisphere, both in the Kerguelen Region and in the other areas south of the
tropic, the ratio of the species to the genera is as 1°46 to 1. The ratio of the species to the
genera in the Challenger collections from shallow water under 50 fathoms at Kerguelen
is about the same, being as 1°47 to 1. When we take all the species and genera recorded
from the Kerguelen Region both by the Challenger and other expeditions and extend the
depth to 150 fathoms, the ratio of species to genera is only 1:74 to 1. We have shown
that the ratio of species to genera in the whole shallow-water zone in all parts of the world
is nearly as 3 to 1. This relation of genera to species may be in part elucidated by a
comparison of the shallow-water fauna of the Kerguelen Region with the shallow-water
fauna of a region within the tropics.

In the vicinity of Cape York, Australia, the Challenger collected in ten or twelve
trawlings and dredgings 554 species of Metazoa in depths less than 12 fathoms. This greatly
exceeds the number taken in many more dredgings at Kerguelen in depths less than 25
fathoms, and also exceeds by over 20 species the total number collected at Kergueien,
Marion Island, and Heard Island in depths less than 150 fathoms. The result of numerous
other comparisons of a similar kind is to show that everywhere within the tropics the
number of Benthos species in shallow water much exceeds the number of Benthos species
in the shallow water at Kerguelen or areas similarly situated with respect to temperature,

. When we compare the orders of marine animals taken at Cape York in depths less than
12 fathoms with the kinds of shallow-water animals taken in the Kerguelen area down
to 150 fathoms, we find that all those animals which secrete large quantities of carbonate
of lime greatly predominate in the tropical area, as Corals, Macrura, Brachyura, Anomura,
Lamellibranchiata, and Gasteropoda. On the other hand, those kinds of animals with
little carbonate of lime predominate at Kerguelen, as Hydroida, Holothurioidea,
Annelida, Amphipoda, Isopoda, and Tunicata. If we compare the shallow-water Cape

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN, 491

York fauna with the fauna of the deep water of the Kerguelen Region, we find that the
same groups on the whole predominate in the deep sea as predominate in the shallow
water of the Kerguelen Region. If we compare the shallow-water fauna of the Kerguelen
area with the fauna procured in the tropics between 100 and 500 fathoms, we find that
the groups present in this deeper area of the tropics resemble much more the shallow-
water Kerguelen fauna than is the case with the shallow-water fauna of the tropics. A
very large percentage of the Foraminifera found at the mud-line off Kerguelen in 100
fathoms are found within the tropics and indeed all over the world in the mud at similar
or greater depths.

The quantity of carbonate of lime secreted by marine organisms is determined by the
temperature of the water in which the animals live, and therefore chiefly by chemical
rather than by physiological conditions. When neutral ammonium carbonate is added to
sea- water at a temperature of 80° or 85° F., the lime salts present—other than carbonate
—are rapidly decomposed and thrown out of solution, giving down at once a precipitate
of carbonate of lime with the properties of aragonite. When a similar experiment is
carried out at a temperature of 40° or 45° F., the precipitate of carbonate of lime separates
out very slowly, and in doing so takes the form of calcite. The secretion of lime salts,
such as carbonate and phosphate, is effected by the soluble salts of lime in the sea-water
forming insoluble compounds with the effete products (principally ammonium carbonate)
set free by the metabolism of the organism. The warm waters of the tropics contain
ammoniacal salts in much greater abundance than the cold waters of the polar regions.
To this fact may be attributed the coral reefs, large shells, and other massive carbonate
of lime structures within the tropics, and the very feeble development of carbonate of
lime shells and skeletons in the cold waters of the Antarctic, Arctic, and deep sea. A
parallel condition of matters with reference to the secretion of carbonate of lime occurs
among pelagic organisms. In the tropics numerous species of Pteropods and other
Molluscs with carbonate of lime shells are present in the surface waters of the ocean.
These species gradually disappear as the cold waters of the polar regions are approached,
and in the Arctic and Antarctic are replaced by naked species and one species of minute
thin-shelled Limacina. The pelagic Foraminifera are represented in tropical waters by
about twenty species—some of them, like Pulvinulina and Sphe@roidina, having very
thick shells. In the waters of the northern and southern temperate zones a lesser
number of species is present and the shells are not so massive. In the cold waters of the
Arctic and Antarctic only two small dwarfed species are present. A similar distribution
holds with respect to the unicellular Algze; the calcareous Coccospheres and Rhabdo-
spheres, while abundant in the warm waters of the tropics, are absent from the surface
waters of the polar regions.

It is well known that in Paleozoic and even later geological times massive coral
reefs flourished within the Arctic circle, and even in Tertiary times massive shells were
formed in both the Arctic and Antarctic areas which could not have been secreted were
the waters of the polar regions as cold as they are at the present day. It has sometimes

492 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

been argued that in ancient times marine animals might have secreted massive hme
structures in cold water, but from the considerations stated above this may be regarded
as impossible.

The absence of all the pelagic larvae of Benthos animals from the tow-net gatherings
in the cold Antarctic and Arctic waters is another striking fact, as these are universally
present within the tropics. The Benthos animals of the cold waters of the polar regions
appear to have in nearly all cases a direct development, and the same appears to be the
ease with deep-sea animals. When coral reefs flourished within the Arctic circle, we
must suppose that there was associated with them a large number of animals with pelagic
larvee, as we find in the coral-reef regions of the present day.

Instances of identical species occurring at Kerguelen and on the coasts of Hurope are
frequently referred to in the notes to the foregoing lists, and in some cases it has been
supposed that these animals may have been carried on ships’ bottoms from the one
hemisphere to the other, but no such explanation can now be entertained, so numerous
are the cases of identical species occurring in the far north and in the far south, and not
present in the intermediate torrid zone. From very early times the general similarity
between the whales, seals, and birds in the Arctic and Antarctic areas has been the subject
of remark, and this was attributed to similarity in the physical conditions in the two
polar areas.

The first dredgings and trawlings conducted by the Challenger in comparatively
shallow water in the extra-tropical regions of the Southern Hemisphere were those about
the Tristan da Cunha group of islands. Concerning these WyviLLE THomson wrote at the
time : “ These shallow-water dredgings around Tristan da Cunha gave a great amount of
material, the fauna being very much of the same character as that of somewhat shallower
water in the north. The species seem in many cases to be identical, but this will require
critical examination to determine.” This impression was deepened by further trawlings
towards the Antarctic, and has been confirmed by the specialists who have reported on
the several groups of marine organisms. In the Summary volumes of the Challenger
Report I have given lists of the identical species found in the temperate and cold
regions of the two hemispheres, but not recorded from the intervening tropical zone.
In the present paper further lists are given of identical and closely-allied species which
occur in the Kerguelen Region and other areas of the southern hemisphere, and in the
northern hemisphere north of the tropic of Cancer, but not within the tropics. Indeed,
the marine fauna of high southern latitudes is more closely related to the marine fauna of
high northern latitudes than to any fauna in the intervening regions. This is all the
more remarkable when we remember that there is hardly a single species of marine
Benthos Metazoa common to the east and west coasts of Africa within the tropics, if we
except some brackish water and deep-sea species.

In an interesting paper on Arctic and Antarctic marine floras, GEoraz Murray
and E. $8. Barron write: ‘‘ Nothing is more striking in the distribution of seaweeds
than the change from our northern Fucacee to the Sargassa and other allied genera

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 493

of the tropical belt, and then to other Fucacee again in the south temperate and
Antarctic seas.”’ In the paper they give a list of fifty-four species common to the
Northern and Southern Oceans but not occurring within the tropics. It has sometimes
been supposed that the shallow-water marine animals may pass by way of the deep sea
from high northern to high southern latitudes, but this explanation would in no way
apply to sea-weeds which can live only in the shallow-waters of the sea. Mr GEORGE
Murray informs me that the abundance of calcareous incrustation on marine Alo
follows the same distribution as in the case of the lime-secreting animals, these incrusta-
tions being much more abundant within the tropics; he says:—‘* No Siphonee with
encrustation of calcium carbonate occur in the Arctie or Antarctic Seas, or for the
matter of that in the colder temperate seas. The Corallinew, which are massively
encrusted and occur in great abundance of individuals in the tropics, exhibit a pro-
gressive diminution in both mass and number towards the colder areas of the sea.
While several genera found in the tropics and temperate seas are absent from the polar
seas, the Corallinee are yet represented by four genera in the Arctic Sea. The ten
species of Lithothamnion recorded from the Arctic Sea would indicate at first sight a
high degree of representation of the most massively encrusted genus. But these ten
species are notoriously of insecure foundation, and really only form one species in the
opinion of some phycologists. In addition to the four Arctic genera of Corallinee
two others are recorded (six in all) from the Antarctic region as delimited in the
paper quoted. But this again is accounted for by the line of delimitation being too
far north and including an area properly south temperate in character. Most other
encrusted Floride@ are confined to tropical or warm seas. Taking marine Algz with
calcium carbonate encrustation as a whole, it is undoubtedly the case that they diminish
both in numbers of species and individuals, and in massiveness of encrustation towards
the polar seas.”

Whoever may have read the foot-notes appended to the foregoing lists in this paper
must have been struck with the numerous instances in which an author was in doubt as
to whether a certain specimen should be described as a new species or referred toa known
species. The great geographical distance separating the spots where specimens were col-
lected is sometimes considered a sufticient reason for laying great stress on some slight
variation, and creating a new species; this is especially the case with specimens from
high northern and high southern latitudes. Again, an author has often had a difficulty
in deciding whether to include a species in a known genus or to create a new genus for
its reception. The descriptions of the several authors very much impress one with the
great want of equivalence in the features of an organism which serve as specific and
generic characters in the different groups of invertebrates. But for these considerations
the resemblances between the marine faunas of high northern and southern latitudes
would be much more evident than appears from the statistics in the foregoing pages with
reference to the species which have hitherto been recorded from the two polar areas.

1 Phycological Memoirs of the British Museum, part iii. p. 88, London, 1895.

494 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

It may therefore be assumed that the identical species now found living towards
both poles, or their immediate ancestors, had a world-wide distribution, which involves
a nearly uniform temperature throughout the whole body of ocean waters. From what
has been stated with reference to coral reefs, and from what we know of the distribution
of plants in the coal period, this appears to have been the actual state of matters durmg
the earlier stages of the earth’s history ; down to the middle of Mesozoic times the ocean
had, probably, an approximately uniform temperature of about 70° F. from pole to pole,
being probably not much warmer at the equator than elsewhere. The evidence afforded
by the distribution of fossils in the geological strata, proceeding backwards in time from
the most recent to those of Palaeozoic age, indicates that the tropical zone of temperature
slowly widens towards the north and south till in the earlier ages it eventually embraced

(

the whole world.

From the general character of the deep-sea fauna, as well as from its distribution over
the floor of the ocean at the present day, it cannot be said that there is any evidence in
support of the view that from the Silurian period to the present day there had been, as
now, a continuous deep ocean with a bottom temperature oscillating about the freezing
point, and that there had always been an abyssal fauna.’ It is more probable that in
early times the ocean had a nearly uniform temperature throughout its whole mass, and
that, like the Black Sea at the present day, it was uninhabited much below the mud-line,
except perhaps by some species of Bacteria.

We may suppose that if cooling set in at the poles towards the middle or close of
Mesozoic times colder water then descended to the greater depths of the ocean, carrying
with it a larger supply of oxygen, so that it then became possible for animals to live
in the greater depths, and migrations slowly took place into the deep sea. A cooling
at the poles such as here indicated would bring about the destruction of many shallow-
water organisms, especially of those provided with pelagic larvee and of those which
secreted large quantities of carbonate of lime for their shells and skeletons. Owing to the
weeding out of these groups of animals a fauna less rich in genera and species would be
left behind ; the survivors would be chiefly those with a direct development inhabiting
the deeper mud-line. In this way we may account for the relatively few species in the
shallow or shore waters of the polar regions when compared with the number present in
depths less than 20 fathoms within the tropics, and for the absence of pelagic larvee of
3enthos animals in the cold waters towards the poles. The large number of individuals
belonging to many of the polar species compared with what obtains within the tropics,
as well as the identity or great resemblance of the species in the two polar areas, may be
explained by similar considerations, for in water of a low temperature the metabolism in
cold-blooded animals would be much less rapid than in water of a high temperature, and
all those changes which result in the evolution of new species would proceed at a much
slower rate at the poles than in the tropical belt.

As the process of cooling proceeded and the Antarctic continent became covered

1 WyvittE THomson, Zool. Chall. Hzp., vol. i., Introd. p. 47.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 495

with ice and snow, the glaciers descending from the land would destroy the shore and
shallow-water fauna, especially those with pelagie larvee, while those with a direct
development ‘would be able to take refuge in the deeper water; migration from the
Antarctic continent towards the equator would thus set in all over the sea-bed in the
Great Southern Ocean, and the other physical conditions of the area, such as the mixture
of currents of different temperatures and the consequent destruction of pelagic organisms,
would combine to furnish this deep-sea fauna with abundance of food and oxygen.’ In
this way we may account for the apparently greater abundance of life in the very deep
sea of the Great Southern Ocean and the North Atlantic and the North Pacific than
elsewhere.

Some geologists have cited the appearances presented by certain ancient conglomer-
ates’ as evidence for the existence of glacial periods during Paleozoic times,’ but this
hypothesis seems to be in direct opposition to the testimony furnished by the coral reefs
preserved in Paleozoic strata within the Arctic circle—indeed, coral reefs apparently
flourished in all Paleeozoic seas. The vegetation of the Carboniferous formations likewise
indicates a universal tropical climate all over the world both on the land and in the
ocean. Paleeontological evidence points to the gradual diminution of temperature in the
higher latitudes of the globe during the later geological periods. | When considering
the climates of the past it is not so much an excess of light and heat in ancient times as
a nearly uniform distribution of tropical conditions over the whole globe, and a pro-
gressive withdrawal of the then universal torrid zone within its existing limits, that
require explanation.

In seeking for a solution of the problems connected with the geographical distribution
of fossils in the geological strata, as well as of those connected with the distribution of
existing species over the face of the earth, it has been almost universally assumed that the
astronomical relations of our globe have remained stable. This may well be accepted as
true for the period covered by human history, but the variation in these relations assumes
a very great importance when dealing with the immense duration of geological history.
It seems certain that the Paleozoic trilobite looked out on a very different sun from what
we now behold in the heavens. In picturing the successive stages in the evolution of the
surface features and biological conditions of our globe it is necessary to take into considera-
tion the contemporary evolution of the other members of the solar system, and especially
that of the central luminary—the sun.°

The nebular theory of the formation of the solar system is now almost universally
accepted. It starts from a plenum filled with absolutely cold matter, the potential energy
of which is at a maximum, and with a rotatory motion at least equal to that of the whole

1 See ante, p. 352.
2See A. Gereig, Text-book of Geology, ed. 3, p. 802, London, 1893 ; A. DE Lapparent, Traité de Géologie, ed. 3,
p. 884, Paris, 1893 ; A. C. Ramsay, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., 1855, p. 185 ; M. Nrumayr, Hirdgeschichte, Bd. 2, p. 193,
Leipzig and Wien, 1890,
% See Euc. Duos, The Climates of the Geological Past wnd their relation to the Evolution of the Sun, London,
1895.
VOL. XXXVIII. PART II. (NO. 10). 3 U

496 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

solar system at present. This cold matter falling together under the influence of mutual
gravitation developed such an enormous quantity of heat that even its most refractory
constituents were at once dissipated into gas. Lord Ketvin says :—‘ The vapour or gas
thus generated will fly outwards, and after several hundreds or thousands of years of
outward and inward oscillatory motion, may settle into an oblate rotating nebula extend-
ing its equatorial radius far beyond the orbit of Neptune, and with moment of momentum
equal to or exceeding the moment of momentum of the solar system. This is just the
beginning postulated by Lapiace for his nebular theory of the evolution of the solar
system, which, founded on the natural history of the stellar universe as observed by
the elder HerscHeL and completed in details by the profound dynamical judgment and
imaginative genius of LAapLacE, seems converted by thermodynamics into a necessary
truth, if we make no other uncertain assumption than that the materials at present
constituting the dead matter of the solar system have existed under the laws of dead
matter for a hundred million years. Thus there may in reality be nothing more of
mystery or of difficulty in the automatic progress of the solar system from cold matter
diffused through space, to its present manifest order and beauty, lighted and warmed
by its brilliant sun, than there is in the winding-up of a clock and letting it go till
it stops.”*

The mass of rotating hot gas would at once begin to lose heat by radiation into
space ; but this loss of heat would cause contraction, which would generate an amount
of energy more than sufficient to account for the loss by radiation. In due time the
various planets would (either successively, in order of their distances as held by Lapiacs,”
or either simultaneously or irregularly as held by Krrxwoop and Nrewcoms’) become
separated from the gaseous mass as more or less nebulous annuli. These annuli would
ultimately condense into planets, which, on account of their small size, would cool down
comparatively rapidly. C. Wor says :—‘ La période géologique de la Terre, masse de
peu dimportance et par suite rapidement refroidie, a donc pu commencer bien avant la
formation du Soleil actuel, et lorsque la nébuleuse n’avait peut-étre pas encore donné
naissance & Vénus ni & Mercure. Les géologues pourront trouver, dans le diametre con-
sidérable de la masse solaire & ces époques, lexplication de l’égalité de climat dont parait
avoir joui la terre jusqu’au commencement de |’époque actuelle.”

A sun, the diameter of which was equal to that of the orbit of Venus, that is about
137,400,000 miles, would subtend an arc of over 95° in the heavens, and at the nodes,
imstead of barely illuminating the poles, the rays would pass over both poles and strike
the earth as far as the forty-third parallel. The shortest day would be at the equator,
and even there it would be of about 18 hours duration. Under such a sun the poles

' Lord Ketvin, Popular Lectures and Addresses, ed, 2, vol. i. pp. 421-2, London, 1891.

* Lapiacen, Exposition du Systeme du Monde, ed. 6, 1836.

° KirKwoop, “On Certain Harmonies of the Solar System,” Amer. Journ. Science, ser. 2. vol. XXXVI. p. 5 ;
S. Newcoms, Popular Astronomy, p. 513.

* Les Hypotheses Cosmogoniques, p. 32, Paris, 1886; see also BLanpET, Bull. Soc. géol. de France, sér. 2, t. xxv.
p. 777, 1868.

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 497

would never be in darkness even at the winter solstice, so that poleward of the parallels
of 66° there would be no night whatever at any time of the year.

When the sun was reduced to such a size that its rays just grazed the pole at the
winter solstice, the thermal history of the earth would have reached an important stage,
for this would mark the close of perpetual sunshine at the poles, provided we do not
consider the refraction of the earth’s atmosphere. When a ray from the sun’s limb is
tangential to the pole at the winter solstice, that is when the pole is turned away
23° 28’ from the sun, it follows that the angular distance of the limb from the centre
of the sun would also be 23° 28’, and the sun would subtend an angle of 46° 56’ in the
heavens, its diameter being therefore 72,818,000 miles. This is nearly equal to the
diameter of the orbit of Mercury. The precipitation of water, the formation of the first
stratified rocks, and the advent of life on the surface of the earth, may possibly have
taken place before or have coincided with this stage of the sun’s development, and because
of the great size of the sun there would be a universal tropical climate on the earth.

At the present time a very little over 50 per cent. of the earth’s surface is under
iumination ; but with a sun in the heavens having an angular diameter of 46° 56’, 69°9
per cent. of the earth’s surface would be illuminated. If we assume that the total amount
of radiant energy from such a large sun was the same as from the present sun, the amount
of light and heat radiated from a unit surface of such a nebulous sun would be much less
than from a unit surface of the present sun. Assuming that the insolation due to any
element of area of the sun’s disc is proportional to the cosine of its zenith distance, then it
may be readily shown that, if the total radiation from the large sun be the same as from
the existing one, the insolation at any place due to the whole sun is independent of the
sun’s apparent magnitude, provided the whole of the sun’s disc is visible. When,
however, only part of the sun’s disc is visible, as at sunrise and sunset, the size of the sun
has a marked effect on the distribution of heat, the ultimate result being that, at sunrise
and sunset, the earth receives an additional amount of energy entirely on account of
the sun’s greater magnitude.

At the equator the duration of sunrise and sunset, that is the length of time during
which only part of the sun is above the horizon, is short compared with other latitudes ;
the additional heat received at the equator during one whole day, therefore, on account
of the increased magnitude of the sun, would be comparatively small, being indeed an
absolute minimum at the equinox when the sun’s apparent path in the heavens cuts
the horizon at right angles. The nearer to the poles we go, the longer does the sun
take to emerge completely above the horizon, and the longer is the period during which
the sun is only partly seen; the greater therefore would be the quantity of additional
energy received on account of the sun’s great size. There might thus have been
a large luminary, the rate of insolation of which at any place on the earth’s
surface was equal to that of the sun at present; but from that sun, on account of
its great size, the earth as a whole would receive more energy, distributed in the most
advantageous manner possible, viz., a very slight merease at the tropical regions, and

498 DR MURRAY ON THE DEEP AND SHALLOW-WATER MARINE FAUNA

a much greater absolute increase at the poles, the intervening latitudes receiving an
amount intermediate between these limits. Such a distribution of energy would tend
to that uniformity of climate apparently demanded by paleontological evidence.

A few illustrative figures calculated under the above assumptions may be of interest ;
in this approximation the effects of solar and terrestrial atmospheres have been neglected.
The earth as a whole would receive from the large sun about 7-2 per cent. more energy
than at present. At the equinox the equator would receive 2°6 per cent. more energy
than it does at present; the polar circle 16°7 per cent. more. At the solstice the
equator would receive 3 per cent. more energy than at present; lat. 45° at the summer
solstice would receive 4:1 per cent. more. When we consider the insolation at the pole
we find that during the whole year the pole would receive between 17 and 18 per cent.
more energy from the large sun than from the present small one. As much of this
fresh accession of energy would be spread over the period from the autumnal to the
vernal equinox, when, at present, the pole receives no heat from the sun, the ultimate
effect would be the raising of the temperature during the polar winter.

It may be interesting here to state that when the centre of this large nebulous sun
rested over either of the tropics, part of the limb would be vertical 23° 28’ polewards
from the tropics, that is at the 47th parallel; an equatorial belt 94° wide, having an
area of 143,830,200 square miles, or 73°14 per cent. of the earth’s surface, would be
under the vertical rays of some portion of the sun’s surface at least twice in the year.
The corresponding region of the earth (having vertical rays) at present has an area of
only 40 per cent. of the earth’s surface, or about 79,258,000 square miles. .

At the summer solstice this large sun would shine over one pole to a distance of
47° on the other side of the pole, that is to say, any place within the 43rd parallel would
at the solstice enjoy a 24 hours day. But at the summer solstice a belt 4° in width
between the 43rd and the 47th parallels would have the sun in the zenith at noon and at
the same time enjoy a 24 hours day. At the summer solstice the total area of the region
having a 24 hours day, that is the region polewards from the 48rd parallel, would be
31,269,500 square miles, or 15°9 per cent. of the whole earth’s surface, the two polar
caps together amounting to 31°8 per cent. At this time the other pole, turned away
from the sun, would be undergoing a regular alternation of day and night, the longest
night being one of 12 hours, and even that would be only at the pole at the instant of
the solstice. The region of a possible 24 hours day at present has an area of about
16,674,200 square miles, or 8°38 per cent. of the earth’s surface, only 26 per cent. of
what it must have been with a sun of the size above indicated, The complete annihila-
tion of the 24 hours polar night, and the almost perpetual insolation near the pole (only
interrupted for a few hours at the winter solstice), would go far to counteract the
diminution of energy due to the obliquity of the sun’s rays. We must also take into
account the fact that the nearer to the pole we go, the higher is the elevation of the sun
at midnight, although lower at noon. On the whole, then, we would expect in the tropics
warm days and cold nights, and in circumpolar regions cooler days and mild nights, the

OF THE KERGUELEN REGION OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN. 499

diurnal temperature in the two regions tending to balance and approximate closely to the
annual mean for the whole earth. In the foregoing we have not taken into consideration
the effect of the refraction of the earth’s atmosphere on the sun’s rays, but it is evident
that a very much smaller sun than one subtending an are of 46° 56’ would produce an
equable temperature all over the earth when aided by atmospheric refraction.

wd

3)

8
e,

Bn
‘

Hemiuster cavernosus (Philippi). Apical portion of

Hemiuster cavernosus (Philippi). Apical portion of 1 J L ;
test of female seen from within, slightly enlarged.

test of male seen from within, slightly enlarged.

(if Vy
iG

Uy)

Hemiaster cavernosus (Philippi). Arrangement of

Hemiaster cavernosus (Philippi).
eggs in one of the Marsupial recesses, %.

Accessible Bay, Kerguelen, 7.

500 DR MURRAY ON THE MARINE FAUNA OF THE GREAT SOUTHERN OCEAN.

EXPLANATION OF THE Map SHOWING THE TEMPERATURE OF THE OCEAN AT 1000
FATHOMS AND AT THE BoTToM IN GREATER DEPTHS.

The accompanying Map has been constructed from materials in Dr Bucway’s
Challenger Report on Oceanic Circulation, and shows the temperature of the ocean at
1000 fathoms as well as the temperature at the bottom of the ocean in depths greater
than 1000 fathoms. The different shades of red and blue within the different isotherms
show the temperature in different areas at the uniform level of 1000 fathoms. For the
depths below 1000 fathoms the actual observations are given. The red figures, on the one
side of the dot marking the position, give the depth in hundreds of fathoms ; thus 28 in red
figures stands for 2800 fathoms; 11 for 1100 fathoms, etc. The blue figures on the other
side of the dot, plus 30, give the temperature at the depth indicated by the red figures ;
thus 35 in blue figures must be read 33°°5 F. and 64 must be read 36°°4 F., etc. Where
the temperature is below 30° F. or above 40° F., the temperature has been entered in full
to the first decimal place, and in all such cases there are three figures instead of two; for
instance, in the Arctic Ocean 292 signifies 29°°2 F., in the Mediterranean 565 signifies
56°°5 F., and in the Sulu Sea 505 signifies 50°°5 F.

At a depth of 1000 fathoms the lowest temperature recorded is 29° F. (—1°°7 C.) in
the Arctic Ocean, and the highest in the open ocean is about 41° F. (5° C.) between the
Canaries and Madeira, the total range at this depth being about 12° F. (6°7 C.). It will
be noticed that at the depth of 1000 fathoms the North Atlantic is much the warmest
ocean, and that the whole of the Atlantic and Indian Oceans is above the average at
this depth (36°°5 F.), while the greater part of the Pacific is below this average. The
same general features persist to the bottom in each ocean with some slight deviations due
to local conditions. The thirty-seven deep-water Challenger stations south of the
southern tropic, specially referred to in this paper, are indicated by a circle in black.

< oo an ru ; , ; -
ni ‘oa he : -
. : ie rat a cr ‘. co
oS VP iia : f
7 A ~
f ‘ * q ‘
e by mar
' : ~ 1 ‘ a ‘
ft . : : i” bs ‘
f 7 } ; a m ; ‘ ’
0 ’ , a
i a , ie 5
7, : ™ ' ¥ :
iv ‘ by a i
} oh ' ad (tas !
. . |
' : =i . i
= t ”
o | a -
;
- +
: : y i R
i !
1 um ~.. : ;
“
fl r * i
: a aa
7 q te 7. 7 ‘
- = i , : i: a ’ —
* 2 ¥
4 > a
7 i" é ’ i
r - : ; Lo
‘~ ca | } ,
tf a 4
© ay i o h f 1
*< — i
‘ a ae ;
\ es ‘ ‘ : a
7 =f 7 oa
7 *
5
‘
t i]
i
i i
i
"
t “%
F i
‘ 4 = |
+s
Hi
'
@
A's
)
f
1
'
1 i
‘
f
i 5 a
=
A a,
es
ot
sh oy
*
, ~
~ j
on i
‘
Ley...
1 ng
5 he ee
: 6 -

ft
»
n
i
a
“3
ah
'
-
tu
i
'
|
{
i\
S
5
a
By
¥
e a
&
i}
1
#2:
i
= :

ty

oy

An

J

‘
ae
bs

eae

Sy

_

as
J seer

vil

Vol. XXXVI

36-5 F (2-5 C).

Roy Soc. HOMS; MEAN TEMPERATURE AT 1000 FATHOMS

mm

irans.

Bartholomew, Edin?

Murray on the

MAP SHOWING TEMPERATURE OF THE OCEAN AT 1000 FATHOMS, AND THE TEMPERATURE ON THE FLOOR OF THE OCEAN AT DEPTHS EXOEEDING 1000 FATHOMS; MEAN TEMPERATURE AT 1000 FATHOMS = 36:5 1 (2-5 0).

160

co
291 288298 999
oak Kiede ng
‘2 299 297

FAHR.| CENT.
at 5

roe: ra)
Bee

|

= Ys
= |

AN EXPLANATION

| Shades of red show areas where the temperature at 1000 fathoms
| exceeds the mean. Shades of blue areas where the temperature
| is below the mean, The blue figures + 80 give the temperature
| on the bottom thus—64 reads 36°4F. The red figures on the

opposite side of the dot indicating the point of observations,

_.-... |} show the depth in hundreds of fathoms, thus—26 reads 2600 4
Z 24 fathoms. Stations shown thus © x
=E he Loe i ’ |
160 5 =

150 140 130 120 no 100 80 80 70 60 50

130

7 Glomew, Eain™
Murray on the Fauna of the Kerguelen Region. Track of H.M.S. Challenger shown thus 2 po

ace at 1" 7 a | -_
ac mre SRSPe Te ieee eur wt —=
ra Per eee vt UP. in
. _ 7 ! _ n! oe allie ane 7 my Se a 7 or : 7 _ , aa vuy y ’
wan ot Par" ’ oy ~ Ty mi ’ ak - i i " 7 ae A rT r oo 1 aD,
a uA ni! i) j ined iat ae - eer wares pee ful . : e '
Sia bh oan v jae (tea pau F Dim.
? Bat I on | NT AAV hae ; if fe oe : . : it al ;
an ml : i i : ay! Ww : =i = ne AD ny 7 ‘| 7 a
a qh : ; 1-0 ee if 7 i at a : ; J n a” - if f :
Ma _ Vea y 7 mn 7 f iad 1% : 7 = , 7 ; ihe
i ei) ee) | 5 | ray. |e cee
a » au 7 Om i : 7 ’ al . a, 7 \ 7 : ' a
| wie i 18, Mipi! con.)
a aii {ie (pn Teun isu ee.
; Lm) : Weg r) - j rm Pra 7 Tie i? } 7 a ca it Se 7
. 1 0 i aie | H | " it : PL oi < Te >
v v in ' a. i _ ' : J - on zo yews : or
mn, ae my! ih » j ja | ie Ce ar u ; =
ivy " rr ny ; ' \ 7 4 if _ 7 yy T -
i w We > 7 ' in ) 7 hie ' 7) : -* ls
mh ; - ar a ' _ ia ath a Toft + lL : ie . i
er | ie a ; J 7 : ig ; ' 7 y Dh 7 : an ve : : '
— a St? el ee Tae
wen ve on a) = ' es : ie u +} aly an ae I) re i m=
1] 7 ; pit? : ee : :
a, Oo) i Bhs i. + ui 7 | ff ul Po ty \ : | | nH i" j
vile AR : : : vin a if Aa? ae ” ; [vey r pe if
ey : anf " : ' + 1 a ia » | 5: Uihees 7 io i ; Ai 3 " - :
oe ¢) 7 & a 1, ! er Fo ! ‘ 7 ny — ©
he " ", Seo bl vy ; lit as i ; j Lin
i fet ite | tt)
i + Wee at r _ _ , va say qm Ta ; i
' 7 ; ‘ ; 7 } Sine! i iJ ak] a] 4 7 ave i: a - ne 2 ' \! ' ;
af ® DT Y 7 fi" yi" 7 iy Vitals “e ake. F
: 7) : f oa 7 cor '
1 an Ff fs 1 = *T /. i ( > ! {| af ha 2h; 7 " _ j Ue | »
Ves e Wan ajo! | é PT oalpeeene eee Ss a + Ue
ar Sara | « i Daa, fe! Alimeanye | a) i) i a U
* a >, re — . , : a a , tala ; Bs} , Vee
7 oe Re to a - en) iu a en | \
Toa’ ere ees yi a ae i _ is
"a i : ph Ns . i 2, Ue my r | lip Mw Jy . { ig i
a One ls hen 7é 7 ih
( i : fl ey We - i! : A y Ve ie 7 is 7 im_ i a .
MM i
ter ~ wr tae [os an at Bide uj : ye _
, way, 4 iw lV a : n 7a M eS
rm yee, ” - a | 7 7
& yi ‘ ry ia ji: a 7 . # : a | 7 7 . le : 7 7 f is
iy a ae} an ' i i ~ ~ aM re _,
eae’ A : “i ee oo i oa “ae
: ee peel ir Ac, a i” a ne laa Sete
; = anaes “wae a yy 7 aii i ; ” on
: 1 aa =

Tr
y
Lt,

7? .

ee pn i

" he a

; A

ie | A |
gh os al
a _— Ml ~

Hy,

ke

| \
»

2

7 :

i

aN

|

nu

n

—_
—
—_
————

MANNS tes €

erry

ene ne
pepe eaeey Tete
Stee

Gaserucenere

Sippy ae =
peers

ar
War erew wane

renee
cornrtos eee phn seset

carve ee
a
ne
‘San uenns st

een ee
Te Speer one
yeetcecre

eae

ae

pew a

.
Se Oe